Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2021

Registration No. 333-    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7380   54-1762351

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

12355 Sunrise Valley Drive

Suite 520

Reston, Virginia 20191

(703) 464-1000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert Hickey

Chief Legal Officer

12355 Sunrise Valley Drive

Suite 520

Reston, Virginia 20191

(703) 464-1000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Andrew M. Tucker

Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

101 Constitution Avenue, NW, Suite 900

Washington, DC 20001

Telephone: 202-689-2800

 

Mark Y. Liu

Christina Russo

Akerman LLP

601 West Fifth Street, Suite 300

Los Angeles, California 90071

Telephone 213-688-9500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to Be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration

Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share

  $46,000,000   $5,018.60

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of the additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS    Subject to completion, dated April     , 2021

                    Shares

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

We are offering      shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $     and $     per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BWMN.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Public offering price

   $        $    

Underwriting discount (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)

See “Underwriters” beginning on page 95 of this prospectus for additional information regarding the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $    , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $    .

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about     , 2021.

 

 

Joint Bookrunners

 

D.A. Davidson & Co.    B. Riley Securities

The date of this prospectus is        , 2021

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS

     2  

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY AND A SMALLER REPORTING COMPANY

     3  

CORPORATE INFORMATION

     4  

THE OFFERING

     5  

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     7  

RISK FACTORS

     10  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     30  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     31  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     31  

CAPITALIZATION

     32  

DILUTION

     34  

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     36  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     39  

BUSINESS

     54  

MANAGEMENT

     70  

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     76  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     86  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     88  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     89  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     93  

UNDERWRITERS

     95  

LEGAL MATTERS

     97  

EXPERTS

     98  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     98  

 

i


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus is only accurate as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks and trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but the omission of such references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable owner of these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Through and including                     , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, and we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety, including the “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the notes to those financial statements in each case included in this prospectus.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Bowman,” the “company,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Bowman Consulting Group Ltd., its wholly owned subsidiaries and combined entities under common control, or either or all of them as the context may require.

Our Business

Bowman is a professional services firm delivering innovative engineering solutions to customers who own, develop, and maintain the built environment. We provide planning, engineering, construction management, commissioning, environmental consulting, geomatics, survey, land procurement and other technical services to over 2,200 customers operating in a diverse set of end markets.

Gary Bowman, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and largest shareholder, founded Bowman in 1995. Over the past 10 years, we have experienced a roughly four-fold increase in revenue to $122.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Over that period, we have risen 255 spots on the ENR Top 500 Design Firms list to a ranking of 154 on the 2020 list. We have achieved this growth through both organic expansion and acquisitions. Today, our workforce of over 750 employees provide services to over 2,800 active customer projects from thirty-two offices throughout the United States.

We work as both a prime and sub-consultant for a broad base of public and private sector customers that generally operate in highly regulated environments. Our public sector assignments originate from customers that are utilities, government agencies (federal, state, and local), military branches, school systems, transportation departments and water authorities. Our private sector assignments originate from customers that operate in commercial markets including data centers, renewable energy, residential and commercial real estate, big-box and convenience retail, mining, and healthcare.

We have a diversified business that is not dependent on any one service line, geographic region or end market. We are deliberate in our efforts to balance our sources of revenue and avoid reliance on any one significant customer, service line, geography or end market concentration. As a result, we believe our business is resilient and less likely to be affected by political and economic cycles.

We develop and maintain loyal and long-standing relationships with our customers that result in repeat assignments, which we believe benefits us through lower business development and client acquisition expenses as compared to those associated with developing new customers. Our strategic focus is on penetrating and expanding our presence in markets which best afford us opportunities to secure assignments that provide reoccurring revenue and multi-year engagements that result in dependable and predictable revenue streams and high staff utilization.

We are deliberate about managing risk and therefore limit our exposure by providing professional and related services exclusively. We do not engage in general contracting activities either directly, or through joint ventures, and therefore have no related exposure. We are not a partner in any design-build construction projects and we carry no equipment inventory.

We have substantial experience with acquisitions. Over the past ten years, we have successfully completed 16 acquisitions of engineering and consulting companies including our most recent acquisition in January 2021. Through these acquisitions, we have established new geographic footprints and service lines, increased the depth of our leadership, expanded our end markets, and enhanced our capabilities. We are continuously active in the market for acquisitions maintaining a healthy pipeline of opportunities. Our acquisition strategy is to identify targets that align with our culture and permit rapid integration, rendering the acquired entity’s operations fully integrated with ours within one year. In the coming years we intend to accelerate our focused program of growth through acquisition.



 

1


Table of Contents

It is not possible at this time to estimate the full impact that COVID-19 will ultimately have on our business, as the impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. We are evaluating, and will continue to evaluate, the impact of COVID-19 on projects, but the full effects COVID-19 will have on our operations are still unknown. Early on in the course of the pandemic we were considered an essential service in all states and local jurisdictions where we operate. While there was some degree of disruption in all markets, we were able to continue serving customers without interruption. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not experienced any material financial distress resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Recent Acquisitions

KTA Group. On January 4, 2021, we closed on the purchase of assets and operations of KTA Group Inc., a mechanical, electrical, and plumbing (MEP) engineering firm based in Herndon, VA that generated approximately $7.4 million of gross contract revenue (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2020. The acquisition expands our services, leadership and professional staff, portfolio and end markets. We pursued the acquisition of KTA largely to add electrical engineering to our group of core competencies thereby allowing us to cross sell to, and better serve, our renewable energy customers. We view this acquisition and the resulting addition of the electrical engineering competency as an initial step in our initiative to penetrate and grow our presence in the energy efficiency market. In addition, KTA’s mechanical engineers bring us the experience and expertise necessary to deliver plans and designs for building ventilation, indoor air quality monitoring, and medical-grade air filtration. We believe this will position us to serve the burgeoning market for retrofitting ventilation and air handling systems that ensure healthier indoor environments necessary to mitigate the spread of infectious respiratory diseases as building occupancies recover to pre-pandemic levels.

Consistent with our acquisition strategy, we intend to phase out the KTA brand during a transition period of six to nine months after which we expect to have fully integrated KTA’s operations, systems, and employees into our organization.

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock. The following is a summary of these risks and is qualified in its entirety by the complete discussion of each risk in “Risk Factors.” The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. These risks include, but are not limited to:

 

   

We engage in a highly competitive business. If we are unable to compete effectively, we could lose market share and our business and results of operations could be negatively impacted;

 

   

Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to hire, retain and utilize qualified personnel;

 

   

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce due to slowdowns in the economy, reduced demand for our services or the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully, our business could be harmed;

 

   

We cannot assure you that we will achieve synergies and cost savings in connection with prior or future acquisitions;

 

   

Demand from clients is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If the economy weakens or client spending declines, our financial results may be impacted;

 

   

Outbreaks of communicable diseases, including the on-going global pandemic related to COVID-19, has had, and may in the future have, directly or indirectly, a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The duration and extent to which this will impact our future financial condition and results of operations remains uncertain;



 

2


Table of Contents
   

Construction, roadway, mining, and maintenance sites are inherently dangerous workplaces. If we, the owner, or others working at such sites fail to maintain safe work conditions, we can be exposed to significant financial losses and reputational harm, as well as civil and criminal liabilities;

 

   

Our services expose us to significant risks of liability, and our insurance policies may not provide adequate coverage;

 

   

The contracts in our backlog may be adjusted, cancelled or suspended by our clients and, therefore, our backlog is not necessarily indicative of our future revenues or earnings. Additionally, even if fully performed, our backlog is not a good indicator of future gross profit;

 

   

The nature of our contracts, particularly those that are fixed price, subject us to risks of cost overruns. We may experience reduced profits or, in some cases, losses if costs increase above budgets or estimates or if the project experiences schedule delays;

 

   

Governmental agencies may modify, curtail or terminate our contracts at any time prior to their completion and, if we do not replace them, we may suffer a decline in revenue;

 

   

Our failure to comply with a variety of complex procurement rules and regulations could damage our reputation and result in our being liable for penalties, including termination of our government contracts, disqualification from bidding on future government contracts and suspension or debarment from government contracting;

 

   

We are dependent on third parties to complete certain elements of our contracts;

 

   

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could have a material negative effect on the price of our common stock;

 

   

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives;

 

   

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock;

 

   

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud;

 

   

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price;

 

   

Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control, which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management;

 

   

We have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of this offering and may not use these proceeds effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline; and

 

   

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

AND A SMALLER REPORTING COMPANY

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;



 

3


Table of Contents
   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

   

no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company, we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is greater than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenues are less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is more than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

We incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia on June 7, 1995. We reincorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2020. Our principal executive offices are located at 12355 Sunrise Valley Drive, Suite 520, Reston, Virginia 20191. Our phone number is (703) 464-1000. Our website address is www.bowman.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website to be part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.



 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer:    Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.
Common stock offered by us:   

shares (     shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

Common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering(1):   

shares (     shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

Over-allotment option:    We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus.
Use of proceeds:   

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $     million, or approximately $     million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including organic expansion and the funding of potential acquisitions. Although we may use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering for the acquisition of additional assets or businesses, or for other strategic investments or opportunities, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments in this regard. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see “Use of Proceeds” below.

Dividend policy:    We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock.
Risk factors:    An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the combined financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock.
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market Symbol:    “BWMN”

 

  (1)

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on     shares of common stock outstanding at                 , 2021, and excludes the following:

 

   

                shares reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $    per share;

 

   

                shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, none of which have been granted; and

 

   

                shares available for purchase under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes:



 

5


Table of Contents
   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to      additional shares of common stock in this offering;

 

   

the effectiveness of a    for 1 stock split to be effected on            , 2021 and

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.



 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

Our historical results presented herein are not necessarily indicative or predictive of results in any future period. You should read the following summary financial data together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our combined financial statements and notes thereto, and other financial information are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the combined income statements data and the combined statement of financial position data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In our opinion, any unaudited financial and non-GAAP measurements presented herein represent a fair presentation of such financial data. We recommend reading the following information in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our combined financial statements and related footnotes included in this prospectus.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
($ in 000s, except per share and percentages)    2019     2020  

Combined Income Statements

    

Gross contract revenue

   $ 113,724     $ 122,020  

Contract costs (exclusive of depreciation and intangibles)

     58,571       66,512  

Operating expenses

     52,170       53,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 2,983     $ 1,869  

Other (income) expense

     419       (110

Income tax expense

     1,038       989  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,526     $ 990  

Net income margin

     1.3     0.8

Basic earnings per share

   $ 7.57     $ 5.11  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 7.52     $ 5.10  

Other financial data (unaudited)

    

Net service billing 1

     97,605       103,660  

Adjusted EBITDA 2

   $ 13,110     $ 13,888  

Adjusted EDITDA margin, net 3

     13.4     13.4

Combined Statement of Cash Flows Data

    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     8,218       10,770  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (4,271     (2,414

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (3,610     (8,479

Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     337       (123

Combined Statement of Financial Position Data

    

Current assets

     42,888       35,102  

Non-current assets

     23,910       28,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 66,798     $ 63,638  

Current liabilities

     32,603       23,333  

Common shares subject to repurchase

     8,267       842  

Other non-current liabilities

     12,593       22,326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 53,463     $ 46,501  

Redeemable common stock

   $ 36,618     $ —    

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $  (23,283   $ 17,137  

 



 

7


Table of Contents

1Net service billing

Net service billing reconciles to gross revenue (in thousands) as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Gross contract revenue

   $  113,724      $  122,020  

Less: sub-consultants and other direct expenses

     16,119        18,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net service billing

   $ 97,605      $ 103,660  

2 Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA reconciles to net income (in thousands) as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Net income

   $ 1,526      $ 990  

+ interest expense

     609        565  

+ tax expense

     1,038        989  

+ depreciation & amortization

     797        2,277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 3,970      $ 4,821  

+ non-cash stock compensation

     4,281        5,085  

+ non-reoccurring operating lease rent

     3,307        2,521  

+ settlements and other non-core expenses

     1,552        1,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $  13,110      $  13,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3 Adjusted EBITDA Margin, net

Adjusted EBITDA margin, net is calculated as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Gross contract revenue

   $  113,724     $  122,020  

Less: sub-consultants and other direct expenses

     16,119       18,360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net service billing

     97,605       103,660  

Net income

     1,526       990  

Net income margin

     1.3     0.8

Adjusted EBITDA

     13,110       13,888  

Adjusted EBITDA margin, net

     13.4     13.4

Shares Subject to Repurchase, Redeemable Common Stock and the Impact of Becoming a Non-Public SEC Registrant

In February 2001, our shareholders entered into a shareholders’ buy-sell agreement (the “Buy-Sell Agreement”) subsequently amended in 2002, 2007, and 2019 (individually the “First, Second and Third Amendment” and collectively with the Fourth Amendment, the “Amendments”). In addition, certain shareholders have entered into individual addenda to the shareholders’ buy-sell agreement to establish superseding share-based rights (the “Addenda” and collectively with the Buy-Sell Agreement and the Amendments, the “Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement”). All current shareholders are a party to the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement, which includes certain rights and protections with respect to transactions in our stock in the event of death, disability, retirement, and termination of employment. Upon the issuance of compensation-related restricted stock grants, employees enter into a separate stock bonus agreement with terms that may incorporate and supersede terms in the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement (individually a “Stock Bonus Agreement” and collectively the “Stock Bonus Agreements”). Because of these agreements, all of the Company’s shares were subject to repurchase provisions. As a result, restricted stock, stock options and other shares issued as compensation subject to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC Topic 718”) were classified as liabilities and periodic changes in the fair value of these liabilities were recorded as an adjustment to non-cash stock compensation expense. In addition, all other common shares not subject to ASC Topic 718 have been classified as temporary equity within the scope of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480 (“ASC Topic 480”).



 

8


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2020, in connection with the preparations for our initial public offering, we executed a fourth amendment to our Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement to modify the repurchase features resulting in the classification of certain of our shares as temporary equity and liabilities (the “Fourth Amendment”). At the same time, we modified certain Stock Bonus Agreements to eliminate superseding repurchase features causing the classification of certain of our shares as liabilities independent of the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement (each an “Amendment to Stock Bonus Agreement” and collectively the “Amendments to Stock Bonus Agreements”). Upon the effectiveness of this offering, the shareholders will terminate the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement and amend additional Stock Bonus Agreements and Addenda to eliminate continuing liability treatment of certain shares.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our combined financial statements include an $8.3 million liability associated with common shares subject to repurchase, $4.3 million in non-cash stock compensation expense derived from the periodic fair value measurement of our liability related to shares subject to repurchase, and $36.6 million of redeemable common stock classified as temporary equity.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our combined financial statements include $5.1 million in non-cash stock compensation expense derived from the periodic fair value measurement of our liability related to shares subject to repurchase. For accounting purposes, we treated the Fourth Amendment and the Amendments to Stock Bonus Agreements as an exchange of new permanent equity shares in settlement of our obligations to repurchase and redeem certain common stock. As compared to December 31, 2019, this ‘exchange’ of shares resulted in a $7.4 million reduction in the liability associated with common shares subject to classification to $0.8 million and the reclassification of all $36.6 million of temporary equity to permanent equity. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $58.9 million of common stock and additional paid-in-capital and $17.1 million of total shareholders’ equity.

See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for more information on temporary equity and liability classification of shares relating to the application of ASC Topic 480 and ASC Topic 718.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our combined financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” before you make an investment decision. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Additionally, the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the on-going global pandemic related to COVID-19 may amplify many of the risks discussed below to which we are subject and, given the unpredictable, unprecedented, and fluid nature of the pandemic, it may materially and adversely affect us in ways that are not anticipated by or known to us or that we do not consider as presenting significant risk. Therefore, we are unable to estimate the extent to which the pandemic and its related impacts will adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations as well as our stock price following completion of this offering.

For a summary of these Risk Factors, see “Prospectus Summary – Summary Risk Factors.”

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We engage in a highly competitive business. If we are unable to compete effectively, we could lose market share and our business and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We face continuing competition to provide technical, professional and construction services to clients. The markets we serve are highly competitive and we compete against many regional, national and multi-national companies.

The degree of competition we face varies by industry, geographic area and project type. Our projects are frequently awarded through a competitive bidding process, which is standard in our industry. We are constantly competing for project awards based on pricing, schedule and the breadth and technical sophistication of our services. Competition can place downward pressure on our contract prices and profit margins and may force us to accept contractual terms and conditions that are less favorable to us, thereby increasing the risk that, among other things, we may not realize profit margins at the same rates as we have seen in the past or may become responsible for costs or other liabilities we have not accepted in the past. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may experience a loss of market share or reduced profitability or both, which, if significant, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our engagements often involve large-scale, complex projects. The quality of our performance on such projects depends in large part upon our ability to manage the relationship with our clients and our ability to effectively manage the project and deploy appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel, in a timely manner. If a project is not completed by the scheduled date or fails to meet required performance standards, we may either incur significant additional costs or be held responsible for the costs incurred by the client to rectify damages due to late completion or failure to achieve the required performance standards. The performance of projects can be affected by a number of factors including unavoidable delays from government inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain financing, weather conditions, unavailability of vendor materials needed by us or our clients, changes in the project scope of services requested by our clients, industrial accidents, environmental hazards and labor disruptions. To the extent these events occur, the total costs of the project could exceed our estimates and we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, incur a loss on a project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. Further, any defects or errors, or failures to meet our clients’ expectations, could result in claims for damages against us. Our contracts do not always limit our liability for damages that arise from negligent acts, errors, mistakes, or omissions in rendering services to our clients. As such, we cannot be sure that these contractual provisions will protect us from liability for damages in the event we are sued.

 

10


Table of Contents

Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to hire, retain and utilize qualified personnel.

As a professional and technical engineering and consulting solutions provider we depend upon our ability to hire, retain, and utilize qualified personnel, including engineers, architects, designers, craft personnel and corporate management professionals who have the required experience and expertise at a reasonable cost. The market for these and other personnel is competitive. From time to time and in different regions, it may be difficult to attract and retain qualified individuals with the expertise, and in the timeframe, demanded by our clients, or to replace such personnel when needed in a timely manner. In certain geographic areas, for example, we may not be able to satisfy the demand for our services because of our inability to successfully hire and retain qualified personnel. Furthermore, we may become required to employ technical professions with government granted clearance to obtain or contribute to certain government projects. If we were to lose some or all of these personnel, they would be difficult to replace. Loss of the services of, or failure to recruit, qualified technical and management personnel could limit our ability to successfully complete existing projects and compete for new projects.

In addition, if any of our key personnel retire or otherwise leave the company, we need to have appropriate succession plans in place and to successfully implement such plans, which requires devoting time and resources toward identifying and integrating new personnel into leadership roles and other key positions. If we cannot attract and retain qualified personnel or effectively implement appropriate succession plans, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not maintain key-man life insurance policies on all of our executive officers.

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce due to slowdowns in the economy, reduced demand for our services or the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. The rate at which we utilize our workforce is affected by several factors, including:

 

   

our ability to transition employees from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and assimilate new employees;

 

   

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our geographies and workforces;

 

   

our ability to manage attrition;

 

   

our need to devote time and resources to training, business development, professional development, and other non-chargeable activities;

 

   

our ability to match the skill sets of our employees to the needs of the marketplace; and

 

   

if we over-utilize our workforce, our employees may become disengaged, which will impact employee attrition. If we under-utilize our workforce, our profit margin and profitability could suffer.

If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully, our business could be harmed.

As part of our business strategy to pursue accretive acquisitions, we intend to selectively pursue targets that provide complementary, low-risk services and expand our national platform. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or strategic investment opportunities or may be unable to obtain the required consent of our lenders and, therefore, may not be able to complete such acquisitions or strategic investments. We may incur expenses associated with sourcing, evaluating, and negotiating acquisitions (including those that do not get completed), and we may also pay fees and expenses associated with financing acquisitions to investment banks and other advisors. Any of these amounts may be substantial, and together with the size, timing, and number of acquisitions we pursue, may negatively affect, and cause significant volatility in our financial results.

In addition, we have assumed, and may in the future assume, liabilities of the companies we acquire. While we retain third-party advisors to consult on potential liabilities related to these acquisitions, there can be no assurances that all potential liabilities will be identified or known to us. If there are unknown liabilities or other obligations, our business could be materially affected.

While we have integrated businesses in the past, our growth strategy includes the acquisition of companies that are larger than ones we have acquired in the past. Our inability to integrate future acquisitions successfully could impede us from realizing all of the benefits of those acquisitions and could weaken our business operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

The integration process of any acquisition may disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, may preclude realization of the full benefits expected by us and could harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration process may result in unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, and competitive responses and may cause our stock price to decline.

The difficulties of integrating acquisitions include, among other things:

 

   

unanticipated issues in integration of information, communications and other systems;

 

   

unanticipated incompatibility of logistics, marketing and administration methods;

 

   

maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees;

 

   

integrating the business cultures of companies;

 

   

preserving important strategic client relationships;

 

   

consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations; and

 

   

coordinating geographically separate organizations.

In addition, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of such acquisition, including the synergies, cost savings or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all.

Further, acquisitions may also cause us to:

 

   

cause our management to expend significant time, effort and resources;

 

   

issue securities that would dilute our current stockholders;

 

   

use a substantial portion of our cash resources;

 

   

increase our interest expense, leverage and debt service requirements if we incur additional debt to pay for an acquisition;

 

   

assume liabilities, including environmental liabilities, for which we do not have indemnification from the former owners or have indemnification that may be subject to dispute or concerns regarding the creditworthiness of the former owners;

 

   

record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential impairment charges;

 

   

experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition liability estimates;

 

   

incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

 

   

lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues;

 

   

incur large and immediate write-offs; or

 

   

become subject to litigation.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve synergies and cost savings in connection with prior or future acquisitions.

We may not achieve anticipated cost savings in connection with prior or future acquisitions within the anticipated time frames or at all. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of these expected benefits. These risks include, among others, higher than expected standalone overhead expenses, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such initiatives and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our implementation of cost savings initiatives may disrupt our operations and performance, and our estimated cost savings from such initiatives may be based on assumptions that prove to be inaccurate. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or our improvement initiatives adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to implement than we project, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

12


Table of Contents

In addition, our operating results from these acquisitions could, in the future, result in impairment charges for any of our intangible assets, including goodwill, or other long-lived assets, particularly if economic conditions worsen unexpectedly. These changes could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows.

Demand from clients is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If the economy weakens or client spending declines, our financial results may be impacted.

Demand for services from our clients is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns, which may result in clients delaying, curtailing or canceling proposed and existing projects. Our business traditionally leads in downturns to the overall economy and may lag in a recovery. As a result, we may not have seen the full effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. If the economy weakens further or client spending declines, then our revenue, profits and overall financial condition may deteriorate.

In addition, if there is additional economic downturn, our existing and potential clients may either postpone entering into new contracts, renew existing contracts or request price concessions. Difficult financing and economic conditions may cause some of our clients to demand better pricing terms or delay payments for services we perform, thereby increasing the average number of days our receivables are outstanding and the potential of increased credit losses on uncollectible invoices. Further, these conditions may result in the inability of some of our clients to pay us for services that we have already performed. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability to forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas that may be adversely impacted by market conditions.

Outbreaks of communicable diseases, including the on-going global pandemic related to COVID-19, has had, and may in the future have, directly or indirectly, a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The duration and extent to which this will impact our future financial condition and results of operations remains uncertain.

Global or national health concerns, including the outbreak of pandemic or contagious disease, can negatively impact the U.S. economy and, therefore, demand and pricing for our services. For example, the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic and the measures being taken to address and limit the spread of the virus have already adversely affected the U.S. economy and financial markets, resulting in an economic downturn that has negatively impacted demand for services like ours (see Note 24 of accompanying financial statements for more information on the impact of COVID-19 on our operations). Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic also raises the possibility of an extended global economic downturn and has caused volatility in financial markets, which could affect demand for our services and affect our financial condition and results of operations even after the pandemic is contained, and the containment measures are lifted. For example, if a client’s financial difficulties become severe, the client may be unwilling or unable to pay our invoices in the ordinary course of business, which could adversely affect collections of both our accounts receivable and unbilled services. The COVID-19 pandemic raises the possibility of an extended global economic downturn that may affect the ability of our customers to pay for our services. Since many of our clients are government agencies, a fall in tax revenues from the downturn in activity could affect their decisions to spend more on infrastructure maintenance and upgrades. We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our cash flows and on the credit and financial markets.

Additionally, we have an increased number of employees working remotely. As a result, we may have increased cyber security and data security risks, due to increased use of home Wi-Fi networks and virtual private networks, as well as increased distribution of physical machines. While we implement IT controls to reduce the risk of a cyber-security and data security breach, there is no guarantee that these measures will be adequate to safeguard all systems with an increased number of employees working remotely.

At this time, we are monitoring, and will continue to monitor, the safety of our employees during the COVID-19 pandemic. We are evaluating, and will continue to evaluate, the impact of COVID-19 on projects, but the full effects of COVID-19 on our operations are still unknown. The duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of the virus, the extent and effectiveness of containment actions, and the impact of these and other factors on our employees and clients. The implementation of shelter-in-place orders within the cities and municipalities we operate in could further negatively impact future results as well as the re-designation of infrastructure spending to non-essential services. Finally, the engineering and consulting design process undertaken by us is a collaborative process typically undertaken in an in-person office environment. The lack of this in person interaction may adversely impact our work product and our financial results. It is not possible at this time to estimate the full impact that COVID-19 will have on our business, as the impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

 

13


Table of Contents

Moreover, to the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, financial condition, and results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, including those related to our ability to increase sales to existing and new customers, continue to perform on existing contracts, develop and deploy new technologies, expand our marketing capabilities and sales organization, generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness, and comply with the covenants in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.

Our results of operations depend on the award of new contracts and the renewal of existing contracts and the timing of the performance of these contracts.

Our revenues derive from new contract awards and the renewal of existing contracts. Our long-term projected results could be affected by delays in the timing of the awards or cancellations of such projects resulting from economic conditions, material and equipment pricing and availability or other factors. It is particularly difficult to predict whether or when we will receive large-scale projects as these contracts are affected by several factors including lengthy and complex bidding and selection process, among others. Other factors include market conditions, financing arrangements, and required governmental approvals. While we do not have any contract with the requirement to provide a bond or letter of credit to protect the client from our failure to perform under the terms of the contract, we may be required to do so at some time in the future. We generate revenues from such project awards; as such, our results of operations and cash flows can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter depending on the timing of our contract awards and the commencement or progress of work under awarded contracts. Furthermore, many of these contracts are subject to financing contingencies and, as a result, we are subject to the risk that the customer will not be able to secure the necessary financing for the project.

In addition, certain contracts require us to satisfy specific progress or performance milestones in order to receive payment from the customer. As a result, we may incur significant costs for labor, equipment, sub-consultants or other out of pocket expenses prior to receipt of payment from a customer.

The uncertainty of contract award timing can also present difficulties in matching workforce size with contract needs. In some cases, we maintain and bear the cost of a ready workforce that is larger than necessary under existing contracts in anticipation of future workforce needs for expected contract awards. If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we may incur additional costs resulting from reductions in staff or redundancy of facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant decline in new home construction, and/or a deterioration in expectations regarding the homebuilding market, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our clients include many of the top homebuilders in the United States. Demand for new homes has been fueled by continued low interest rates and changing population demographics but remains sensitive to changes in economic conditions such as the level of employment, consumer confidence, consumer income, the availability of financing and interest rate levels. It is likely that if there was an economic downturn, the resulting decline in demand for new homes would negatively impact the demand for our residential land planning and design services, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Construction, roadway, mining and maintenance sites are inherently dangerous workplaces. If we, the owner, or others working at such sites fail to maintain safe work conditions, we can be exposed to significant financial losses and reputational harm, as well as civil and criminal liabilities.

Construction and maintenance sites often put our employees and others in proximity with large pieces of mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, manufacturing processes, and highly regulated materials, in a challenging environment. If we fail to implement safety procedures or if the procedures, we implement are ineffective, or if others working at the site fail to implement and follow appropriate safety procedures, our employees and others may become injured, disabled or even lose their lives, the completion or commencement of our projects may be delayed, and we may be exposed to litigation or investigations. Unsafe work sites also have the potential to increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, and raise our operating and insurance costs. Any of the foregoing could result in financial losses or reputational harm, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

In addition, our projects could involve the handling of hazardous and other highly regulated materials, which, if improperly handled or disposed of, could subject us to civil and/or criminal liabilities. We are also subject to regulations dealing with occupational health and safety. Although we maintain functional groups whose primary purpose is to ensure we implements effective health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) work procedures throughout our organization, including construction sites, roadways, mines and maintenance sites, the failure to comply with such regulations could subject us to liability. In addition, despite the work of our functional groups, we cannot guarantee the safety of our personnel or that there will be no damage to or loss of our work, equipment, or supplies.

We operate a large and diverse fleet of vehicles. Our employee drivers receive safety training, and we monitor for safe driving, however, we may be subject to liability associated with incidents involving our fleet.

Our general safety record is critical to our reputation. Many of our clients require that we meet certain safety criteria to be eligible to bid for contracts and many contracts provide for automatic termination or forfeiture of some or all of our contract fees or profit in the event we fail to meet certain measures. Accordingly, if we fail to maintain adequate safety standards, or even if we do maintain those safety standards but our employees are involved in accidents that result in our failing to meet stated safety criteria, we could suffer reduced profitability or the loss of projects or clients, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our services expose us to significant risks of liability, and our insurance policies may not provide adequate coverage.

If we fail to provide our services in accordance with applicable professional standards or contractual requirements, we could be exposed to significant monetary damages or even criminal violations. Our engineering practice, for example, involves applying professional judgments to the planning, design, development, construction, operations and management of residential, commercial, and mixed-use projects, industrial facilities, and public infrastructure projects. While we do not generally accept liability for consequential damages in our contracts, and although we have adopted a range of insurance, risk management and risk avoidance programs designed to reduce potential liabilities, a catastrophic event at one of our project sites or completed projects resulting from the services we have performed could result in significant professional or product liability, and warranty or other claims against us as well as reputational harm, especially if public safety is impacted. These liabilities could exceed our insurance limits or the fees we generate, may not be covered by insurance at all due to various exclusions in our coverage and self-insured retention amounts, and could impact our ability to obtain insurance in the future. Further, even where coverage applies, the policies have deductibles, which result in our assumption of exposure for certain amounts with respect to any claim filed against us. In addition, clients or sub-consultants who have agreed to indemnify us against any such liabilities or losses might refuse or be unable to pay it. An uninsured claim, either in part or in whole, as well as any claim covered by insurance but subject to a high deductible, if successful and of a material magnitude, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Unavailability or cancellation of third-party insurance coverage would increase our overall risk exposure as well as disrupt the management of our business operations.

We maintain insurance coverage from third-party insurers as part of our overall risk management strategy and some of our contracts require us to maintain specific insurance coverage limits. If any of our third-party insurers fail, suddenly cancel coverage, or otherwise are unable to provide us with adequate insurance coverage, our overall risk exposure and operational expenses would increase, and the management of our business operations would be disrupted. In addition, there can be no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon the expiration of the coverage period or that future coverage will be affordable at the required limits.

The contracts in our backlog may be adjusted, cancelled, or suspended by our clients and, therefore, our backlog is not necessarily indicative of our future revenues or earnings. Additionally, even if fully performed, our backlog is not a good indicator of future gross profit.

Backlog represents the total dollar amount of revenues we expect to record in the future as a result of performing work under contracts that have been awarded to it. As of December 31, 2020, our backlog totaled approximately $113 million. There is no assurance that backlog will be realized as revenues in the amounts reported or, if realized, will result in profits. In accordance with industry practice, substantially all of our contracts are subject to cancellation, termination, or suspension at the discretion of the client. In the event of a project cancellation, we would generally have no contractual right to the total revenue reflected in our backlog. Projects can remain in backlog for extended periods of time because of the nature of the project and the timing of the services required by the project. The risk of contracts in backlog being cancelled or suspended generally increases during periods of widespread economic slowdowns or in response to changes in commodity prices.

 

15


Table of Contents

The contracts in our backlog are subject to changes in the scope of services to be provided as well as adjustments to the costs relating to the contracts. The revenue for certain contracts included in backlog is based on estimates. Additionally, the way we perform on our individual contracts can affect greatly our gross margins and hence, future profitability.

The nature of our assignments, particularly those that are fixed price, subject us to risks of cost overruns. We may experience reduced profits or, in some cases, losses if costs increase above budgets or estimates or if the project experiences schedule delays.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, approximately 60% and 63%, respectively of our gross revenues were earned under fixed price assignments. Fixed price assignments require us to estimate the total cost of the project in advance of its performance. For fixed price assignments, we may benefit from any cost savings, but we bear greater risk of paying some, if not all, of any cost overruns. Fixed price assignments are established in part on partial or incomplete designs, cost and scheduling estimates that are based on several assumptions, including those about future economic conditions, commodity and other materials pricing and availability of labor, equipment and materials, and other exigencies. If the design or the estimates prove inaccurate or if circumstances change due to, among other things, unanticipated technical problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather or other delays beyond our control, changes in the costs of equipment or raw materials, our vendors’ or sub-consultants’ inability or failure to perform, or changes in general economic conditions, then cost overruns may occur and we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. These risks are increased for projects with long-term durations because there is a greater risk that the circumstances on which we based our original estimates will change in a manner that increases costs. If the project is significant, or there are one or more issues that impact multiple projects, costs overruns could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are dependent on third parties to complete certain elements of our contracts.

Third-party sub-consultants we hire perform certain work under our contracts. We also rely on third-party equipment manufacturers or suppliers to provide equipment used for certain of our projects. If we are unable to hire qualified sub-consultants or find qualified equipment manufacturers or suppliers, our ability to successfully complete certain projects could be impaired. If we are not able to locate qualified third-party sub-consultants or the amount we are required to pay for sub-consultants or equipment and supplies exceeds what we have estimated, especially in a lump sum or a fixed price contract, we may suffer losses on these contracts. If a sub-consultant, supplier or manufacturer fails to provide services, supplies or equipment as required under a contract for any reason, we may be required to source these services, equipment or supplies to other third parties on a delayed basis or on less favorable terms, which could impact contract profitability. There is a risk that we may have disputes with our sub-consultants relating to, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed, customer concerns about a sub-consultant or our failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a contract. In addition, faulty workmanship, equipment, or materials could impact the overall project, resulting in claims against us for failure to meet required project specifications.

Third parties may find it difficult to obtain enough financing to help fund their operations. The inability to obtain financing could adversely affect a third party’s ability to provide materials, equipment or services which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, a failure by a third-party sub-consultant, supplier, or manufacturer to comply with applicable laws, regulations or client requirements could negatively impact our business and, for government clients, could result in fines, penalties, suspension or even debarment being imposed on us, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

Failure of our sub-consultants to satisfy their obligations to us or other parties, or the inability to maintain these relationships, may adversely impact our business operations and financial results.

We depend on sub-consultants in conducting our business. There is a risk that we may have disputes with our sub-consultants arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed, client concerns, or failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a subcontract. In addition, if any of our sub-consultants fail to deliver on a timely basis the agreed-upon services or supplies, go out of business, or fail to perform on a project, our ability to fulfill our obligations may be jeopardized and we may be contractually responsible for the work performed. The absence of qualified sub-consultants with which we have a satisfactory relationship could adversely affect the quality of our service and our ability to perform under some of our contracts.

We also rely on relationships with other contractors when we act as their sub-consultants or joint venture partner. Our future revenue and growth prospects could be adversely affected if other contractors eliminate or reduce their subcontracts or teaming arrangement relationships with us or if a government agency terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts, or refuses to pay under a contract.

Weather conditions and seasonal revenue fluctuations may adversely impact our financial results.

Our financial results during the months of November through March may be impacted by adverse weather conditions and the holiday season. As a result, our revenue and net income for the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year may be lower when compared to our results for the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. If we were to experience lower-than-expected revenue during any such periods, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial results and cash flows.

Catastrophic events may adversely impact our business operations.

Our business operations may be adversely impacted by force majeure or extraordinary events beyond the control of the contracting parties, such as natural and man-made disasters as well as terrorist attacks. Such events could result in the closure of offices, interruption of projects, and the relocation of employees. We typically remain obligated to perform our services after a terrorist attack or natural disaster unless the contract contains a force majeure clause that relieves us of our contractual obligations. If we are not able to react quickly to force majeure, our operations may be affected significantly, which would have a negative impact on our business operations.

Further, we rely on our network and third-party infrastructure and enterprise applications, internal technology systems, and our website for our development, marketing, operational, support, hosted services, and sales activities. Despite our implementation of network security measures, we are vulnerable to disruption, infiltration, or failure of these systems or third-party hosted services in the event of a major earthquake, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war, terrorist attack, or other catastrophic event could cause system interruptions, reputational harm, loss of intellectual property, lengthy interruptions in our services, breaches of data security, and loss of critical data and could harm our future operating results.

We rely on third-party internal and outsourced software to run our critical accounting, project management and financial information systems. As a result, any sudden loss, disruption or unexpected costs to maintain these systems could significantly increase our operational expense and disrupt the management of our business operations.

We rely on third-party software to run our critical accounting, project management and financial information systems. We also depend on our software vendors to provide long-term software maintenance support for our information systems. Software vendors may decide to discontinue further development, integration or long-term software maintenance support for our information systems, in which case we may need to abandon one or more of our current information systems and migrate some or all of our accounting, project management and financial information to other systems, thus increasing our operational expense as well as disrupting the management of our business operations.

Cyber security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate.

We need to protect our own internal trade secrets, work product for our clients, and other business confidential information from disclosure. We face the threat to our computer systems of unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, malicious code, organized cyber-attacks and other security problems and system disruptions, including possible unauthorized access to our and our clients’ proprietary or classified information.

 

17


Table of Contents

We rely on industry-accepted security measures and technology to maintain securely all confidential and proprietary information on our information systems. We have devoted and will continue to devote significant resources to the security of our computer systems, but they are still vulnerable to these threats. A user who circumvents security measures can misappropriate confidential or proprietary information, including information regarding us, our personnel and/or our clients, or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. Our industry has not been immune from organized cyber-attacks from persons seeking a ransom as a condition of releasing access to the firm’s computer systems. As a result, we can be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these disruptions and breaches. Any of these events can damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Negative conditions in the credit and financial markets and delays in receiving client payments could result in liquidity problems, adversely affecting our cost of borrowing and our business.

Although we finance much of our operations using cash provided by operations, at times we depend on the availability of credit to grow our business and to help fund business acquisitions. Instability in the credit markets in the U.S. or abroad could cause the availability of credit to be relatively difficult or expensive to obtain at competitive rates, on commercially reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts. This situation could make it more difficult or more expensive for us to access funds, refinance our existing indebtedness, enter into agreements for new indebtedness, or obtain funding through the issuance of securities or such additional capital may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. We may also enter into business acquisition agreements that require us to access credit, which if not available at the closing of the acquisition could result in a breach of the acquisition agreement and a resulting claim for damages by the sellers of such business. In addition, market conditions could negatively impact our clients’ ability to fund their projects and, therefore, utilize our services, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Some of our customers, suppliers and sub-consultants depend on access to commercial financing and capital markets to fund their operations. Disruptions in the credit or capital markets could adversely affect our clients’ ability to finance projects and could result in contract cancellations or suspensions, project delays and payment delays or defaults by our clients. In addition, clients may be unable to fund new projects, may choose to make fewer capital expenditures or otherwise slow their spending on our services or to seek contract terms more favorable to them. Our government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them from funding proposed and existing projects or that cause them to exercise their right to terminate our contracts with little or no prior notice. In addition, any financial difficulties suffered by our sub-consultants or suppliers could increase our cost or adversely impact project schedules. These disruptions could materially impact our backlog and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could have a material negative effect on the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate due to several factors, including:

 

   

fluctuations in the spending patterns of our customers;

 

   

the number and significance of projects executed during a quarter;

 

   

unanticipated changes in contract performance, particularly with contracts that have funding limits;

 

   

the timing of resolving change orders, requests for equitable adjustments and other contract adjustments;

 

   

the timing of our meeting a project milestone that allows us to bill our client and recognize revenue therefrom;

 

   

project delays;

 

   

changes in prices of commodities or other supplies;

 

   

weather conditions that delay work at project sites;

 

   

the timing of expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions or other corporate initiatives;

 

   

natural disasters or other crises;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

staff levels and utilization rates;

 

   

changes in prices of services offered by our competitors; and

 

   

general economic and political conditions.

If our quarterly operating results fluctuate significantly, it could have a material negative affect on our financial condition and results of operations and could cause the price of our common stock to decrease, perhaps substantially and disproportionately to the actual effect on our business.

An impairment charge on our goodwill could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Because we have grown in part through acquisitions, and expect to grow further through acquisitions, goodwill and intangible assets represent a substantial portion of our assets and will likely represent a more substantial portion in the future. As of December 31, 2020, we have $9.2 million of goodwill, representing 14.5% of our total assets of $63.6 million. Under U.S. GAAP, we are required to evaluate goodwill carried in our combined balance sheet for possible impairment on an annual basis using a fair value approach. We also are required to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce our enterprise fair value below our goodwill carrying value. These events or circumstances could include a significant change in the business climate, including legal factors, economic impacts, operating performance indicators, competition, sale, or disposition of a significant portion of our business, potential changes in regulatory or licensing requirements, and other factors.

If our market capitalization drops significantly below the amount of net equity recorded on our balance sheet, that might indicate a decline in our fair value and would require us to further evaluate whether our goodwill has been impaired. The amount of any impairment could be significant and, if taken, could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations to the period in which we record the charge.

Rising inflation, interest rates, and/or construction costs could reduce the demand for our services as well as decrease our profit on existing contracts, particularly our fixed price contracts.

Rising inflation, interest rates, or construction costs could reduce the demand for our services. In addition, we bear all the risk of rising inflation on our fixed price contracts with respect to our cost of labor. Because a meaningful portion of our revenues are earned from fixed price contracts involving a substantial cost associated with our labor, the effects of inflation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to professional standards, duties and statutory obligations on professional reports and opinions we issue, which could subject us to monetary damages.

We issue reports and opinions to clients based on our professional engineering expertise as well as our other professional credentials that subject us to professional standards, duties and obligations regulating the performance of our services. If a client or another third party alleges that our report or opinion is incorrect or it is improperly relied upon and we are held responsible, we could be subject to significant liability or claims for damages. In addition, our reports and other work product may need to comply with professional standards, licensing requirements, securities regulations and other laws and rules governing the performance of professional services in the jurisdiction where the services are performed. We could be liable to third parties who use or rely upon our reports and other work product even if we are not contractually bound to those third parties. These events could in turn result in monetary damages and penalties.

Our credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. contains several restrictive covenants, which could limit our ability to finance future operations, acquisitions or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest.

Our credit agreement contains several financial covenants that impose operating and other restrictions on us, and our subsidiaries. Such restrictions affect or could affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability, and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

create liens;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

pay dividends and make other distributions in respect of our equity securities;

 

   

redeem our equity securities;

 

   

enter into certain lines of business;

 

   

make certain investments or certain other restricted payments;

 

   

sell certain kinds of assets;

 

   

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

undergo a change in control or effect certain mergers or consolidations.

In addition, our credit agreement also requires us to comply with certain fixed charge coverage, debt to EBITDA and senior debt to EBITDA ratios. Events beyond our control may affect our ability to comply with these covenants.

These restrictions could limit our ability to plan for or react to market or economic conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans and could adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest.

A breach of any of these covenants or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under the credit agreement. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the credit agreement could elect to:

 

   

declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable;

 

   

require us to apply all our available cash to repay the borrowings; or

 

   

prevent us from making debt service payments on certain of our borrowings due to other creditors.

If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings when due, the lenders under the credit agreement could sell the collateral securing the credit agreement, which constitutes a significant majority of our assets.

Changes in the method of determining the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect interest income or expense.

On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which oversees LIBOR, formally announced that it could not assure the continued existence of LIBOR in its current form beyond the end of 2021, and that an orderly transition process to one or more alternative benchmarks should begin. In April 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, in conjunction with the AARC, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, announced replacement of U.S. LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by U.S. Treasuries called the Secured Overnight Financing Rate. The first publication of SOFR was released in April 2018. Whether or not SOFR attains market acceptance as a LIBOR replacement remains in question, and the future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain. The selection of SOFR as the alternative reference rate currently presents certain market concerns, because a term structure for SOFR has not yet developed, and there is not yet a generally accepted methodology for adjusting SOFR, which represents an overnight, risk-free rate, so that it will be comparable to LIBOR, which has various tenors and reflects a risk component. In addition, our hedging strategies may be adversely impacted as no active market exists for derivative instruments tied to SOFR.

Certain borrowings under our credit agreement currently are currently determined by a LIBOR benchmark. It is unclear whether, or in what form, LIBOR will continue to exist after 2021. If LIBOR ceases to exist or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from current methods for any reason, interest rates on our floating rate loans, deposits, obligations, derivatives, and other financial instruments tied to LIBOR rates, as well as the revenue and expenses associated with those financial instruments, may be adversely affected as we transition to SOFR or another alternative reference rate.

 

20


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Government Contracts, Regulation and Litigation

Governmental agencies may modify, curtail, or terminate our contracts at any time prior to their completion and, if we do not replace them, we may suffer a decline in revenue.

Most government contracts may be modified, curtailed, or terminated by the government either at its discretion or upon the default of the contractor. If the government terminates a contract at its discretion, then we typically can recover only costs incurred or committed, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to termination, which could prevent us from recognizing all the potential revenue and profits from that contract. In addition, for some assignments, the government may attempt to “insource” the services to government employees rather than outsource to a contractor. If a governmental agency terminates a contract due to our default, we could be liable for excess costs incurred by the governmental agency in obtaining services from another source.

Because we provide services to municipalities and other public agencies, we are more susceptible to the unique risks associated with government contracts.

A substantial amount of our revenue is derived from our work for municipalities and other public agencies. Consequently, we are exposed to certain risks associated with public agency and government contracting, any one of which can have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. These risks include:

 

   

The ability of the public agency to terminate the contract with 30 days’ prior notice or less;

 

   

Changes in public agency spending and fiscal policies which can have an adverse effect on demand for our services;

 

   

Contracts that are subject to public agency budget cycles, and often are subject to renewal on an annual basis;

 

   

The often wide variation of the types and pricing terms of contracts from agency to agency;

 

   

The difficulty of obtaining change orders and additions to contracts; and

 

   

The requirement to perform periodic audits as a condition of certain contract arrangements.

Legislation, policy, rules, or regulations may be enacted that limit or change the ability of state, regional or local agencies to contract for our privatized services. Such changes would affect our ability to obtain new contracts and may decrease the demand for our services.

Legislation is proposed periodically that attempts to limit the ability of governmental agencies to contract with private consultants to provide services. Should such changes occur and be upheld, demand for our services may be materially adversely affected. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, approximately 25.0% and 24.3% of our gross revenue, respectively, was derived from services rendered to governmental agencies. While attempts at such legislation have failed in the past, such measures could be adopted in the future.

State and other public employee unions may bring litigation that seeks to limit the ability of public agencies to contract with private firms to perform government employee functions relating to public improvements. Judicial determinations in favor of these unions could affect our ability to compete for contracts and may have an adverse effect on our financial results.

For over 20 years, state and other public employee unions have challenged the validity of propositions, legislation, charters, and other government regulations that allow public agencies to contract with private firms to provide services in the fields of engineering, design, and construction of public improvements that might otherwise be provided by public employees. These challenges could have the effect of eliminating or severely restricting the ability of municipalities to hire private firms and otherwise require them to use union employees to perform the services. If a state or other public employee union is successful in its challenge, this may result in additional litigation which could affect our ability to compete for contracts.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with a variety of complex procurement rules and regulations could damage our reputation and result in our being liable for penalties, including termination of our government contracts, disqualification from bidding on future government contracts and suspension or debarment from government contracting.

We must comply with laws and regulations relating to government contracts, which affect how we do business with our customers and may impose added costs on our business. Some significant laws and regulations that affect us include:

 

   

federal, state, and local laws and regulations (including the Federal Acquisition Regulation or “FAR”) regarding the formation, administration, and performance of government contracts;

 

   

the Civil False Claims Act, which provides for substantial civil penalties for violations, including for submission of a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. government for payment or approval; and

 

   

federal, state, and local laws and regulations regarding procurement integrity including gratuity, bribery and anti-corruption requirements as well as limitations on political contributions and lobbying.

Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in contract termination, damage to our reputation, price or fee reductions, suspension, or debarment from contracting with the government, each of which could have a materially adverse effect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, federal, state, and local government entities may revise existing contract rules and regulations or adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time and may also face restrictions or pressure regarding the type and number of services that they may obtain from private contractors. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew contracts under which we currently perform when those contracts are subject to recompete.

The outcome of pending and future claims and litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are a party to claims and litigation in the normal course of business. Since we engage in engineering, surveying and related consulting activities for large facilities and projects where design, construction or systems failures can result in substantial injury or damage to employees or others, we are exposed to claims and litigation and investigations if there is a failure at any such facility or project. Such claims could relate to, among other things, personal injury, loss of life, business interruption, property damage, pollution and environmental damage and be brought by our clients or third parties, such as those who use or reside near our clients’ projects. We can also be exposed to claims if we agreed that a project will achieve certain performance standards or satisfy certain technical requirements and those standards or requirements are not met. In many of our contracts with clients, sub-consultants, and vendors, we agree to retain or assume potential liabilities for damages, penalties, losses and other exposures relating to projects that could result in claims that greatly exceed the anticipated profits relating to those contracts. In addition, while clients and sub-consultants may agree to indemnify us against certain liabilities, such third parties may refuse or be unable to pay it.

Employee, agent or partner misconduct or our overall failure to comply with laws or regulations may adversely impact our reputation and financial results as well as subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions.

Misconduct, fraud, non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or other improper activities by one of our employees, agents, or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could include the failure to comply with regulations regarding government procurements, the protection of classified information, bribery and other foreign corrupt practices, pricing of labor and other costs in government contracts, lobbying or similar activities, internal controls over financial reporting, environmental laws, and any other applicable laws or regulations. Our policies mandate compliance with these regulations and laws, and we take precautions to prevent and detect misconduct. However, since our internal controls are subject to inherent limitations, including human error, it is possible that these controls could be intentionally circumvented or become inadequate because of changed conditions. As a result, we cannot assure that our controls will protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees and agents. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations or acts of misconduct could subject us to fines and penalties, loss of security clearances, and suspension or debarment from contracting, any or all of which could harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions. Historically, we have not had any material cases involving misconduct or fraud.

 

22


Table of Contents

Changes in resource management or infrastructure industry laws, regulations, and programs could directly or indirectly reduce the demand for our services which could in turn negatively impact our revenue.

Some of our services are directly or indirectly impacted by changes in U.S. federal, state, local, or foreign laws and regulations pertaining to resource management, infrastructure, and the environment. In addition, growing concerns about climate change may result in the imposition of additional regulations, international protocols or other restrictions on emissions. Accordingly, such additional laws and regulations or a relaxation or repeal of existing laws and regulations, or changes in governmental policies regarding the funding, implementation, or enforcement of these programs, could result in a decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue.

We may be subject to liabilities under environmental laws and regulations, including liabilities assumed in acquisitions for which we may not be indemnified.

We must comply with several laws that strictly regulate the handling, removal, treatment, transportation and disposal of toxic and hazardous substances. Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), and comparable state laws, we may be required to investigate and remediate regulated hazardous materials. CERCLA and comparable state laws typically impose strict joint and several liabilities without regard to whether a company knew of or caused the release of hazardous substances. The liability for the entire cost of clean-up could be imposed upon any responsible party. Other principal federal environmental, health, and safety laws affecting us include, among others, the Resource Conversation and Recovery Act, the National Environmental Policy Act, the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act. Our business operations may also be subject to similar state and international laws relating to environmental protection. Liabilities related to environmental contamination or human exposure to hazardous substances, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs to us, including clean-up costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, or cessation of remediation activities. Our continuing work in the areas governed by these laws and regulations exposes us to the risk of substantial liability.

While our business is not subject to significant regulation, the services we provide to our customers address various federal, state and local regulations that must be complied with to receive approval to proceed. In connection with the process of bidding for and being awarded certain government assignments we are required to provide an annual Federal Acquisition Regulation rate audit that determines our overhead reimbursement allowance. With respect to the operation of our business, we are subject to professional licensing requirements that vary by state.

Each state establishes licensing and organizational requirements for our services. Certain states allow only individuals and individually owned professional services corporations to hold licenses. In those states there may be grandfathering exemptions that allow corporations to hold licenses. In the event a state does not allow a corporation to hold a license, we have in the past formed professional services corporations owned by Mr. Bowman and other employees to facilitate our ability to work in such states. To the extent we cannot adequately satisfy a state’s licensing requirements, we do not operate in that state. As of April 6, 2021, we are licensed to operate in 43 states.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Common Stock

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Emerging growth companies may implement many of these requirements over a longer period of up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of these extended transition periods but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our

 

23


Table of Contents

net income and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We cannot be certain that our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls will be successful, that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or that we will be able to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Any failure to develop or maintain effective internal controls, or difficulties encountered in implementing or improving our internal controls, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements, or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for emerging growth companies have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

   

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, acquisitions or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

market conditions in the utility and infrastructure markets where we focus;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

   

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The

 

24


Table of Contents

initial public offering price of our common stock was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.

Our continued eligibility for listing on Nasdaq depends on several factors. If Nasdaq delists the common stock from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

   

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

   

a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

 

   

a limited amount of analyst coverage; and

 

   

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer owns a large percentage of our voting stock, which may allow him to have a significant influence on all matters requiring stockholder approval.

Mr. Gary Bowman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owned                  shares, or approximately     % of our common stock as of                 , 2021 after giving effect to the offer and sale of the common stock. Accordingly, Mr. Bowman has significant power to influence the outcome of important corporate decisions or matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including decisions regarding mergers, going private transactions, and other extraordinary transactions, and to significantly influence the terms of any of these transactions. Although Mr. Bowman owes our stockholders certain fiduciary duties as a director and an executive officer, Mr. Bowman could take actions to address his own interests, which may be different from those of our other stockholders.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of $                 per share in net tangible book value of the common stock. In addition, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute                 % of the total amount invested by stockholders since inception but will only own                 % of the shares of common stock outstanding. See “Dilution” for a more detailed description of the dilution to new investors in the offering.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that materially adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing, if available, would increase our fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

 

25


Table of Contents

The underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

We, all of our directors and executive officers and stockholders holding more than 5% of our common stock have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements pursuant to which we and they will be subject to certain restrictions with respect to the sale or other disposition of our common stock for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters, at any time and without notice, may release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. See “Underwriters – No Sales of Similar Securities” for more information on these agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then the common stock, subject to compliance with the Securities Act or exceptions therefrom, will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital. Sales of a substantial number of shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the market price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional                  shares. Of these shares, as of the date of this prospectus, approximately                  shares of our common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, assuming that current stockholders do not purchase shares in this offering.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, up to an additional                  shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately                 % of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to certain limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Upon completion of this offering,                  shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control, which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws, which became effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:

 

   

a board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the board will be elected at one time;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent, which requires that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors;

 

   

a requirement that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

   

a requirement of approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock to amend any bylaws by stockholder action or to amend specific provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

the authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval and which preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, or DGCL, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These antitakeover provisions and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our amended and restated bylaws that became effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement designate specific courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit its stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws that became effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of ours to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or the Delaware Forum Provision. The Delaware Forum Provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated bylaws contain a Federal Forum provision that provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

We recognize that the Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision in our amended and restated bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware or the Commonwealth of Virginia, as applicable. Additionally, the forum selection clauses in our amended and restated bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees, which may discourage the filing of lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such

 

27


Table of Contents

matters. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for the Commonwealth of Virginia may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

We have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of this offering and may not use these proceeds effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

We will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section of this prospectus titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. As a result, investors will be relying upon management’s judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of the balance of the net proceeds of this offering. We may use the net proceeds for purposes that do not yield a significant return or any return at all for our stockholders. In addition, pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These include, but are not limited to, exemption from auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced executive compensation disclosure obligations, in this prospectus, our periodic reports and our proxy statements, and an exemption from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation, and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to not “opt out” of this exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards at the time private companies adopt the new or revised accounting standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to continue to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

28


Table of Contents

After the completion of this offering, we may be at an increased risk of securities class action litigation.

Historically, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because we are a smaller company, and smaller companies tend to experience greater volatility in the price of their securities. If we were to be sued, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

29


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include those that express plans, anticipation, intent, contingency, goals, targets or future development and/or otherwise are not statements of historical fact. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and projections about future events and they are subject to risks and uncertainties known and unknown that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology, such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “estimates,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “may,” “should,” “could” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Accordingly, these statements involve estimates, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in them. Any forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed throughout this prospectus.

You should read this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended) and the documents that we reference herein and therein and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Because the risk factors referred to above, as well as the Risk Factors beginning on page 10 of this prospectus, could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by applicable laws or rules. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which factors will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of the information presented in this prospectus, and particularly our forward-looking statements, by these cautionary statements.

Except to the extent required by applicable laws or rules, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether because of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained above and throughout this prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We qualify all our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE RISKS, BUSINESSES ARE OFTEN SUBJECT TO RISKS NOT FORESEEN OR FULLY APPRECIATED BY MANAGEMENT. IN REVIEWING THIS PROSPECTUS, POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD KEEP IN MIND THAT THERE MAY BE OTHER POSSIBLE RISKS THAT COULD BE IMPORTANT.

 

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock offered hereby will be approximately $    million, or approximately $    million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We also believe that being a public company will make us more attractive as a purchaser for potential acquisitions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including organic expansion and the funding of potential acquisitions. Although we may use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering for the acquisition of additional assets or businesses, or for other strategic investments or opportunities, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments in this regard.

We may change the amount of net proceeds to be used specifically for any of the foregoing purposes. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the size and timing of acquisitions, demand for our services, our operating costs and the other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, our management will have significant discretion and flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering. Pending any use, as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in high-quality, short-term, interest-bearing securities.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $    million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by $    million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business, and therefore do not foresee paying cash dividends on our common stock in the future. Our board of directors will have discretion to make future determinations related to our dividend policy based on, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

31


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as-adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale by us of     shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the receipt by us of the proceeds of such sale.

You should read this information together with the sections titled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Actual      As Adjusted  
(dollars in 000s except per share data)    (audited)      (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 386      $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net

   $ 10,332      $    

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock, $0.10 par value; shares authorized, shares issued and

outstanding (actual); issued and outstanding (as adjusted)

     17     

Additional paid-in capital

     58,851     

Treasury stock

     (16,022   

Stock subscription notes receivable

     (609   

Accumulated deficit

     (25,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (17,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 27,855      $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering is based on     shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

shares reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $    per share

 

   

shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, none of which have been granted; and

 

   

shares available for purchase under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering assumes:

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to      additional shares of common stock in this offering;

 

   

the effectiveness of a    for 1 stock split to be effected on            , 2021 and

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The as adjusted information set forth above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. A 100,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $    million, assuming that the assumed initial offering price to the public remains the same, and after deducting

 

32


Table of Contents

estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock is exercised in full, (i) an additional     shares of common stock would be issued and we would receive approximately $    million in additional net proceeds, based on an assumed initial offering price per share of $    , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (ii) cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization would each also increase by approximately $    million.

 

33


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $17.1 million, or $     per share of common stock. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2020. Our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been $    million or $    per share, based on    shares of our common stock outstanding, which gives effect to our sale of    shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

After giving effect to: (i) the sale and issuance of      shares of common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (ii) estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been approximately $    million, or      per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of approximately $     per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $     per share to new investors.

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

($000s, except per share)   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

               

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020

     $17,137  
  

 

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

               

As adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

               
  

 

 

 

Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering

               
  

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be approximately $     per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering would be $ per share.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $    per share and the dilution to investors participating in this offering by $     per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

34


Table of Contents

Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $    per share and the dilution to investors participating in this offering by $    per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2020, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing investors paid.

 

     SHARES
PURCHASED
    TOTAL
CONSIDERATION
    AVERAGE
PRICE
PER

SHARE
 
     NUMBER      PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT  

Existing stockholders

                       $                         $    

New investors participating in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

The above discussion and tables are based on     shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

shares reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding stock option at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share;

 

   

shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, none of which have been granted; and

 

   

shares available for purchase under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering assumes:

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to      additional shares of common stock in this offering;

 

   

the effectiveness of a    for 1 stock split to be effected on            , 2021 and

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

To the extent that outstanding options are exercised, or shares are issued under our equity incentive plans, you will experience further dilution to the extent the exercise price is below the initial public offering price. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

35


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our historical results presented herein are not necessarily indicative or predictive of results in any future period. You should read the following summary financial data together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our combined financial statements and notes thereto, and other financial information are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the combined income statements data and the combined statement of financial position data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, any unaudited financial and non-GAAP measurements presented herein represent a fair presentation of such financial data. We recommend reading the following information in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our combined financial statements and related footnotes included in this prospectus.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
($ in 000s, except per share and percentages)    2019     2020  

Combined Income Statements

    

Gross contract revenue

   $ 113,724     $ 122,020  

Contract costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     58,571       66,512  

Operating expenses

     52,170       53,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 2,983     $ 1,869  

Other (income) expense

     419       (110

Income tax expense

     1,038       989  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,526     $ 990  

Net income margin

     1.3     0.8

Basic earnings per share

   $ 7.57     $ 5.11  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 7.52     $ 5.10  

Other financial data (unaudited)

    

Net service billing 1

     97,605       103,660  

Adjusted EBITDA 2

   $ 13,110     $ 13,888  

Adjusted EDITDA margin, net 3

     13.4     13.4

Combined Statement of Cash Flows Data

    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     8,218       10,770  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (4,271     (2,414

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (3,610     (8,479

Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     337       (123

Combined Statement of Financial Position Data

    

Current assets

     42,888       35,102  

Non-current assets

     23,910       28,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 66,798     $ 63,638  

Current liabilities

     32,603       23,333  

Common shares subject to repurchase

     8,267       842  

Other non-current liabilities

     12,593       22,326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 53,463     $ 46,501  

Redeemable common stock

   $ 36,618     $  

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (23,283   $ 17,137  

 

36


Table of Contents

1Net service billing

Net service billing reconciles to gross revenue (in thousands) as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Gross contract revenue

   $ 113,724      $ 122,020  

Less: sub-consultants and other direct expenses

     16,119        18,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net service billing

   $ 97,605      $ 103,660  

2 Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA reconciles to net income (in thousands) as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Net income

   $ 1,526      $ 990  

+ interest expense

     609        565  

+ tax expense

     1,038        989  

+ depreciation & amortization

     797        2,277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 3,970      $ 4,821  

+ non-cash stock compensation

     4,281        5,085  

+ non-reoccurring operating lease rent

     3,307        2,521  

+ settlements and other non-core expenses

     1,552        1,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 13,110      $ 13,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3 Adjusted EBITDA Margin, net

Adjusted EBITDA margin, is calculated as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Gross contract revenue

   $ 113,724     $ 122,020  

Less: sub-consultants and other direct expenses

     16,119       18,360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net service billing

     97,605       103,660  

Net income

     1,526       990  

Net income margin

     1.3     0.8

Adjusted EBITDA

     13,110       13,888  

Adjusted EBITDA margin, net

     13.4     13.4

Shares Subject to Repurchase, Redeemable Common Stock and the Impact of Becoming a Non-Public SEC Registrant

In February 2001, our shareholders entered into a shareholders’ buy-sell agreement (the “Buy-Sell Agreement”) subsequently amended in 2002, 2007, and 2019 (individually the “First, Second and Third Amendment” and collectively with the Fourth Amendment, the “Amendments”). In addition, certain shareholders have entered into individual addenda to the shareholders’ buy-sell agreement to establish superseding share-based rights (the “Addenda” and collectively with the Buy-Sell Agreement and the Amendments, the “Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement”). All current shareholders are a party to the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement, which includes certain rights and protections with respect to transactions in our stock in the event of death, disability, retirement, and termination of employment. Upon the issuance of compensation-related restricted stock grants, employees enter into a separate stock bonus agreement with terms that may incorporate and supersede terms in the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement (individually a “Stock Bonus Agreement” and collectively the “Stock Bonus Agreements”). Because of these agreements, all of the Company’s shares were subject to repurchase provisions. As a result, restricted stock, stock options and other shares issued as compensation subject to ASC Topic 718 were classified as liabilities and periodic changes in the fair value of these liabilities were recorded as an adjustment to non-cash stock compensation expense. In addition, all other common shares not subject to ASC Topic 718 have been classified as redeemable common stock within the scope of ASC Topic 480.

 

37


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2020, in connection with the preparations for our initial public offering, we executed a fourth amendment to our Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement to modify the repurchase features resulting in the classification of certain of our shares as temporary equity and liabilities (the “Fourth Amendment”). At the same time, we modified certain Stock Bonus Agreements to eliminate superseding repurchase features causing the classification of certain of our shares as liabilities independent of the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement (each an “Amendment to Stock Bonus Agreement” and collectively the “Amendments to Stock Bonus Agreements”). Upon the effectiveness of this offering, the shareholders will terminate the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement and amend additional Stock Bonus Agreements and Addenda to eliminate continuing liability treatment of certain shares.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our combined financial statements include an $8.3 million liability associated with certain common shares subject to repurchase, $4.3 million in non-cash stock compensation expense derived from the periodic fair value measurement of the liability related to common shares subject to repurchase, and $36.6 million of redeemable common shares classified as temporary equity.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our combined financial statements include $5.1 million in non-cash stock compensation expense derived from the periodic fair value measurement of our liability related to shares subject to repurchase. For accounting purposes, we treated the Fourth Amendment and the Amendments to Stock Bonus Agreements as an exchange of new permanent equity shares in settlement of our obligations to repurchase and redeem certain common stock. As compared to December 31, 2019, this ‘exchange’ of shares resulted in a $7.5 million reduction in the liability associated with common shares subject to classification to $0.8 million and the reclassification of all $36.6 million of temporary equity to permanent equity. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $58.9 million of common stock and additional paid-in-capital and $17.1 million of total shareholders’ equity.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information on temporary equity and liability classification of shares relating to the application of ASC Topic 480 and ASC Topic 718.

 

38


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains “forward-looking statements” reflecting our current expectations, estimates and assumptions concerning events and financial trends that may affect our future operating results or financial position. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, economic and competitive conditions, regulatory changes, and other uncertainties, as well as those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” all of which are difficult to predict. Considering these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed may not occur. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements, except to the extent required by applicable laws or rules.

Our Business

Bowman is a professional services firm delivering innovative engineering solutions to customers who own, develop and maintain the built environment. We provide planning, engineering, construction management, commissioning, environmental consulting, geomatics, survey, land procurement and other technical services to over 2,200 customers operating in a diverse set of end markets. We work as both a prime and sub-consultant for a broad base of public and private sector customers that generally operate in highly regulated environments.

We have a diversified business that is not dependent on any one service line, geographic region, or end market. We are deliberate in our efforts to balance our sources of revenue and avoid reliance on any one significant customer, service line, geography or end market concentration. Our strategic focus is on penetrating and expanding our presence in markets which best afford us opportunities to secure assignments that provide reoccurring revenue and multi-year engagements thus resulting in dependable and predictable revenue streams and high employee utilization. We limit our exposure to risk by providing professional and related services exclusively. We do not engage in general contracting activities either directly, or through joint ventures, and therefore have no related exposure. We are not a partner in any design-build construction projects. We carry no heavy equipment inventory, and our risk of contract loss is generally limited to time associated with fixed fee professional services assignments.

It is not possible at this time to estimate the full impact that COVID-19 will ultimately have on our business, as the impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. We are evaluating, and will continue to evaluate, the impact of COVID-19 on projects, but the full effects COVID-19 will have on our operations are still unknown. Early on in the course of the pandemic we were considered an essential service in all states and local jurisdictions where we operate. While there was some degree of disruption in all markets, we were able to continue serving customers without interruption. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not experienced any material financial distress resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. We did not qualify for the PPP Loan program under the CARES Act. We have taken advantage of the opportunity to defer $2.5 million of employer payroll taxes during the year ended December 31, 2020 as afforded us under the CARES Act. The duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of the virus, the extent and effectiveness of containment actions, and the impact of these and other factors on our employees and clients. The implementation of shelter-in-place orders within the cities and municipalities we operate in could further negatively impact future results as well as the re-designation of infrastructure spending to non-essential services. At this time, we are monitoring, and will continue to monitor, the safety of our employees during the COVID-19 pandemic.

For more information on our business, see the section in this prospectus titled “Business”.

Methods of Evaluation

We use a variety of financial and other information in monitoring the financial condition and operating performance of our business. Some of the information we use to evaluate our operations is financial information that is in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), while other information may be financial in nature and either built upon GAAP results or may not be in accordance with GAAP (Non-GAAP). We use all of this information together for planning and monitoring our operations, as well as determining certain management and employee compensation.

 

39


Table of Contents

We present our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020 as combined, reflecting results for the Company, our subsidiaries and entities under common control performing similar services. In the accompanying combined financial statements, we eliminate all intercompany transactions between the entities. Consolidation of entities under common control would not have altered the presentation of financial statements since all appropriate adjustments and eliminations are included in the combined financial statements. We have executed consolidating transactions that eliminate the need to present combined financial statements upon effectiveness of this offering, other than for historical comparisons (see “Consolidating Transactions in Connection with this Offering” the Prospectus Summary section).

The Company operates as a single business segment represented by our core business of providing multi-disciplinary professional engineering solutions to customers. While we evaluate revenue and other key performance indicators relating to various divisions of labor, our leadership neither manages the business nor deliberately allocates resources by service line, geography, or end market. Our financial statements present results as a single operating segment.

Components of Income and Expense

Revenue

We generate revenue from services performed by our employees, pass-through fees from sub-consultants, and reimbursable contract costs. On our combined financial statements, we report gross revenue, which represents total revenue billed to customers excluding taxes collected from customers. Gross revenue less revenue derived from pass-through sub-consultant fees, reimbursable expenses and other direct expenses represents our net service billing, or that portion of our gross revenue attributable to services performed by our employees. Our industry uses the calculation underlying net service billing to normalize peer performance assessments and provide meaningful insight into trends over time. Refer to — Other Financial Data, Non-GAAP measurements and Key Performance Indicators below for further discussion of the use of this Non-GAAP financial measure.

We generally do not make profit from the pass-through of sub-consultants and reimbursable expenses. As such, contract profitability is most heavy impacted by the mix of labor utilized to complete the tasks and the efficiency of those resources in completing the tasks. Our largest direct contract cost is consistently our labor. To grow our revenue and maximize overall profitability we carefully monitor and manage our fixed cost of labor and the utilization thereof. Maintaining an optimal level of utilization on a balanced pool of growing labor resources represents our greatest prospect for delivering increasing profitability.

We enter into contracts that contain two types of pricing characteristics:

Hourly contracts, also referred to as time and materials, are common for professional and technical consulting assignments both short-term and multi-year in duration. Under these types of contracts, there is no predetermined maximum fee and we generally experience no risk associated with cost overruns. For hourly contracts, we negotiate billing rates and charge our customers based upon the actual hours expended toward a deliverable. These contracts may have not-to-exceed parameters requiring us to receive additional authorizations from our customer to continue working, but we likewise do not have to continue working without assurances of payment for such additional work.

Lump sum contracts, also referred to as fixed fee, typically require the performance of some, or all, of the obligations under the contract for a specified amount, subject to price adjustments only if the scope of the project changes or unforeseen requirements arise. Our fixed fee contracts generally include a specific scope of work and defined deliverables. Lump sum contracts can involve both hourly and fixed fee tasks.

The majority of our assignments are lump sum in nature representing approximately 60% and 63% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Recognizing revenue from lump sum assignments requires management estimates of both total contract value when there are contingent compensation elements of the fee arrangement and expected cost at completion. We closely monitor our progress to completion and adjust our estimates when necessary. We do not recognize revenue from work that is performed at risk with no documented customer commitment.

Contract Costs

Contract costs consists of direct payroll costs, sub-consultant costs and other direct expenses exclusive of depreciation and amortization.

 

40


Table of Contents

Direct payroll costs represent the portion of salaries and wages incurred in connection with the production of deliverables under customer assignments and contracts. Direct payroll costs include allocated fringe costs (i.e. health benefits, employer payroll taxes, and retirement plan contributions), paid leave and incentive compensation.

Sub-consultants and direct expenses include both sub-consultants and other outside costs associated with performance under our contracts. Sub-consultant and direct costs are generally reimbursable by our customers under the terms of our contracts.

Performance under our contracts does not involve significant machinery or other long term depreciable assets. Most of the equipment we employ involves desktop computers and other shared ordinary course IT equipment. We present direct costs exclusive of depreciation and amortization and as such we do not present gross profit on our combined financial statements.

Operating Expense

Operating expenses consists of selling, general and administrative costs, non-cash stock compensation, depreciation and amortization and settlements and other non-core expenses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses represent corporate and other general overhead expenses, salaries and wages not allocated to customer projects including management and administrative personnel costs, incentive compensation, personal leave, office lease and occupancy costs, legal, professional and accounting fees.

Non-cash stock compensation represents the expenses incurred with respect to shares and options issued by the Company, both vested and unvested, to employees as long-term incentives. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, non-cash stock compensation was determined by the change in the fair market measurement of the liability to common shares subject to repurchase. Non-cash stock compensation cost for permanent equity will be the grant date fair value of the awards, or the Black-Sholes-Merton value of stock options on the grant date, recognized ratably over the vesting periods of each award. Future non-cash stock compensation expense for unvested shares awarded prior to December 31, 2020 is based on a $377.57 per share fair value on the date of modification. Stock awards will continue to be an important part of our long-term retention and rewards philosophy.

Depreciation and amortization represent the depreciation and amortization expense of our property and general IT equipment, capital lease assets, tenant improvements and intangible assets.

(Gain) loss on sale represents gains or losses inclusive of foreign exchange and accumulated depreciation recapture resulting from the disposal of an asset upon the sale or retirement of such asset.

Other (Income) Expense

Other (income) expense consists of other non-operating and non-core expenses.

Tax Expense

Income tax (benefit) expense, current and deferred, includes estimated federal, state and local tax expense associated with our net income, as apportioned to the states in which we operate. Estimates of our tax expense include both current and deferred tax expense along with all available tax incentives and credits.

Other Financial Data, Non-GAAP Measurements and Key Performance Indicators

Backlog

We measure the value of our undelivered gross revenue in real time to calculate our backlog and predict future revenue. Backlog includes awarded, contracted and otherwise secured commitments along with revenue we expect to realize over time for predictable long-term and reoccurring assignments. We report backlog quarterly as of the end of the last day of the reporting period. We use backlog to predict revenue growth and anticipate appropriate future staffing needs. Backlog definitions and methods of calculation vary within our industry. As such, backlog is not a reliable metric on which to evaluate us relative to our peers. Backlog neither derives from, nor connects to, any GAAP results.

 

41


Table of Contents

Net Service Billing

In the normal course of providing services to our customers, we routinely subcontract services and incur direct third-party contract expenses that may or may not be reimbursable and may or may not be billed to customers with mark-up. Gross revenue less revenue derived from pass-through sub-consultant fees and reimbursable expenses represents our net service billing, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, or that portion of our gross contract revenue attributable to services performed by our employees. Because the ratio of sub-contractor and direct expense costs to gross billing varies between contracts, gross revenue is not necessarily indicative of trends in our business. As a professional services company, we believe that metrics derived from net service billings more accurately demonstrate the productivity and profitability of our workforce. Our industry uses the calculation of net service billing to normalize peer performance assessments and provide meaningful insight into trends over time.

Adjusted EBITDA

We view Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as an important indicator of normalized performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization, plus discontinued expenses, legal settlements and other costs not in the ordinary course of business, non-cash stock-based compensation (inclusive of expenses associated with the adjustment of our liability for common shares subject to redemption), and other adjustments such as costs associated with preparing for our initial public offering. Our peers may define Adjusted EBITDA differently.

Adjusted EBITDA Margin, net

Adjusted EBITDA Margin, net, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, represents Adjusted EBITDA, as defined above, as a percentage of net service billings, as defined above.

Critical Accounting Policies relating to Use of Estimates

We use estimates in the determination of certain financial results. Estimates used in financial reporting utilize only information available to us at the time of formulation. These estimates are subject to change as new information becomes available. Discussed below are the accounting policies for which we believe our judgments and estimates have the greatest potential impact.

Revenue Recognition

On January 1, 2019, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (“ASC Topic 606”). To determine the proper revenue recognition method under ASC Topic 606, we evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one single contract and if so, whether to account for the combined or single contract as more than one performance obligations. For most of our contracts, we conclude there to be a single performance obligation because the promise to transfer individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from the commitment to the deliverable of the contract and, therefore, is not distinct.

Our performance obligations are satisfied as work progresses. We recognize revenue for our lump sum contracts ratably over time based on cost-basis percentage of completion, calculated as a percentage of direct costs incurred to date relative to estimated total direct costs of the performance obligation at completion. Contract costs include labor, sub-consultant costs and other direct costs as incurred. We recognize revenue from lump sum contracts as we advance our work and transfer results to the customer. Contract change orders covering changes in scope, specifications, design, performance or period of completion are common with our customers. In most cases, we account for contract modifications as part of the existing contracts because they are for services that are not distinct from the original contract.

We base contract estimates on various assumptions about future costs and other inputs. Uncertainties inherent in the estimating process present the possibility that actual completion costs may vary from estimates. When estimated total costs on contracts indicate a loss, we recognize these losses in the period in which we identify the loss. We record adjustments required to align revenue with costs in place on the cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which we identify the revisions. We apply changes to projected revenue from contingent fee awards or penalties during the period in which we determine such contingencies to be probable.

 

42


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based upon their respective fair values with any excess purchase price over such fair values being recorded as goodwill. We review goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a business combination determined to have indefinite useful life annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We do not amortize such assets. We do however amortize intangible assets with estimable useful lives over such lives and review such assets for impairment if indicators are present.

We perform an annual impairment test as of October 1 of each year. As our business is highly integrated and its components have similar economic characteristics, we have concluded we operate as one reporting unit at the combined entity level. We perform a Step 1 impairment analysis by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to carrying value. We engaged a third-party valuation firm to assist management with the determination of fair value for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020. The fair value of the reporting unit was determined utilizing multiple weighted valuation techniques. Impairment loss is the difference between the reporting unit’s fair value and carrying amount of goodwill, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value.

We performed an impairment analysis for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020 and concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit was greater than carrying value, and as such, we did not record an impairment charge. We are not aware of any events or changes in circumstances that warranted an interim impairment test during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Income Tax

On January 1, 2018, we changed our election from an S-corporation to a C-corporation. As an S-corporation, we were a non-taxable entity with all taxable income or loss allocated to the shareholders. Upon conversion to a C-corporation, we became a taxable entity. On December 31, 2018, we recorded a $5.4 million deferred tax liability associated with our conversion. For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, we qualified under Internal Revenue Service 26 U.S. Code § 448, Limitation on use of cash method of accounting as a cash basis taxpayer based on our outstanding shares of common stock being at least 95% employee-owned with at least 95% of our gross revenue derived from engineering and consulting services. As such, we calculate our current tax expense on a cash basis and accrue future tax expenses resulting from associated timing differences as deferred tax liabilities. Upon the effective date of this offering, we will no longer qualify as a cash basis taxpayer and will be subject to a four-year conversion payment of our deferred tax liability subject to Section 7.03(1) of Rev. Proc. 2015-13.

We receive an annual research and development tax credit in connection with certain at-risk work performed on behalf of customers. We reduce our current and deferred tax provision by the estimated net annual R&D tax credit projection, limited to the statutory allowance for utilization of the credit. We reconcile the tax credit and its impact during the subsequent year after calculating the credit in connection with our tax returns. We maintain what we believe to be an appropriate reserve against its accumulated credits. Estimates of our tax expense include both current and deferred tax expense along with all available tax incentives and credits.

Common Shares Subject to Repurchase Classified as a Liability and Redeemable Common Stock Classified as Temporary Equity

In February 2001, our shareholders entered into a shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement and subsequent Amendments. In addition, certain shareholders have entered into individual addenda to the shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement to establish superseding share-based rights (the “Addenda” and collectively with the Buy-Sell Agreement and the Amendments, the “Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement”). All current shareholders are a party to the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement, which includes certain rights and protections with respect to transactions in our stock in the event of death, disability, retirement, and termination of employment. Upon the issuance of compensation-related restricted stock grants, employees enter into a separate stock bonus agreement with terms that may incorporate and supersede terms in the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement (individually a “Stock Bonus Agreement” and collectively the “Stock Bonus Agreements”). Because of these agreements, all of the Company’s shares were subject to repurchase provisions.

As a result, we recorded a stock repurchase liability and temporary equity associated with certain provisions of the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement and Stock Bonus Agreements whereby we would be obligated to repurchase stock from certain shareholders upon death, disability, retirement, or termination of employment. Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 Stock Compensation (“ASC Topic 718”) and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC Topic 480”) govern the classification of equity and the treatment of

 

43


Table of Contents

stock awarded, purchased, or otherwise acquired. Shares are classified as a liability pursuant to ASC Topic 718 when conditions exist whereby those shares are subject to a call feature determined to be probable of execution upon the occurrence of an event beyond the control of the issuer. Shares are classified as temporary equity pursuant to ASC Topic 480 when conditions exist whereby stock is subject to mandatory redemption by the issuer upon the occurrence of an event that is conditional and beyond the control of the issuer.

Changes in the periodic measurement of the fair value of the liability related to common shares subject to redemption pursuant to ASC Topic 718 are compensation costs. Changes in the periodic measurement of the fair value of the temporary equity pursuant to ASC Topic 480 reduce retained earnings or accumulated deficit, but do not appear as an expense on the income statement.

On December 22, 2020, in connection with the preparation for our initial public offering, we executed the Fourth Amendment to our Buy-Sell Agreement to modify the repurchase features resulting in the classification of certain of our shares as temporary equity and liabilities. At the same time, we modified certain Stock Bonus Agreements to eliminate superseding repurchase features causing the classification of those shares as liabilities independent of the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement. The shareholders will terminate the Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement and amend additional Stock Bonus Agreements upon the effectiveness of this offering.

Results of Operations

Combined results of operations

The following represents our condensed combined results of operations for periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

($000s in thousands)

   2019     2020  

Gross contract revenue

   $ 113,724     $ 122,020  

Contract costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     58,571       66,512  

Operating expense

     52,170       53,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     2,983       1,869  

Other (income) expense

     419       (110

Income tax expense

     1,038       989  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,526       990  

Net income margin

     1.3     0.8

Other financial information 1

    

Net service billing

     97,605       103,660  

Adjusted EBITDA

     13,110       13,888  

Adjusted EBITDA margin, net

     13.4     13.4

 

1 

Represents non-GAAP financial measures. See Other Financial Information and Non-GAAP key performance indicators below in results of operations.

Year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019

Gross Contract Revenue

Gross contract revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $8.3 million or 7.3% to $122.0 million as compared to $113.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Changes in gross contract revenue (“GCR”) disaggregated for our core and emerging end markets were as follows:

(in millions other than percentages)

 

Core Markets

   2019      % GCR     2020      % GCR     Change     % Change  

Communities, Homes and Buildings

   $ 72.3        63.6   $ 76.8        63.0   $ 4.5       6.2

Transportation

     17.9        15.7     19.2        15.7     1.3       22.1

Power and Utilities

     16.7        14.7     20.4        16.7     3.7       7.2

Other emerging markets 1

     6.8        6.0     5.6        4.6     (1.2     (17.6 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 113.7        100.0   $ 122.0        100.0   $ 8.3       7.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1

represents Renewable Energy, Mining, Water Resources and other

 

44


Table of Contents

Gross contract revenue derived from projects involving communities, homes and buildings increased $4.5 million, or 6.2% to $76.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $72.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We have been active in the communities, homes and buildings market since our founding and consider this market to be our legacy market. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the most significant increase in this market is $3.2 million from residential projects, and $1.0 million from commercial industrial projects. The largest decreases in communities, homes and building gross contract revenue was $0.7 million from senior living communities, and $0.6 million from educational facilities. We believe these changes, both positive and negative, are consistent with the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the general U.S. economy. As the U.S. labor market adapts to what we believe to be a paradigm shift in remote work dynamics, trends in residential market continue to exhibit positive outlook as low interest rates, accelerating household formation and exurban migration fuel increasing demand for our services. We believe that those sub-markets within the communities, homes and buildings market that underperformed in 2020 will rebound soon and as such we continue to be focused on organic expansion of our business in all communities, homes and building sub-markets.

Gross contract revenue derived from projects involving the transportation sector increased by $1.3 million, or 7.3% to $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We have identified transportation as a priority market and have been actively expanding our expertise relating to the planning, engineering, and construction management of both new and aging transportation infrastructure. For several years, we have been investing resources in developing leadership to identify and pursue large-scale and long-term transportation engineering and management opportunities with state departments of transportation and other owners and operators of transportation facilities. During the year ended December 31, 2020 we were servicing a large, multi-year transportation construction management project in Illinois, secured in a prior period, which contributed $3.4 million of the increase in gross contract revenue in the transportation market. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we completed two large transportation projects in Texas which served to offset our increases in the transportation market in 2020 by $2.5 million. We believe the transportation market presents significant opportunity for future growth and we remain committed to investing in leadership, technical expertise, and business development resources in this market.

 

45


Table of Contents

Gross contract revenue derived from projects involving power and utilities increased by $3.7 million, or 22.2% to $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Leading up to the year ended December 31, 2020, we were highly focused on attracting leadership capable of capitalizing on the numerous emerging opportunities in the power and utilities market and increasing the percentage of our gross contract revenue derived from power and utility assignments. We have specifically focused our efforts on evolving market demand for utility fortification resulting from changing weather patterns and the safety of aging underground gas distribution systems. We were successful in securing long-term projects involving the pipeline upgrades and utility undergrounding (the process of relocating and burying overhead electric utility lines). Our largest increase in the power and utility market for the year ended December 31, 2020 was derived from a multi-year gas pipeline location and mapping assignment we secured in connection with a safety enhancement program undertaken by a large, regulated utility. We believe there is meaningful opportunity for us to continue to grow in this market and we remain committed to expanding the share of our gross contract revenue attributable to the power and utilities market.

Gross contract revenue derived from other emerging markets decreased by $1.2 million, or (17.6%) to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For us, emerging markets consists of renewable energy and energy efficiency, mining, water resources, and other services. For the year ended December 31, 2020, gross contract revenue from water resources increased by $0.9 million or 45.6% to $2.9 million as compared to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We believe our recent additions to leadership in the water-wastewater sub-market position us well to continue our growth of gross contract revenue in this sub-market. For the same periods, gross contract revenue derived from the mining industry decreased $2.4 million or (58.9%) to $1.7 million as compared to $4.1 million while gross contract revenue from the renewable energy and energy efficiency market remained unchanged at $1.0 million. For more than ten years, our mining services have specialized in copper mining, the demand for which is cyclical in nature. During the year ended December 31, 2020, copper prices and the related mining industry experienced extreme disruption resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. Given forecasted increases in demand for copper used in items such as electric vehicles, large capacity lithium batteries and devices with embedded microchips along with the substantial recovery of copper prices over the second half of the year ended December 31, 2020, we expect this market to rebound and return to either normal or above average production levels over the next few years. We continue to be committed to expanding leadership and growing revenue from mining related services.

For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, $29.8 million or 24% and $28.8 million or 25% of our gross contract revenue was derived from public sector customers, defined as projects sponsored by a public agency or governmental authority. There were no meaningful fluctuations between years. Projects for public sector clients are included in the end market most aligned with the assert for which the work is performed. Lump sum contracts, defined as those which require the performance of some or all obligations under the contract be completed for a fixed fee, represented approximately $68.2 million or 60.0% and $76.9 million or 63.0% of gross contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively. Hourly contracts represented approximately $45.5 million or 40.0% and $45.1 million or 37.0% of our gross contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively. These increases are in line with increased gross contract revenue year over year. For the year ended December 31, 2020, $91.2 million or 74.8% of our gross contract revenue was generated by repeat customers, defined as customers from whom we derived revenue in the current year and each of the prior two years. Of the $113.7 million of gross contract revenue generated during the year ended December 31, 2019, $98.9 million or 87.0% was associated with customers from whom we also derived revenue during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

46


Table of Contents

Of the $8.3 million increase in gross contract revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, $6.1 million is attributable to billing from our workforce and $2.2 million is attributable to an increase in sub-consultant and direct expense revenue. Because sub-consultants and reimbursable expenses are most often pass-through items with little or no mark-up, they generally have a decremental effect on gross, operating, and net margins while having little incremental effect on profitability. As such, where possible, we focus our resources and business development efforts principally on increasing revenue derived from our own workforce.

Contract costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

Total contract costs increased $7.9 million or 13.5% to $66.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $58.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 with total contract costs representing 54.5% and 51.5% of total contract revenue, respectively.

Direct payroll, which accounted for 72.5% of total contract costs for the year ended December 31, 2020, remained unchanged as compared to 72.5% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Sub-consultants and other direct costs account for the remaining 27.5% and 27.5% of our total contract costs, respectively. This ratio is generally consistent with our operating model.

Direct payroll costs increased $5.7 million or 13.4% to $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Increases in direct payroll costs are primarily the result of a $4.2 million or 13.0% increase in the cost of direct labor associated with work performed on contracts to $36.5 million as compared $32.3 million. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, direct payroll costs represented 39.5% and 37.4% of gross contract revenue, respectively. We are committed to promoting work sharing throughout our offices to maximize the utilization of our labor. The tasks performed by our workforce on customer projects are similar in nature across our markets and billing rate margins on direct labor are relatively consistent.

Other direct payroll costs associated with benefits, personal leave, incentive compensation (cash and non-cash), and payroll taxes increased by $1.5 million or 14.9% to $11.7 million as compared to $10.2 million. This increase includes an increase of $0.5 million in the cost of non-cash stock compensation to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase resulted from the modification of certain common shares subject to repurchase and the expense associated with their remeasurement at a higher price prior to redemption. We believe non-cash stock compensation is an important component of our long-term incentive and retention initiatives and expect this expense to contribute consistently to direct contract costs in the future.

Sub-consultants and other direct expenses increased $2.3 million or 14.3% to $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We utilize sub-consultants both to perform project tasks for which we do not maintain requisite in-house capabilities and to meet obligations relating to various disadvantaged business enterprise requirements as mandated by contracts with certain of our customers. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, sub-consultant and other expenses represented 15.0% and 14.2% of gross contract revenue, respectively. These percentages are in line with our expectations. The increase in sub-consultants and other direct expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 is attributable primarily to a $1.5 million one-time bad debt write off relating to prior period accounts receivable. The remaining $0.8 million increase is

 

47


Table of Contents

consistent with increases in our gross contract revenue and is primarily attributable to sub-consultants utilized in our Illinois transportation assignments. Sub-consultants and direct expenses are generally pass-through expenses for us and as such, contribute very little to profit.

Operating Expense

Total operating expense increased $1.4 million or 2.7% to $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $52.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Selling, general and administrative expenses remained unchanged at $51.5 million. Changes in selling, general and administrative include a $2.1 million or 9.9% increase in indirect labor for operations and corporate to $23.3 million as compared to $21.2 million. Indirect labor from operations increased $0.8 million or 5.8% to $14.5 million as compared to $13.7 million and indirect labor from corporate overhead increased $1.3 million or 17.3% to $8.8 million as compared to $7.5 million. Non-cash stock compensation increased $0.3 million or 9.7% to $3.4 million as compared to $3.1 million. During 2019 and 2020, we classified common shares subject to repurchase as a liability and recorded periodic changes in the fair value of the liability as non-cash stock compensation charges. During December 2020 we modified certain agreements with shareholders that were causing such liability classification. The increase in non-cash stock compensation primarily results from an increase in the changes in the fair value of the liability related to common shares subject to repurchase of $12.6 million on the date of modification as compared to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Offsetting increases to selling, general and administrative was a decrease of $1.5 million or (7.6%) in general corporate overhead expenses to $18.3 million as compared to $19.8 million. These decreases were in large part the result of reduced travel and associated expenses due to restrictions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. Settlements and other non-core expenses decreased ($1.6) million or (100.0%) to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2019, selling, general and administrative expenses include a one-time $1.3 million legal settlement not in the ordinary course of business relating to a landlord-tenant dispute over a lease we assumed in Chicago.

Depreciation and amortization increased $1.5 million or 187.5% to $2.3 million as compared to $0.8 million. The primary increase in depreciation and amortization is $1.3 million resulting from the conversion of our equipment and vehicle operating leases to capital leases on September 30, 2020. Amortization of leasehold improvements increased $0.3 million to $0.7 million as compared to $0.4 million. Depreciation of other property, plant and equipment and amortization from intangible assets decreased by ($0.1) million to $0.3 million as compared to $0.4 million.

(Gains) loss on sale of certain IT equipment and automobiles remained unchanged at $(0.1) million of gain on the disposal of such assets.

Income from Operations

Income from operations decreased ($1.1) million or (36.7%) to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in income from operations is the result of increases in operating expenses detailed above.

 

48


Table of Contents

Other (Income) Expense

Other (income) expense increased $0.5 million to $0.1 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to a $0.4 million expense for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase is primarily the result of income derived from rebates and incentives. Net interest expense remained unchanged at $0.6 million.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense remained unchanged during the year ended December 31, 2020 at $1.0 million. For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020 we were a cash basis taxpayer, which affects the timing of the payment of tax but not the expense of tax. Our current tax expense increased $0.1 million to $0.7 million as compared to $0.6 million and our deferred tax expense decreased $0.1 million to $0.3 million as compared to $0.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we utilized $0.3 million of research and development tax credit to offset our estimated tax liability resulting in a net, after allowance, long-term carry-forward deferred credit balance of $1.6 million.

Income Before Tax and Net Income

Income before tax expense decreased by $0.6 million or (23.1%) to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net income decreased by $0.5 million or (33.3%) to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net income margin decreased by 0.5 percentage points to 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to 1.3% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in net income is primarily due to increases in our operating expenses that exceeded the increase gross revenue after direct contract costs.

Other financial information and Non-GAAP key performance indicators

Net service billing (non-GAAP)

Net service billing increased $6.1 million or 6.3% to $103.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $97.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net service billing reconciles to gross revenue in thousands as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Gross Revenue

   $ 113,724      $ 122,020  

Less: sub-consultants and other direct expenses

     16,119        18,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net service billing

   $ 97,605      $ 103,660  

Net service billing decreased by 0.8 percentage points to 85.0% of gross revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to 85.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The nominal change reflects a consistent mix of revenue from our workforce and revenue derived from sub-consultants and other direct expenses.

 

49


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

Adjusted EBITDA increased $0.8 million or 6.1% to $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Adjusted EBITDA reconciles to net income in thousands as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Net income

   $ 1,526      $ 990  

+ interest expense

     609        565  

+ tax expense

     1,038        989  

+ depreciation & amortization

     797        2,277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 3,970      $ 4,821  

+ non-cash stock compensation

     4,281        5,085  

+ non-reoccurring operating lease rent

     3,307        2,521  

+ settlements and other non-core expenses

     1,552        1,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 13,110      $ 13,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, adjusted EBITDA includes $4.3 and $5.1 million, respectively, relating to non-cash stock compensation expenses resulting from changes in the periodic measurement of the liability to common shares subject to repurchase under ASC Topic 718. During December 2020, we modified certain agreements causing the redemption for accounting purposes of substantially all common shares subject to ASC Topic 718 classified as liabilities.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, adjusted EBITDA includes $3.3 and $2.5 million, respectively, relating to non-reoccurring lease expenses. On September 30, 2020, we refinanced our outstanding operating leases with TCF Bank and Enterprise Leasing to capital leases (see Leasing Arrangements herein). Accordingly, we increased our short- and long-term capital lease debt and eliminated all future rent expense relating to these operating leases. To present a meaningful representation of the impact of the new capital leasing structure on our combined financial results, and normalize the presentation of EBITDA, we added the non-reoccurring operating lease expenses to its adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, adjusted EBITDA includes $1.6 and $1.5 million, respectively, relating to settlements and non-core period expenses. Settlements and non-core expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 included a write off relating to certain non-core accounts receivable created in connection to services provided in prior years. Settlements and non-core expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 included a legal settlement relating to a dispute with a commercial office property owner in connection with our 2013 expansion into Chicago.

Adjusted EBITDA Margin, net (non-GAAP)

Adjusted EBITDA Margin, net represents Adjusted EBITDA, as defined above, as a percentage of net service billing, as defined above. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, net income margin was 1.3% and 0.8%, respectively and adjusted EBITDA Margin, net was 13.4% and 13.4% respectively.

Backlog (other key performance metrics)

Our backlog increased $2.0 million or 1.8% to $113.4 million at December 31, 2020 as compared to $111.4 million at December 31, 2019. The increase in backlog is attributable to increased sales of new work, primarily associated with growth in contracts relating to utility and energy services.

At December 31, 2019 and 2020, our backlog was comprised as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Communities, homes & buildings

     43.6     42.7

Transportation

     38.6     28.0

Power & Utilities

     17.1     24.8

Other emerging markets

     0.7     4.5

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents balances, cash flow from operations, borrowing capacity under our asset-based credit facility, lease financing and proceeds from stock sales. Our principal uses of cash are operating expenses, working capital requirements, capital expenditures, repayment of debt, and acquisition related payments. On December 31, 2020, we maintained a $17.0 million revolving credit facility with Bank of America, our primary lender. Under the terms of credit facility, available cash in our primary operating account sweeps against the outstanding balance every evening. Our cash on hand therefore generally consists of petty cash and other non-operating funds not included in the nightly sweep. Our cash on hand decreased by $0.1 million at December 31, 2020 as compared to December 31, 2019. Prior to September 30, 2020, we typically funded capital expenditures for vehicles, IT and design infrastructure, geomatics technology and field survey production equipment through operating lease facilities. On September 30, 2020, we refinanced our primary operating leases to capital leases. Our two primary lease finance providers are TCF Bank and Enterprise Leasing. We regularly monitor our capital requirements and believe our sources of liquidity, including cash flow from operations, existing cash and borrowing availability under our credit facility and capacity with our lease finance providers will be sufficient to fund our projected cash requirements and strategic initiatives for the next year.

 

50


Table of Contents

The recent COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material impact on our capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2020. While we are not a capital-intensive business, we generally budget for capital spending of approximately 2-3% of gross revenue per year for IT and geomatics equipment, tenant improvements and vehicles.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

Combined Statement of Cash Flows ($ in 000s)

   2019     2020  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 8,218     $ 10,770  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (4,271     (2,414

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (3,610     (8,479

Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     337       (123

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

     509       386  

Operating Activities

Cash from operating activities increased by $2.6 million to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Operating cash flow increases year over year were independent of changes in net income because we experienced increased non-cash expenses from stock compensation and depreciation while improving collection on accounts receivable and reduced certain operating expenses such as travel and transportation in response to COVID-19 restrictions. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we generate cash from operations based on profitable results of operations exclusive of non-cash expenses. In spite of the COVID-19 pandemic, we were able to generate cash by continuing to produce revenue growth, collect timely on accounts receivable and defer $2.5 million of payroll taxes based on allowances in the CARES Act.

Cash from operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes $1.0 million of accrual net income, adjusted for non-cash expenses including $0.3 million of deferred taxes, $2.3 million of depreciation and amortization, $5.1 million of equity-based compensation, $0.5 million of deferred rent and $3.0 million of bad debt charges, including a $1.4 million write off relating to prior period accounts receivable. Operating activities that reduced cash from operations included a $0.5 million reduction to accounts payable and other accrued assets, and a $2.9 million increase in net contract liabilities.

Cash from operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes $1.5 million of accrual net income adjusted for non-cash expenses including $0.4 million of deferred taxes, $0.8 million of depreciation and amortization, $4.3 million of equity-based compensation, $3.5 million of deferred rent and $0.5 million of bad debt charges. Operating activities that reduced cash from operations included a $5.4 million increase to accounts receivable and a $0.9 million increase in net contract assets.

Investing Activities

Cash from investing activities increased by $1.9 million to ($2.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to ($4.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we converted from operating leases to capital leases and invested in intangibles relating to our domain name and the acquisition of BNCL. Uses of cash from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 included $0.9 million for property and equipment, $1.4 million of net amounts advanced under notes and loans to stockholders and $0.4 million for the purchase of intangible assets. Sources of cash from investing activities included $0.1 million of proceeds from sale of assets and $0.2 million of collections on stock notes receivable.

Uses of cash from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $3.4 million for property and equipment and $1.2 million of net amounts advanced under notes and loans to stockholders. Sources of cash from investing activities included $0.1 million of proceeds from sale of assets and $0.2 million of payments on stock notes receivable.

 

51


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities decreased by $4.9 million to ($8.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to ($3.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Cash generated by operating activities and a motivation for deleveraging drove uses of cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020. Uses of cash from financing activities included a net $4.9 million for payments toward the company’s line of credit facility, $1.8 million for repayment of notes payable, $1.1 million for payments on capital leases, $0.9 million for offering costs relating to the Company’s IPO, and $1.3 million of payments for purchase and retirement of common stock. Sources of cash from financing activities included $2.0 million from borrowings under fixed lines of credit.

Uses of cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 included $2.6 million for repayment of the company’s line credit facility, $0.8 million for repayment of notes payable and $0.2 million for payment under fixed line of credit. There were no material sources of cash from financing activities other than $0.1 million from the issuance of common stock during the period.

Credit Facilities and Other Financing

Line of Credit

In 2017, we entered into a credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with Bank of America (the Bank) which included a revolving line of credit (the Revolving Line) and a non-revolving line of credit (the Fixed Line #1). The Revolving Line allowed for repayments and re-borrowings. The maximum advance was equal to the lesser of $12.4 million (the Credit Limit) or the Borrowing Base as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Borrowing Base is computed based upon a percentage of eligible receivables within each aging category under 120 days and is further refined for customer type. Receivables in excess of 120 days and those from related parties or affiliates are not eligible receivables for the Borrowing Base.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Credit Limit increased to $15.0 million and the maturity date extended to July 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2019, a second non-revolving line of credit was established (Fixed Line #2). During the year ended December 31, 2020, the credit limit increased to $17.0 million and we entered into an additional credit agreement with Bank of America (Facility #4). Both of these credit agreements contain certain financial covenants with which we were in compliance at December 31, 2019, and 2020.

The Revolving Line requires monthly payments of interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) daily floating rate, plus an applicable rate which varies between 2.35% and 2.95% based on the Company achieving certain leverage ratios as defined in the Credit Agreement. On December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 3.79% and 3.60%, respectively. All outstanding principal is due upon expiration, which is July 31, 2021 unless the agreement is renewed, or an event of default occurs. The Revolving Line appears as line of credit on our combined balance sheets.

Fixed Line #1 has a maximum advance of $1.0 million, does not allow for re-borrowings, and is included in notes payable. Beginning October 1, 2017, the Company began paying interest on a monthly basis at a rate per year equal to LIBOR plus 2.75%. On December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 4.51% and 2.91%, respectively. Commencing August 31, 2018, we began paying the outstanding principal balance in sixty equal monthly installments through maturity in August 2023. On December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on Fixed Line #1 was $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Fixed Line #2 has a maximum advance of $1.0 million, does not allow for re-borrowings and is included in notes payable. As of the year ended December 31, 2019 the company had not yet drawn on this line. Beginning April 1, 2020, we began paying interest monthly at a rate per year equal to LIBOR plus 2.00%. On December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 2.15%. Commencing the earlier of i) the date no remaining amount is available under the Fixed Line or, ii) August 31, 2020, we were obligated to pay the then outstanding principal balance in sixty equal monthly installments through maturity in September 2025. On December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on Fixed Line #2 was $0.8 million.

Facility #4 is a term loan with a principal loan amount of $1.0 million and included in notes payable. The loan is repaid over thirty-six months beginning April 13, 2020 through maturity on March 13, 2023. The payments consist of principal and interest in equal combined installments of $29,294. The interest rate on this loan is 3.49%. On December 31, 2020 the outstanding balance on Facility #4 was $0.9 million.

 

52


Table of Contents

We secure our obligations under the Credit Agreement with substantially all our assets and those of our subsidiaries and combined entities under common control. Mr. Bowman as controlling shareholder (“Guarantor”) guarantees fixed Line #1. Our obligations to the Guarantor and certain other stockholders of the Company are subordinate to our obligations under the Credit Agreement and Fixed Line loans. We must maintain certain financial covenants defined in the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with such financial covenants.

Interest expense on the Revolving and Fixed Lines totaled $0.4 million and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

Lease Facilities

We have master lease facilities with TCF Bank and Enterprise Leasing. The TCF Bank lease facility finances our acquisition of IT infrastructure, geomatics and survey equipment, furniture and other long-lived assets. The facility allows for both operating and capital leasing under separate schedules. We treat operating lease payments as rental expenses included in selling, general and administrative expenses and allocate capital lease payments between amortization and interest. The Enterprise lease facility finances the acquisition of field trucks and other service vehicles. We maintain a fleet of approximately 200 vehicles at any given time.

On September 30, 2020, we converted the remaining operating leases for equipment and vehicles to capital leases and recorded the associated equipment purchases and capital lease liability, current and non-current. The payment terms on the lease agreements range between 30 and 50 months with payments totaling approximately $0.3 million per month. We use an incremental borrowing rate of 3.25%, which is the rate on the revolving line of credit as of September 30, 2020, to calculate the present value.

For more information on our capital leases, see Note 20 of the accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements, no special purpose entities, and no activities that include non-exchange-traded contracts accounted for at fair value.

 

53


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

The following discussion of our business should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” This section provides information in accordance with the scaled SEC disclosure rules available to “emerging growth companies” and “smaller reporting companies.”

Our Company

Bowman is a professional services firm delivering innovative engineering solutions to customers who own, develop, and maintain the built environment. We provide planning, engineering, construction management, commissioning, environmental consulting, geomatics, survey, land procurement and other technical services to over 2,200 customers operating in a diverse set of end markets.

Gary Bowman, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and largest shareholder, founded Bowman in 1995. Over the past 10 years, we have experienced a roughly four-fold increase in revenue to $122.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Over that period, we have risen 255 spots on the ENR Top 500 Design Firms list to a ranking of 154 on the 2020 list. We have achieved this growth through both organic expansion and acquisitions. Today, our workforce of over 750 employees provide services to over 2,800 active customer projects from thirty-two offices throughout the United States.

We work as both a prime and sub-consultant for a broad base of public and private sector customers that generally operate in highly regulated environments. Our public sector assignments originate from customers that are utilities, government agencies (federal, state, and local), military branches, school systems, transportation departments and water authorities. Our private sector assignments originate from customers that operate in commercial markets including data centers, renewable energy, residential and commercial real estate, big-box and convenience retail, mining, and healthcare.

We are committed to promoting inclusion and engagement, principles we believe are critical to our success. We continue to focus on the hiring, retention, and advancement of a representative workforce. We have focused our recent efforts in four areas: inspiring innovation through an engaging culture; expanding our efforts to recruit and hire diverse talent; advocating and facilitating internal affinity groups; and identifying opportunities to implement environmental, social and governance initiatives. We are defined by our core values and purpose. Our culture revolves around a top to bottom commitment to the relentless creation of opportunities for aspiring people to thrive and achieve ambitious goals.

We have a diversified business that is not dependent on any one service line, geographic region, or end market. We are deliberate in our efforts to balance our sources of revenue and avoid reliance on any one significant customer, service line, geography, or end market concentration. As a result, we believe our business is resilient and less likely affected by political and economic cycles.

We develop and maintain loyal and long-standing relationships with our customers that result in repeat assignments, which we believe benefits us through lower business development and client acquisition expenses as compared to those associated with developing new customers. Our strategic focus is on penetrating and expanding our presence in markets which best afford us opportunities to secure assignments that provide reoccurring revenue and multi-year engagements. These engagements typically produce dependable and predictable revenue streams with high employee utilization which leads to increased profitability. Approximately 16% and 22% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, were derived from multi-year contracts which we consider to be reoccurring revenue assignments.

While our business is not subject to significant regulation, the services we provide to our customers address various federal, state and local regulations that must be complied with to receive approval to proceed. In connection with the process of bidding for and being awarded certain government assignments we are required to provide an annual Federal Acquisition Regulation rate audit that determines our overhead reimbursement allowance. With respect to the operation of our business, we are subject to professional licensing requirements that vary by state.

Each state establishes licensing and organizational requirements for our services. Certain states allow only individuals and individually owned professional services corporations to hold licenses. In those states, there may be grandfathering exemptions that allow corporations to hold licenses. In the event a state does not allow a corporation to hold a license, we have in the past formed professional services corporations owned by Mr. Bowman and other employees to facilitate our ability to work in such states. In connection with our initial public offering we purchased a qualified North Carolina corporation (see Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Consolidating Transactions in Connection with this Offering). To the extent we cannot adequately satisfy a state’s licensing requirements, we do not operate in that state. As of April 6, 2021, we are licensed to operate in 43 states.

During our 25 years in the engineering and consulting business, we have worked with such clients and on such well-known projects as (in alphabetical order):

 

    Andrews Air Force Base

 

    City of Austin

 

    City of Chicago

 

    Department of Interior

 

    Dominion Energy Strategic Underground Program

 

    Eagle P3 Commuter Rail (CO)

 

    Fairfax County Government

 

    Federal Emergency Management Agency

 

    Ferrovial

 

    Florida Department of Transportation
 

 

54


Table of Contents
    Florida Power & Light Storm Underground Program

 

    Fort Bliss

 

    Grand Parkway (TX)

 

    General Services Administration

 

    Holocaust Memorial Museum

 

    Iberdrola

 

    Illinois Department of Transportation

 

    Illinois State Toll Highway Authority

 

    International Monetary Fund

 

    Interstate 66 (VA)

 

    Lower Colorado River Authority (TX)

 

    Luke Air Force Base

 

    Mesquite Solar Complex (AZ)

 

    Naval Facilities Engineering Systems Command

 

    Nisource Columbia Gas
    O’Hare International Airport

 

    Pentagon

 

    Peoples Gas

 

    Quantico Marine Corps Base

 

    San Antonio River Authority (TX)

 

    Smithsonian Museum

 

    South Florida Water Management District

 

    Southwest Gas Holdings

 

    Tampa Electric Storm Protection Program

 

    Texas Department of Transportation

 

    US Patent and Trademark Office

 

    Virginia Department of Transportation

 

    Walter Reed Army Medical Center

 

    Washington Gas

 

    World Bank
 

 

The time between contract assignment, notice to proceed and completion varies by customer and assignment. As we secure assignments we accrete our backlog of unbilled revenue and as we execute on assignments, we deplete our backlog of unbilled revenue. New and continuing assignments from existing customers, business development efforts and acquisitions fuel the growth of our backlog. As of December 31, 2020, we had $113 million of backlog representing a trailing 11 months of a gross revenue and a 10.8% compound annual growth rate from our backlog of $92 million as of December 31, 2018.

We are deliberate about managing risk and therefore limit our exposure by providing professional and related services exclusively. We do not engage in general contracting activities either directly, or through joint ventures, and therefore have no related exposure. We are not a partner in any design-build construction projects, and we carry no equipment inventory. Our risk of contract loss is generally limited to the cost of internal labor cost associated with fixed fee, professional services assignments.

We have substantial experience with acquisitions. Over the past ten years, we have successfully completed 16 acquisitions of engineering and consulting services companies including our most recent acquisition of KTA Group in January 2021. Through these acquisitions, we have established new geographic footprints, added service lines, increased our depth of leadership, expanded our end markets, and enhanced our portfolio of experience. Our industry is highly fragmented presenting opportunity to build scale through consolidation. We are continuously active in the market for acquisitions maintaining a healthy pipeline of opportunities. Our acquisition strategy is to identify targets that align with our culture and permit rapid integration rendering the acquired entity’s operations fully consolidated into ours within one year. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering and our status as a public company to accelerate our program of growth through acquisition in the coming years.

Competitive Strengths

We are an agile, growth-oriented engineering services firm committed to providing essential technical and professional services to a broad base of long-term and repeat customers. The recurring needs of our customers for technical services to monetize and operate their assets makes us essential to their ongoing operations. Our commitment to quality and reliability with respect to designs, plans and customer service has enabled us to create durable, long-term customer relationships. Today we serve over 2,200 customers with more than 65% having engaged with us for multiple assignments over the past three years. We deliberately focus many of our business pursuits in environments where laws and regulations create a level of complexity that places a premium on the value of our services, thereby providing us openings to develop new customer loyalty through creative problem solving. Our base of repeat customers and multi-year contracts reduce our customer acquisition expenses and provide increased visibility into future revenues, allowing us to make investments confidently to expand and take market share from competitors. We believe our competitive strengths include:

National scale and brand. Our professional staff of over 750 employees operates out of thirty-two core offices and 15 states. Our scale has helped to create a national brand within our industry associated with quality and timely delivery of technical services. The reputation of our brand allows us to extend existing customer relationships, efficiently attract new customers and recruit and retain a credentialed and representative workforce. The strategic locations of our offices support broad recruiting capabilities while the integrated nature of our technology enables flexible remote work and efficient cross-utilization of both work experience and production resources thereby enhancing profitability. Our diversified geography increases our sources of revenue and income, thereby insulating us from concentrated economic or political disruptions.

 

55


Table of Contents

Resilient, low-risk business model. We believe that the market for the engineering and related technical services that we perform is generally resilient to long-lasting economic cyclicality and that our business model results in lower risk relative to our competitors. Our revenue is not concentrated with any customer, geography, end market, or service line. For the year ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, our top 10 customers represented 34% and 34% of our net service billing, respectively. Our largest expense is labor, which can be adaptively aligned with changing market conditions. We operate an asset-light model that leverages advanced design, data analytics and geospatial technologies to enhance the productivity of our mobile and adaptable workforce. We further control risk by working with established, credit worthy customers. Our focus on long-term and multi-year assignments results in a significant backlog of contracted work providing reliable visibility to near and mid-term revenue that enable us to proactively anticipate and adjust staff needs. Additionally, we limit out financial risk by not engaging in general contracting activities, exposing ourselves to substantial construction risk or posting bid or performance bonds.

Dedicated founder, experienced leadership team, valuable technical workforce, and entrepreneurial culture. Gary Bowman has led our Company since its founding in 1995. In his position as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bowman sets the Company’s vision, guides the establishment of its strategic objective, and leads its executive team. Mr. Bowman’s connection with our customers and staff is rooted in over 40 years of experience in our industry. As our largest shareholder, Mr. Bowman is committed to actively leading the Company and maintaining a substantial ownership position for the long-term future.

Our senior executive team is highly experienced, with an average tenure of over 35 years in their respective areas of responsibility. The team has a proven record of accomplishment with respect to driving organic growth, executing, and integrating acquisitions, implementing internal controls and managing regulatory compliance. The members of our board of directors are all highly accomplished senior executives with extensive private and public business experience.

We have a highly technical workforce of over 750 employees, of which more than 30% hold certifications by various industry and regulatory bodies. Our dedication to growth of opportunity for our employees has enabled us to attract and retain exceptional talent. We embody a set of cultural values that promote entrepreneurship, personal growth, and responsibility. We are committed to advancing diversity and inclusion in our workforce. We have built an organization uniformly aligned in its mission, values, purpose, and goals.

Proven ability to grow both organically and through acquisition. Over the past ten years, our annual revenues have grown roughly four-fold to approximately $122 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. We have accelerated our growth by identifying and closing acquisitions of companies with workforces that align with our culture. Fundamental to our successful record of growth has been our leadership team’s ability to identify, execute and integrate strategic acquisitions whereby we expand into new geographies, add new capabilities to generate organic growth and extend our industry-leading platform. Our acquisition integration approach rapidly facilitates cross-cultivation of experiences, employee collaboration and cross selling of services. Within a year’s time, acquired companies become fully integrated within our overall operations.

Industry Overview

Our operations encompass nearly every aspect of the U.S. domestic built environment. We provide planning, engineering, construction management, commissioning, environmental consulting, geomatics, survey, land procurement and other technical services to markets that develop and manage the buildings in which people live, work, and learn; the systems that manage and distribute water, electricity, and other vital services; the roads, bridges, and transportation systems used to get from place to place; and the safeguards that ensure public health and safety every day. Our public sector customers include government agencies (federal, state, and local), military branches, educational institutions, transportation departments and water authorities. Our private sector customers include investor-owned utilities, participants in the renewable energy marketplace, owners of data centers, developers and owners of residential and commercial real estate, operators of big-box and convenience retail chains, and mining concerns.

The market for engineering services in the United States is large, with an expected total revenue of $204 billion in 2020, according to IBISWorld. With over 130,000 firms, a large proportion of whom are small-scale organizations focused on specific local markets or specialized niches, the industry is extremely fragmented. As reported in Engineering News-Record, the 500 largest firms in our industry generated approximately $86 billion in

 

56


Table of Contents

revenue in 2019 within the United States, with the ten largest firms accounting for $27 billion of that revenue. According to IBISWorld, from 2015 through 2019 the market for engineering services grew at a modest rate due to increasing construction activity. IBISWorld projects the industry will grow at an annualized rate of 2.8% over the next five years and increase to $234 billion in revenue by 2025.

As with most fragmented industries with extensive participation of privately held companies there is an active market for ownership transition and consolidation activity, with larger participants actively engaging in growth through acquisitions. The technical complexity of most projects performed in the industry effectively restricts the free flow of new entrants, limiting participation to those with demonstrated capacities across a range of projects. Qualifications, sophisticated technical skills, expertise, and scale are prerequisites for successful industry participation. Companies aspiring to enter the market must have sufficient skilled human capital to complete complex projects, and the financial resources to provide adequate risk management and cover working capital requirements. These factors serve as both a barrier to entry and a catalyst for consolidation.

Our Markets

We have strategically and deliberately diversified the number of markets that we serve to reduce our dependence on any single market segment and to dampen the effects of business cycles in our markets. While we are bullish on all the market spaces that we currently occupy, we intend to especially focus our growth initiatives on markets that possess the following characteristics:

 

   

High potential for reoccurring revenue and multi-year assignments

 

   

Engagement with renewable energy, energy transition, and energy efficiency activities

 

   

Aging and failing infrastructure in need of upgrade and replacement

 

   

Transformational investment paradigms such as privatization

 

   

Economic vitality and attractive growth in population and workforce

 

   

Regulatory complexity

The markets we serve typically require participants to engage with several of our services, affording us the opportunity to cross sell, optimize revenue potential, and differentiate ourselves as a single source supplier.

We have a significant presence in each of the following markets we currently serve:

Power and Utilities

Much of the power, gas, and water infrastructure in the U.S. has reached or passed its useful life span. Major power outages due to increasingly severe weather events is a growing problem which the Department of Energy estimates is costing the U.S. at least $150 billion per year. The Electric Power Research Institute estimates the cost to move the U.S. to a smarter national grid with better protection against blackout events to be somewhere between $338 billion and $476 billion. Utilities, policy makers, and communities have agreed for years that the aging electric transmission and distribution grid in the U.S. needs to be substantially upgraded to withstand the challenges of the future. The U.S. power grid faces unrelenting pressure to accommodate new applications and technologies such as electric vehicles, distributed generation, and battery storage. The proliferation of data centers, the internet of things, and artificial intelligence with its associated electrical demand is straining the U.S. power grid and creating a sense of urgency around maintenance and upgrade. According to the ASCE Report Card for America’s Infrastructure, the U.S. electric infrastructure will require capital investment of $637 billion over the next ten years.

Degradation of the safety and sustainability of natural gas distribution systems is advancing the infusion of public investment and private, returns-driven capital. The entrance of private capital into the historically public utility market, and the associated timely demand for return on investment, has catalyzed the pace of multi-year expenditures on critical infrastructure. As reported by The Council of State Governments, natural gas utilities spend $19 billion annually to enhance the safety of the natural gas system. Examples of our multi-year reoccurring revenue assignments in the utilities space include undergrounding of electric distribution lines, procurement of rights-of-way and easements, gas distribution system mapping, and design for gas distribution pipeline replacement.

 

57


Table of Contents

We serve end clients in the power and utility space such as AEP, Dominion Energy, Florida Power and Light, Lower Colorado River Authority, NiSource Columbia Gas, Southwest Gas, Peoples Gas of Illinois, and Tampa Electric.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, Power and Utilities represented 16.7% of our gross contract revenues.

Transportation

Utilization of transportation infrastructure within the domestic built environment far exceeds its intended capacity. The aging of the current installed transportation base and increasing load usage are forcing public authorities either to increase the capacity of their systems or privatize the operation of their roads, bridges, and tollways. The transportation market has experienced broad increases in federal funding from U.S. Department of Transportation initiatives as well as explosive for-profit privatization. The Federal Highway Administration estimates that nearly a quarter of the nation’s bridges are deficient and require replacement or rehabilitation.

Economic and population growth in major metropolitan areas will drive demand for spending on expanded roadway capacity. The ASCE Infrastructure Report Card rates the state of the U.S. Highway system as “D+” and estimates spending requirements of over $2.5 trillion over the next ten years on U.S. surface transportation infrastructure. Providing construction management services to departments of transportation and toll authorities has been a proven and dependable source of multi-year and reoccurring revenue.

We serve public and private transportation customers that include Ferrovial, Florida Department of Transportation, Illinois Department of Transportation, Illinois State Toll Highway Authority, Texas Department of Transportation, and Virginia Department of Transportation.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, Transportation represented 16.0% of our gross contract revenue.

Communities, Homes and Buildings

Encompassing all the places we live, sleep, work, and play, this market is foundationally aligned with all day-to-day factors that are either influenced by or influence economic activity. Fueled by the commitment of the current Federal Reserve Bank to maintain historically low interest rates, changing population demographics, and evolving remote work dynamics, the market for design, construction and maintenance of new and renewed communities, homes and buildings presents us with continually expanding opportunities. The Covid-19 pandemic has, however, introduced an element of uncertainty as to the continued growth of the market for communities, homes and buildings.

Residential. Several factors align to produce durable tailwinds for the housing market. A decade into the recovery from the Great Recession of the late 2000s, home sales have yet to recover from pre-recession highs. Over the same period, there was a rapid expansion of the rental housing market as the large millennial generation entered the prime life stage for housing. From 2005 until 2016, growth in renter households outpaced growth in owner households. However, that trend is now reversing. According to tradingeconomics.com, U.S. homeownership peaked at 69.2% in 2004, reached a nadir of 63.7% in 2016, and averaged 66.9% over the first three quarters of 2020. Reinforcing the positive homeownership driver, in our belief, is the remote working trend spurred by the COVID-19 pandemic which has resulted in further exurban migration and will accelerate new ‘outer-ring’ housing construction. Builder optimism is currently highest in the West and South which, according to Wells Fargo accounted for 80% of single-family starts in the third quarter of 2020; regions where we have a well-established presence in the residential market. Our history serving the residential market goes back to our beginning and we work for most of the large national homebuilders including Lennar Homes, NV Homes, Richmond American Homes, and Toll Brothers.

Commercial and Retail. Changes in shopping and consuming habits spurred by e-commerce, accelerated by recent stay at home trends and orders, have, in our belief, resulted in a massive reconfiguration of commercial and retail physical plant along with the configuration of their surrounding site elements. Brands are rushing to the detachment experience due to fear of an enduring pandemic environment. As an example, a large coffee shop chain as part of an initiative to “increase convenience-led formats” in the U.S. including both drive-thru and curbside pickup options, closed 400 traditional locations in North America while adding 300 net new convenience-oriented locations throughout North America in their place. Savvy and well capitalized developers and operators in this market will continue to demand our services in response to evolving market forces. We serve national retailers such as Chick-fil-A, Chipotle, Circle K, Starbucks, and Whataburger.

Institutional and Government. As our economy and population grows, the market to construct new, expanded, and modernized government facilities, educational structures, military installations, and mission critical complexes expands continuously. State and local governments experience increasing demand from their constituents for safe, efficient, and environmentally friendly facilities. Evolving demographics and associated demands for municipal and recreational services are increasing the need for new and updated government infrastructure. Communities are placing a growing emphasis of focus on environmental impact and sustainability as seen

 

58


Table of Contents

through the implementation of smart- and green-building technologies in new and retrofit facilities. As the economy reopens and building occupancies recover to pre-pandemic states, we believe there will be a tremendous demand for retrofits of ventilation, air handling, air quality monitoring, and filtration systems in order to ensure healthier indoor environments necessary to mitigate the spread of infectious respiratory diseases. We have served institutional and government clients such as American University, George Washington University, GSA, INOVA Health System, Loudoun County Schools, National Reconnaissance Office, New Jersey Institute of Technology, O’Hare International Airport, Rutgers University, Smithsonian Institution, U.S. Army, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, Communities, Homes and Buildings represented 62.6% of our gross contract revenue.

We are engaged in activities in each of the following markets which we consider to be emerging opportunities.

Renewable Energy

Renewable energy encompasses all activities supporting the energy sector’s transition away from fossil-based systems of energy production in favor of renewable energy sources such as wind and solar, as well as lithium-ion batteries. According to Wood Mackenzie, (i) wind and solar will increase three-fold over the next twenty years to account for 30% of U.S. power generation by the year 2040, (ii) electric vehicle units will increase from 11 million to 323 million by the year 2040, supplanting traditional gas and diesel vehicles in the process, and (iii) the U.S. will need to invest one trillion dollars per year in new energy capacity over the next 20 years to meet the demands of economic growth and energy transition. In its report Renewables 2020—Analysis and forecast to 2025, the International Energy Agency predicts that renewables are expected to account for 95% of the net increase in global power capacity through 2025. During that period, the share of renewables in electricity generation is forecast to grow from 27% in 2020 to 33% in 2025. Furthermore, during the 2020-2025 forecast period, combined wind and solar capacity is expected to double achieving two important milestones: their total installed capacity is expected to surpass that of natural gas in 2023 and that of coal in 2024. During that time, Business Wire forecasts an annual growth rate of more than 15% for the highly fragmented United States solar energy market alone.

Limited natural resources, increasing demand and disruptive innovation are driving consequential private and public investment in the expansion of renewable energy facilities. Increasing demand for industrial grade renewable infrastructure and expanded capacity within existing facilities create an exceptional depth of opportunity for the sale of our services. We provide planning, environmental consulting, land procurement, civil and electrical engineering, and program management services to customers in the renewable energy space.

We serve solar developers, wind developers, and battery storage developers in the renewable energy space such as AEP Renewables, Broadreach Power, Dominion Energy, First Solar, Onyx Renewable Partners, Rynova, Samsung C&T America, Solis Energy, S-Power, and Sun Tribe Power.

Energy Efficiency

Our recent acquisition of KTA Group has provided us the capability and reputation needed to enter the energy efficiency market. Energy efficiency plays a pivotal role in advancing sustainable development within the global economy. Efforts to decarbonize the global energy system and advance the world’s climate objectives are dependent on improving energy efficiency. Technologies and applications such as distributed generation, microgrids, the internet of things, energy as a service, and cogeneration are transforming how we produce, distribute, and consume energy.

As an example of the growth potential of this market, Fortune Business Insights forecasts the global market for the energy-as-a-service market to grow at a compound growth rate of about 12% over the next seven years. The research firm of Markets and Markets forecasts that the global market for microgrids will grow at a compound growth rate of about 10% over the next five years. We view the energy efficiency market as one that is synergistic with the renewable energy market as well as the power and utilities market. Consequently, we intend to focus much of our acquisition effort and resources in this direction.

Water Resources

Water is essential to our lives and to the communities we live in making it critical that we create a sustainable future for our water supply. Balancing the world’s needs for safe, reliable water with protection of this critical natural resource for the future requires a deep understanding of multiple interconnected systems. As water supplies become scarce and in increasing need of protection, and infrastructure needs increase contemporaneously, we collaborate with our customers to develop sustainable solutions to their water, wastewater, and water resources

 

59


Table of Contents

challenges. Our team of water professionals provides water supply distribution and treatment, wastewater collection and treatment, and asset management engineering and consulting services to customers. Rapid urbanization, industrial growth, suburban sprawl, and depleting sources of fresh water are increasing domestic demand for water and wastewater solutions. Expanding regulations governing the treatment, distribution and storage of water resources will intensify demand for adaptive water and wastewater treatment solutions. We assist municipalities, county agencies, public utilities, and private clients in addressing their potable water and wastewater challenges. Our expertise with water solutions ranges from planning, design, construction management, and funding identification. We serve the water resource needs of a variety of customers including the U.S. Navy, Hampton Roads Sanitation District, Fairfax County Water Authority, and Loudoun Water.

Mining

Mining facilities require a variety of generally and specialty engineering services we provide. We primarily serve the Southwest U.S. copper mining industry where we have developed specialized capabilities over time. Copper is buoyed by both near and long-term favorable fundamentals. Chinese demand for copper is exceptionally strong, and stimulus and pandemic recovery are expected to support economic growth that will stimulate additional copper demand. More important, policy driven decarbonization targets are accelerating and copper is a critical component for electric vehicles, charging stations, high-efficiency motors, and renewable energy. According to the International Copper Association, electric vehicles use up to four times as much copper as internal combustion vehicles and renewable energy power generation uses four to five times as much copper as fossil fuel power generation. Copper is crucial for connecting and advancing development of core technologies and smart cities, including artificial intelligence, smart grids, 5G technologies, mobile phones and computers. A study conducted by the Martec group found that the total volume of copper in smart city technology is predicted to rise from 2.7 million tons in 2019 to 4.8 million tons in 2025. Supply of copper is limited due to an aging base supply, limited numbers of in-progress and planned expansion projects, and the substantial time and entitlement challenges for execution of new projects. Our clients are well positioned to benefit from supply constraints facing increasing copper demand. Clients in this space that we serve include Freeport McMoRan and Asarco.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, these emerging markets collectively represented 4.6% of our gross contract revenue.

Consistent with the overall U.S. and global economies, each of our markets was initially affected adversely in its own way during the early stage of the COVID-19 pandemic. Our services in all of our markets were considered essential allowing us to continue working uninterrupted. With the passage of time, our markets have steadily rebounded to at or near pre-pandemic levels of activity.

Growth Strategies

We intend to focus our efforts on the goal of becoming an ENR Top 50 firm within five years of the completion of this offering. We have a long-standing history of robust organic growth rates that are in the upper quartile of industry benchmarks. Our four-fold growth of revenue over the past ten years is comprised of acquisitive growth and organic growth, including significant post-acquisition organic growth in the businesses we have acquired. Two of our universally embraced bedrock cultural values are growth and entrepreneurial spirit. Our commitment to sustaining our unique culture as we continue to expand has been and will continue to be fundamental to maintaining an engaged workforce and driving organic growth throughout our organization.

As a public company, we intend to embark upon a path of substantially more robust growth than we have experienced to date, primarily through a program of accelerated acquisitive growth. The current outlook is positive for each of the markets we work in, and we intend to grow aggressively and opportunistically in each of them. To achieve the aggressive growth targets we have established, we plan to focus effort and resources to markets and opportunities with the following characteristics:

 

   

High potential for reoccurring revenue and multi-year assignments

 

   

Increasing renewable energy, energy transition and energy efficiency activities

 

   

Infrastructure in need of upgrade and replacement

 

   

Expanding economic vitality and population

 

   

Complex regulatory requirements

These characteristics of market opportunities are fluid and we may adapt them from time to time to evolving dynamics. We intend to be opportunistic, responsive to evolving macro-economic trends, and evaluate attractive and synergistic opportunities in other markets when they present themselves.

 

60


Table of Contents

In addition to market expansion, we intend to grow by adding skillsets, service lines and geographic footprints which deepen our market penetration and provide enhanced revenue capture opportunities with our existing and prospective customers. Such strategic and synergistic service line extensions include, but are not limited to, program management, energy management and data management and analytics.

We have built a scalable organizational infrastructure that can accommodate significant growth without a proportionate increase in expense. We have invested time and resources in developing our accounting and financial systems, our management reporting processes, human capital development programs and our information technology infrastructure. As we grow the size and scale of the company, we expect to leverage our investments and general overhead over a larger labor pool, thereby expanding operating margins.

Organic Growth

We engage all our managers in our commitment to responsible growth by encouraging responsible freedom, entrepreneurial spirit, innovative thinking, and collaborative business development. Our leaders and managers are personally invested in our success through equity participation and incentives that are targeted to reward organic growth and successful execution. As a public company, we intend to use our publicly traded equity to enhance this compensation strategy. Creative use of growth connected equity incentives along with a commitment to maintaining our core culture will be key to the entrepreneurial spirit that will drive our growth.

Acquisitive Growth

Although we may use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering for the acquisition of additional assets or businesses, or for other strategic investments or opportunities, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments in this regard. We plan for acquisitive growth to be the principal way we achieve our goal of becoming an ENR Top 50 firm within five years of being a publicly traded company. We have developed a robust network of third-party representatives working on our behalf to identify future acquisition targets that meet our strategic objectives. We maintain a dynamic pipeline driven by general market awareness of our demand for acquisition, existing relationships we have cultivated, and deliberately directed activity of our representatives. We believe that our proven track record and unyielding commitment to preserving our uniquely entrepreneurial culture as we continue to grow will provide us a competitive edge with acquisition targets as a desirable transaction partner. We intend to impose stringent criteria to the evaluation of targets including:

 

   

Advances of one or more of our strategic growth objectives;

 

   

Provides opportunities for cross-selling additional Bowman services;

 

   

Embodies a culture that is entrepreneurial and compatible with the existing Bowman culture; and

 

   

Is accretive to our leadership and executive talent pool

Although we will apply rigorous financial discipline in the execution of our acquisition program, purchase price will not always be the primary deal determinant. We evaluate targets holistically, considering all of the factors mentioned above.

Geographic Expansion

We intend to continue a program of robust geographic expansion. Over the foreseeable future, we plan our geographic footprint to be generally limited to the continental United States. While acquisition will generally be the source of new geographies, we may also establish presence in new geographies by opening new offices. To maintain consistency with our acquisition program, we intend to establish a dynamic list of target metropolitan statistical areas (“MSAs”) that will serve as focus areas for expansion. General criteria for our target expansion MSAs include:

 

   

Population scale of one million or greater;

 

   

Highly ranked in the Urban Land Institute’s publication Emerging Trends in Real Estate;

 

   

Location in Mid-Atlantic, Southeast, Sunbelt, Southwest, or Mountain West; and

 

   

Availability of high caliber, skilled labor force

We expect our geographic expansion decision making to be fluid, flexible, opportunistic, and loosely bound by the criteria described above.

 

61


Table of Contents

Description of Services

We provide a broad array of professional engineering, technical, and consulting services to customers who own, construct, and maintain the built environment. Our highly accredited and skilled employees utilize an integrated methodology to provide our customers with a consistent and accountable one-stop solution for both simple and highly complex assignments. Our scale, complemented by our breadth and depth of subject matter expertise, allows us to secure work by delivering comprehensive and complete solutions.

Civil and Site Engineering

Since our founding in 1995 as a site/civil engineering and surveying firm, we’ve expanded our presence across the U.S. providing site planning and design services instrumental to creating communities where people live, work and play. Our land plans are attractive, marketable, and economically feasible. We creatively solve the toughest site challenges. Our awareness of, and sensitivity to time, cost, and impacts on surrounding neighborhoods differentiates us and has made us a go-to brand for civil and site engineering. Examples of services include:

 

    Conceptual land planning

 

    Environmental consulting and permitting

 

    Planning / zoning and entitlements

 

    Roadway and highway designs

 

    Erosion and Sediment designs
    Stormwater management designs

 

    Construction administration

 

    Traffic studies

 

    Floodplain studies

 

    Utility relocation designs
 

 

Commissioning and Energy Efficiency

Commissioning involves ensuring that a new building operates in as energy efficient a manner as the original design intent. Over time, the intended use and operation of a building can change significantly. The retro-commissioning process assures that a building and its systems are optimized to perform interactively to minimize energy demands. In addition to aligning the systems with the current usage, the retro-commissioning process will typically result in substantial reduction of both operating costs and energy consumption. In addition to commissioning, we provide energy related services such as energy modeling, Energy Star certifications, LEED consulting, and energy audits that result in substantial reductions in energy consumption. Examples of services include:

 

    Construction observation

 

    Direct systems functional performance testing

 

    Develop systems readiness checklist

 

    Post occupancy review
    Review of construction documents

 

    Deferred / seasonal functional testing

 

    Final commissioning report

 

    Commissioning review of submittals
 

 

Construction Management

The quality, durability, and safety of our infrastructure are ensured by proficient construction engineering and management services augmented by sound quality assurance practices. Our construction engineering team consists of professional engineers, construction managers, inspectors, and certified technicians. We approach assignments with a depth of experience that enables us to anticipate the challenges associated with successfully delivering complex infrastructure construction projects. Every project has a comprehensive plan to address stakeholder issues, utilities, maintenance of traffic, construction access and safety, pedestrian movements, environmental constraints, and schedule and budgetary limitations. Examples of services include:

 

    Constructability review

 

    Value engineering

 

    Budgeting and cost estimating

 

    Bid solicitation, documentation, and preparation

 

    Interagency and utility coordination

 

    Onsite observation and report evaluation

 

    Resident engineer service

 

    Public communication and outreach
 

 

62


Table of Contents

Environmental Consulting

Sound environmental management is essential to the health and safety of our surroundings and is a critical aspect of the development of any energy, transportation, or community development project. With a focus on the environmental impact of a project, a comprehensive plan requires solutions for issues such as water scarcity, climate change, managing environmental liabilities, regulatory obligations, risk management, and good environmental stewardship. Our team of scientists and licensed professionals possess a broad range of experience in natural resource inventories, wetland delineations, and threatened and endangered species habitat assessments for conservation, development, and infrastructure improvement projects. Our environmental teams have developed, or contributed to numerous regional habitat conservation plans, statewide parks planning assessments, and endangered species research, planning, and compliance projects. Examples of services include:

 

    Wetlands and waters of the U.S. delineations

 

    Natural resources inventories

 

    Wildlife and vegetation surveys

 

    Threatened and endangered species surveys

 

    Endangered species conservation and management
    Wetland creation and enhancement design

 

    NEPA documentation

 

    Section 404/401 permitting and compliance

 

    NPDES permitting

 

    Phase I environmental site assessment
 

 

Landscape Architecture

Landscape architecture is place-making within the exterior environment. This broad field ranges from small-scale garden design and community parks to the large-scale design of plazas, institutional campuses, and streetscape settings. Each space is important to its users and to function well, it must meet specified programmatic needs while being aesthetically pleasing. We work with our customers to develop the big picture ideas that can strengthen and transform a community, create tools needed to make vision a reality, guide our customers through regulatory approvals processes, and work closely with developers to ensure market success once projects are completed. Balancing aesthetics, function, and sustainability, we skillfully translate raw ideas into successful projects tailored for each site. Examples of services include:

 

    Conceptual planning

 

    Master planning

 

    Hardscape design and details

 

    Streetscape design
    Sustainable / low impact design

 

    Construction documentation

 

    Construction administration

 

    Arborist services
 

 

Land Procurement and Right-of-Way

Land procurement and right-of-way acquisition is a critical component of practically any significant utility, infrastructure, or utility scale energy project. We provide turn-key services related to the real estate aspects of large projects including public outreach, property owner negotiation, appraisal services, relocation services, and expert testimony. Examples of services include:

 

    Public information meeting support

 

    Right of entry agreements

 

    Title searches/title curatives

 

    Appraisals/appraisal reviews
    Relocation advisory assistance

 

    Encroachment resolutions

 

    Expert witness court testimony

 

    Eminent domain/condemnation support
 

 

Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing

Our mechanical, electrical, and plumbing engineering services are focused on creating high performance connected environments. Our solutions support a facility’s purpose with systems that optimize the personal experience and deliver practical results to owners, tenants, and operators while promoting productivity and energy efficiency. Our electrical engineers are highly experienced in the field of photovoltaics to serve our customers in the renewable energy, energy transition and energy efficiency space. Our mechanical engineers have the expertise necessary to deliver cost effective plans and designs for ventilation and medical-grade air filtration to meet stringent indoor air quality requirements to assist in reducing the spread of infectious respiratory diseases. Examples of services and projects include:

 

63


Table of Contents
    Heating ventilating and a/c systems

 

    Medical-grade air filtration

 

    Indoor air quality monitoring

 

    Smoke control and evacuation

 

    Energy management and controls

 

    Medical gas and vacuum
    Lighting design and lighting controls

 

    Low and medium voltage power distribution

 

    Fire / life safety systems

 

    Standby power and UPS systems

 

    Telecom/Data/AV Infrastructure

 

    Arc flash hazard analysis
 

 

Structural Engineering

Our structural engineers work on the design and technical challenges involved in creating durable structures that meet the challenges of the 21st century transportation system. From simple culverts to complex interchanges and long-span bridges, we incorporate unique architectural treatments and other features that contemplate the full spectrum of modern construction techniques and materials, including steel trusses, curved beams, box beams, precast/prestressed concrete, timber, and fiber-reinforced polymer spans. Examples of projects include:

 

 

    Highway bridges

 

    Culverts

 

    Retaining walls

 

    Pedestrians bridges
    Buildings

 

    Railroad bridges

 

    Tanks

 

    Contractor services
 

 

Surveying and Geospatial Engineering

Our industry-leading land surveying services provide a reliable foundation for a broad range of project types. We deploy a full suite of advanced technology solutions allowing us to capture data in even the most remote and access challenged locations. We create, analyze, and build tools to share geospatial data, as well as help our customers integrate these tools into their daily business activities. We seamlessly provide GIS mapping and IT services, as well as technical enhancements to projects. Our in-house teams of accredited land surveying experts have a deep understanding of local, county, and state jurisdiction requirements and review processes. Our one stop shop approach to survey and geospatial engineering streamlines our customer experience and enhances the accuracy outcome and experience of any development services or public sector project. Examples of services include:

 

 

    ALTA boundary surveys

 

    Topographic surveys

 

    Route surveys

 

    Right of way mapping

 

    Drone inspection of transmission lines
    Laser scanning and imaging

 

    Land title surveys

 

    Underground utility location

 

    GIS mapping

 

    Land title surveys
 

 

Transportation

Functional transportation systems are crucial in connecting our communities and play an essential role in the development of society. Our engineers apply proven methods and technologies to support our customers’ objectives, strengthen communities and positively impact quality of life. With significant experience in alternative delivery methods, our local knowledge is backed by the deep resources and stability of a national company. We excel on challenging transportation projects that require complex solutions within both congested urban and rural environments. From major freeway systems and urban arterials to rural highways, rail and bridge projects, our transportation engineers plan, design and oversee the construction process for safe, efficient, reliable and user friendly transit projects of all sizes and scopes. We have experience with and understand agency rules and regulations, and we work closely with municipal, county and state officials to provide guidance, professional insight, and functional and cost-effective designs while staying up to date on continually changing industry trends. Examples of services include:

 

64


Table of Contents
    Traffic engineering

 

    Traffic signal design

 

    Traffic studies

 

    Intersection improvements

 

    Route/alignment studies

 

    Signing/pavement marking plans
    Roadway design

 

    Traffic studies

 

    Drainage design

 

    Public involvement/consensus building

 

    Traffic control plans

 

    Alternate delivery methods
 

 

Water Resources

The U.S. water supply is becoming scarcer and in need of protection while at the same time our water infrastructure renewal needs increase. To address these challenges, we work with our customers to develop sustainable solutions to their water, wastewater, and water resources challenges. Our team of water professionals and technologists provide specialized water supply, distribution, wastewater infrastructure and treatment, and asset management engineering and consulting services to customers. Our in-house expertise ranges from planning, design, and construction assistance to municipalities, county agencies, public utilities, and private clients in helping them meet potable water and wastewater needs. We work regularly with state and federal governments in maintaining existing systems. For customers who need funding assistance, our teams have expertise in attaining grants, funds, and loans. Examples of projects include:

 

    Filtration systems

 

    Water pumping and storage systems

 

    Elevated storage tanks

 

    Reverse osmosis systems

 

    Disinfection / treatment systems

 

    Distribution systems
    Water treatment systems

 

    Nutrient removal systems

 

    Pump Stations

 

    Collection systems

 

    Reuse systems

 

    Membrane treatment systems
 

 

Acquisitions

Acquisitions are a core component of our growth plans. Since 2010, we have successfully completed over 16 acquisitions of engineering and consulting companies, including our most recent acquisition in January 2021. Over the past 10 years, our acquisitions activities have added numerous capabilities, services, leadership and customers in addition to expanding our operations into Arizona, Texas, Florida, New Jersey, Colorado, Illinois, and North Carolina. Many of the senior leaders in our company today come from companies we acquired.

We target acquisitions that provide strategic service line extensions, have a geographic footprint complementary to our existing operations or client assignments, demonstrate capacity for profitability with strong potential for organic growth, align with our corporate culture and have management we can develop into leadership roles within our operations. We pursue opportunities that we can integrate quickly and efficiently. We do not maintain multiple brands or stand-alone operations post-closing. Our goal is for an acquired company to be fully integrated into our operation within one year of closing. We are cautious about advancing discussions or extending terms until we have ascertained a target is compatible with our culture and thoroughly committed to our strategic direction. We add value to the operations of our acquisitions by providing technical resources and subject matter experts that broaden opportunities with existing customers, technology investment to improve utilization, information systems to support productivity, professional development programs to promote staff engagement, supportive growth-oriented leadership and corporate services that improve client focus and leverage overhead through scale.

KTA Group

KTA Group. On January 4, 2021, we closed on the purchase of assets and operations of KTA Group Inc., a mechanical, electrical, and plumbing (MEP) engineering firm based in Herndon, VA that generated approximately $7.4 million of gross contract revenue (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2020. The acquisition expands our services, leadership and professional staff, portfolio and end markets. We pursued the acquisition of KTA largely to add electrical engineering to our group of core competencies thereby allowing us to cross sell to, and better serve, our renewable energy customers. We view this acquisition and the resulting addition of the electrical engineering competency as an initial step in our initiative to penetrate and grow our presence in the energy efficiency market. In addition, KTA’s mechanical engineers bring us the experience and expertise necessary to deliver plans and designs for building ventilation, indoor air quality monitoring, and medical-grade air filtration. This will position us to serve the burgeoning market for retrofitting ventilation and air handling systems that ensure healthier indoor environments necessary to mitigate the spread of infectious respiratory diseases as building occupancies recover to pre-pandemic levels. Consistent with our acquisition strategy, we intend to phase out the KTA brand during a transition period of six to nine months after which we expect to have fully integrated KTA’s operations, systems, and employees into our organization.

 

65


Table of Contents

Key Customers and Projects

We currently serve a diverse portfolio of over 2,200 public and private customers, who own, construct and maintain the built environment. During the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 65% of our customers have engaged us for multiple assignments over the last three years. Our breadth of our customer base diversifies risk, with the ten largest customers we served accounting for approximately 34% of our net service billing during the year ended December 31, 2020 and 34% for year ended December 31, 2019. We avoid concentration of exposure with no single client accounting for more than 9.0% of our gross revenue during either of these periods. We focus our business development efforts on increasing the proportion of our revenue generated by long-term projects and multi-year contracts. Approximately 16% and 22%, respectively of our gross revenues were derived under multi-year contracts, which we consider to be reoccurring revenue assignments, during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. While we anticipate public sector customers will continue to represent the majority of our revenues for the near future, we intend to continue expanding long-term relationships and multi-year assignments with private sector customers through organic growth and acquisitions.

Contracts

We enter into contracts that contain two principal types of pricing provisions: (1) time and materials (hourly); and (2) lump sum (fixed price or mixed). For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we derived over 63% and 60%, respectively, of our revenue from lump sum assignments and approximately 37% and 40%, respectively, derived from hourly assignments. In many cases, a contract will involve multiple tasks, some of which we classify as hourly and some as lump sum. The characteristics of the two contract and task types are as follows:

Hourly contracts, also referred to as time and material contracts, are common for professional and technical consulting assignments both short-term and multi-year in duration. Under these types of contracts, there is no predetermined maximum fee and we generally experience no risk associated with cost overruns. For hourly contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our customers based upon the actual hours expended toward a deliverable. Direct project expenditures generally pass through to the customer for reimbursement. These contracts may have not-to-exceed parameters requiring us to receive additional authorizations from our customer to continue working but in these cases, we have no obligation to deliver a pre-negotiated result without authorization to continue at additional cost to the customer. Hourly contracts do not include lump sum components as outlined below.

Lump sum contracts also referred to as fixed fee contracts typically require the performance of some or all of the obligations under the contract for a specified lump-sum fixed fee, subject to price adjustments if the scope of the project changes or unforeseen requirements arise. Our fixed fee contracts generally include a specified scope of work and defined deliverables. Lump sum contracts can involve both hourly and fixed fee tasks. We classify the contract as fixed fee if any portion of the performance obligation under the contract requires us to complete work outlined in the contract for a pre-determined fixed price. In lump sum contracts, modified schedules and expansions of scope will likely result in additional fees through change orders issued by our customers.

Backlog

We calculate the value of our undelivered gross revenue to measure backlog and predict future revenue. Backlog includes fully awarded and contracted work along with revenue we expect to realize over time for renewable long term and multi-year assignments. To calculate backlog, we assess the gross contract revenue we will recognize in connection with the completion of undelivered near-term and long-term customer commitments at December 31, 2019 and 2020, our backlog was comprised as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2019     2020  

Communities, home & buildings

     43.6     42.7

Transportation

     38.6     28.0

Power & Utilities

     17.1     24.8

Other emerging markets

     0.7     4.5

We use backlog to determine appropriate staffing levels and predict company revenue growth, both of which typically move accordingly with changes in backlog. Backlog definitions and methods of calculation vary within our industry. As such, backlog is not a reliable metric on which to evaluate us relative to our peers.

 

66


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $113 million of backlog, representing a 10.8% compound annual growth in our backlog over the past two years as we have expanded our footprint, increased our client base and more deeply penetrated our end markets. In spite of the general economic and personal effects of COVID-19 on our customers, our markets and our employees, we produced growth in our backlog by virtue of our efforts to secure new commitments that exceeded the reductions that result from gross revenue and cancellations. We believe that our growth in backlog is an indicator of the success of our growth strategies.

Marketing and Sales

We strive to position ourselves as a preferred provider of services to those who own, construct and maintain the built environment. We obtain client engagements primarily through business development efforts, cross selling our services to existing customers, expanding client relationships and referrals. We maintain a professional business development staff that works closely with our managers and leadership to develop strategic, targeted programs for developing new opportunities and securing new assignments.

Our business development efforts emphasize lead generation, industry group networking, project and staff promotion and general corporate visibility. We support our managers’ business development efforts with a seasoned team of marketing professionals embedded throughout our organization. We complement our marketing and business development efforts with extensive social media awareness. In addition, we contract for services with a professional public and media relations agency. We are neither engaged in, nor dependent on, traditional paid media advertising. As our service offerings continue expanding, we anticipate increasing our cross-selling opportunities.

Consumers of engineering and technical services consistent with ours can be local, regional, and national organizations with projects ranging from a single, quick-turn deliverable to complex long-term assignments and multi-year contracts. By focusing our business development efforts more on long-term assignments and multi-year contracts opportunities in growing end markets, we extend the visibility of future revenue forecasts and reduce the costs and uncertainty associated with backlog and revenue replacement. We expect to continue to see organic growth in sales based on our commitment to delivering the highest quality and most creatively conceived results to our customers.

Competition

Our competition varies according to the market, geographical area of the project and the nature and scope of a particular opportunity. The engineering and consulting industry is highly fragmented and characterized by many small and mid-sized companies that focus their operations on regional markets or specialized service niches. On any given opportunity, we compete and/or team with local, regional and national companies.

Industry participants compete on the strength of client relationships, reputation for quality of service and reliability, expertise in local markets, technical capabilities, and price. While price differentiation remains an important element in competitive bidding and is often the most significant factor in securing public sector contracts, we believe that value and quality are competitive differentiators that positively affect our ability to win work. The importance of the foregoing factors varies widely based upon the nature, location, and size of the project. On highly complex and sought-after projects, our breadth of services and geographic reach afford us flexibility in pricing and cost estimation. Our ability to provide comprehensive and integrated solutions gives us flexibility when it comes to pricing strategies to meet client budgets and funding limitations. We believe that we benefit from our diversified service offerings and highly skilled, diverse and qualified employees.

Credentials, licensing and securing professional liability insurance present significant barriers to entry in the industry. Within the engineering market, scale and breadth of service offerings can also act as a barrier for entry for companies that do not have adequate professional and financial resources to compete for and execute complex, large-scale projects. Customers are increasingly emphasizing safe work practices by placing a premium on limiting liability, thus creating an additional barrier to entry for those who cannot demonstrate and maintain a safety record at or above industry standards.

It is common for many of the companies we compete with to have greater financial resources, larger national platforms or greater service offerings than we currently have. Factors affecting our ability to win assignments include our marketing effectiveness, our client relationships, our ability to team with larger organizations, our capacity to accurately estimate costs and quantify the quality assurance requirements of the work, our ability to hire, train and retain qualified personnel and our ability to obtain adequate professional insurance for the work perform. We believe our positioning enables us to continue winning incrementally larger work assignments that will grow our business.

 

67


Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 750 employees, approximately 95% of which are full-time employees and approximately 85% of which represent our technical staff. Our employee attrition rate for 2020 among all staff, part-time and full-time, was approximately 25%. Our reputation, aided by our dedicated internal recruiting staff, has afforded us the ability to be successful in locating and engaging with qualified and credentialed employees as needed. We do not expect our growth efforts to be constrained by a lack of qualified personnel. We consider our employee relations to be exceptional and our level of engagement with employees to be high. Consequently, our rate of professional turnover is below industry averages. As of December 31, 2020, our licensed professional staff represented more than 30% of our 750 employees.

Approximately 20% of our workforce works outdoors performing geomatics engineering, construction management, land procurement and field surveying. Our professional safety team administers a disciplined compliance routine with complex and comprehensive protocols that lead to fewer accidents, lower costs associated with accidents, lost productivity and insurance. We have earned a safety record that distinguishes us relative to our competitors.

It is crucial that we continue to attract and retain top talent in order to continue to maintain our reputation for delivering high-quality services. To facilitate talent attraction and retention, we strive to make Bowman a diverse, inclusive and safe workplace, with opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their careers.

Diversity and Inclusion. We believe that a diverse workforce is critical to our success, and we continue to focus on the hiring, retention and advancement of women and underrepresented populations. We have focused our recent efforts in four areas: inspiring innovation through an inclusive and diverse culture; expanding our efforts to recruit and hire diverse talent; advocating and facilitating affinity group engagement; and identifying strategic partners to accelerate our inclusion and diversity programs.

Health, Safety and Wellness. Fundamental to the success of our business is our commitment to the safety and well-being of our employees and customers. Accordingly, we dedicate resources to making sure our employees are trained and equipped to carry out their job functions so as to keep themselves, our customers, and the communities in which we work safe. We provide employees and their families with access to a variety of innovative, flexible and convenient health and wellness programs, including: 1) benefits that provide protection and security so employees have peace of mind concerning events that may require time away from work or that impact financial well-being; 2) support for physical and mental health through tools, resources and leave policies that help improve or maintain health status and encourage engagement in healthy behaviors; and 3) choices where possible, so employees can customize benefits to meet their needs and the needs of their families. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented adaptive policies that we determined were in the best interest of our employees, the communities in which we operate, and which comply with government regulations. This includes having most of our employees work from home, while implementing additional safety measures for employees continuing critical on-site work.

Talent Development. We invest significant resources to develop the talent needed to remain a leading engineering services provider. We deliver numerous training opportunities, provide geographic flexibility, have expanded our focus on continuous learning and development, and implemented “industry-leading” methodologies to manage performance, provide feedback and develop talent.

Our talent development programs provide employees with the resources they need to help achieve their career goals, to build management skills and lead their organizations. We provide a series of employee workshops throughout the company that support professional growth and development. Additionally, our manager and leadership development programs provide an ongoing opportunity for employees to practice and apply learning around conversations aligned with our annual review process. We offer employees a breadth of on-line tools that provide quick access to learning resources that personalized to the individual’s development objectives.

Offices

Our principal executive office is located at 12355 Sunrise Valley Drive, Suite 520, Reston, Virginia 20191, which we lease under a seven-year commitment with annual lease terms of $0.3 million. We do not own any real property. We currently operate out of 32 core locations nationally, of

 

68


Table of Contents

which one is an arms’ length lease from a property owner including members of our management team. See “Related Party Transactions” for a description of these terms. Our lease terms vary ranging from month-to-month to multi-year commitments. While we take pride in offering work locations to our employees that are conveniently located, professionally finished, well appointed, transit-centric and amenity rich, we do not consider any specific leased properties to be materially important to our long-term prospect for success. While we do believe it is necessary to maintain offices through which our services are coordinated and our employees collaborate in person, we feel there are an ample number of available office rental properties that could adequately serve our needs should we need to relocate or expand any of our operations.

 

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our directors and officers are as follows:

 

Executive Officers    Age    Position

Gary Bowman

   64    President, CEO and Chairman

Michael Bruen

   55    Chief Operating Officer and Director

Bruce Labovitz

   53    Chief Financial Officer

Robert Hickey

   63    Chief Legal Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Daniel Lefaivre

   62    Director

Stephen Riddick

   56    Director

James Laurito

   64    Director

Patricia Mulroy

   67    Director

Executive Officers

Gary Bowman. Mr. Bowman has served as the company’s CEO, President and Chairman since its founding in 1995. Since that time, he has continuously led its growth to over $122 million in annual revenue and he retains a hands-on role overseeing all aspects of setting our strategic direction, mergers and acquisitions, operational execution, and stakeholder relations.    Mr. Bowman is a licensed professional engineer with over 40 years of experience.

Mr. Bowman earned a Bachelor of Science from Virginia Tech.

Michael Bruen. Mr. Bruen has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Director since July 2008. In this role, Mr. Bruen oversees operations and the implementation of our acquisition strategy and the integration of the acquired companies. From November 1996 to July 2008, Mr. Bruen served as one of our Senior Managers. Mr. Bruen has 28 years of experience as a licensed professional engineer.

Mr. Bruen earned a Bachelor of Science from the University of Notre Dame.

Bruce Labovitz. Mr. Labovitz has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2013. Mr. Labovitz has complete oversight of all our financial operations, budgeting, audit, capital strategies, treasury, compliance, tax, valuation, credit facilities and investor relations as well as designing and implementing the financial aspects of our growth and acquisition initiatives. Mr. Labovitz has 30 years of experience in both private and public companies in a various range of industry groups.

From September 2009 to January 2013, Mr. Labovitz served as Chief Financial Officer at ADR Software, LLC. From February 2002 to May 2009, Mr. Labovitz served as the Chief Financial Officer for Comstock Homebuilding Companies Inc. (NASDAQ: CHCI), managing its IPO in 2004.

Mr. Labovitz earned dual Bachelor of Science degrees from the New York University Leonard Stern School of Business.

Robert Hickey. Mr. Hickey has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since January 2012, and as a Director from July 2003 until March 24, 2021. From July 2003 to January 2012, Mr. Hickey served as our Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Secretary, and Treasurer. Mr. Hickey has over 35 years of business and legal experience, with 20 years of experience in the private practice of law. Mr. Hickey administers our legal affairs, and designs and implements the legal aspects of our growth and acquisition initiatives.

Mr. Hickey earned a Bachelor of Arts and Juris Doctorate from the University of Virginia.

 

70


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Directors

The following persons were elected to our Board of Directors effective March 25, 2021.

Daniel Lefaivre. Mr. Lefaivre served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Stantec Inc. (NYSE: STN) from January 2009 to December 2018 where he was responsible for the oversight of capital structure, financing, financial reporting, and management of corporate assets and risks. Mr. Lefaivre participated in over 100 acquisitions, including the CAN $1.8 billion debt and equity financing and integration of Stantec Inc.’s largest acquisition in 2016. In March 2019, Mr. Lefaivre retired from Stantec Inc. Mr. Lefaivre is a Fellow of the Chartered Professional Accountants (Canada) and serves on the board of Royal Alexandria Hospital Foundation where he chairs the Finance, Audit & Risk Management committee, and the Investment Subcommittee.

Mr. Lefaivre was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant experience as an executive in our industry and in depth understanding of financial reporting, acquisitions and accounting.

Stephen Riddick. Since May 2016, Mr. Riddick has served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Tenable Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: TENB) where he is responsible for global legal affairs, corporate governance, government affairs, and regulatory compliance. Mr. Riddick played a key leadership role on the executive team that successfully transitioned Tenable Holdings, Inc. from a private to public company through a traditional underwritten IPO in 2018. From September 2010 to February 2016, Mr. Riddick served in various positions of increasing responsibility, including Global Associate General Counsel for Linde PLC (formerly Praxair, Inc.). From 1988 to 2010, Mr. Riddick was an attorney in private practice with global law firms where his practice focused on corporate transactions and governance matters on behalf of clients including public and private companies in a wide variety of industries and investment banks. Mr. Riddick earned his Bachelor of Arts from the University of Virginia and Juris Doctorate from the University of North Carolina.

Mr. Riddick was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge of public company matters, corporate governance, cybersecurity and data privacy as well as his deep experience in capital markets and mergers and acquisitions.

James Laurito. Mr. Laurito is a civil engineer and founder of start-up engineering consulting firm D&L Engineers and Constructors, Inc. Since May 2018, Mr. Laurito has served as Executive Vice President, Business Development of Fortis, Inc. where he is responsible for mergers and acquisitions, strategy, business development, innovation and technology. From April 2016 to May 2018, he was EVP, Business Development at Fortis. From October 2014 to March 2016, Mr. Laurito served as the President and CEO of Central Hudson Gas & Electric Corp. and remains President and CEO of CH Energy Group, Inc., the holding company of Central Hudson Gas & Electric. Mr. Laurito has gained experience in P/L management, operational management, strategic planning, audit, finance, risk management, as well as Environmental/Social/Governance and Diversity and Inclusion. Mr. Laurito earned a Bachelor of Science degree in civil engineering from West Virginia University.

Mr. Laurito was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant engineering experience and extensive industry knowledge.

Patricia Mulroy. Ms. Mulroy is currently a Non-Resident Senior Fellow for Climate Adaptation and Environmental Policy for the Brookings Institution and since January 2015, a Practitioner in Residence at the Saltman Center for Conflict Resolution at the William S. Boyd School of Law at University of Nevada Las Vegas. Since November 2015, Ms. Mulroy has been owner, President and CEO of a consulting firm representing both corporate and government clients in water matters. She is a recognized expert in climate related adaptation strategies for both governments and corporations and recently completed her term as a member of the Global Agenda Council on Water of the World Economic Forum. Ms. Mulroy sits on the board of directors of Wynn Resorts (NASDAQ: WYNN). Ms. Mulroy earned a Bachelor of Arts from University of Nevada, Las Vegas and a Master of Arts from UNLV.

Ms. Mulroy was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her public company board leadership and experience and her extensive knowledge of water resources and climate adaptation matters.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board will consist of six members. There are no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, professional and personal experiences, and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our

 

71


Table of Contents

directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director Independence

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market. Under the Nasdaq listing rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within year from the date of listing. In addition, the Nasdaq listing rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent within year from the date of listing. Audit committee members must also satisfy additional independence criteria, including those set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Under Nasdaq listing rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries, other than compensation for board service; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board of directors must consider, for each member of a compensation committee of a listed company, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director, and whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, we have determined that all the members of our board of directors, except Mr. Bowman and Mr. Bruen, are independent directors, including for purposes of Nasdaq and SEC rules. In making that determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each director has with us and all other facts and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the potential deemed beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director, including non-employee directors that are affiliated with certain of our major stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of Nasdaq and the rules and regulations of the SEC. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Mr. Bowman is not an independent director under these rules because he is currently employed as the chief executive officer of our company. Mr. Bruen is not an independent director under these rules because he serves as Chief Operating Officer.

We intend to adopt a policy, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that outlines a process for our security holders to send communications to the board of directors.

Staggered Board

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2022 for Class I directors, 2023 for Class II directors and 2024 for Class III directors.

 

   

Our Class I directors will be Mr. Bowman and Mr. Riddick;

 

72


Table of Contents
   

Our Class II directors will be Mr. Bruen and Ms. Mulroy; and

 

   

Our Class III directors will be Mr. Lefaivre and Mr. Laurito.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control. We expect that additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, if any, will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one third of the board of directors.

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Mr. Bowman currently serves as the chair of our board of directors. Our bylaws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our chairperson and chief executive officer positions be separate. In the future, we may also introduce a role of lead independent director.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Following the consummation of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter, compensation committee charter, and nominating and corporate governance charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.bowman.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Lefaivre, Ms. Mulroy and Mr. Laurito will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Lefaivre. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

73


Table of Contents
   

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our consolidated financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

All services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

All members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq listing rules. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Lefaivre qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable SEC regulations. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the nature and scope of experience that Mr. Lefaivre has previously had with public reporting companies. Our board of directors has determined that all of the directors that will become members of our audit committee upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part satisfy the relevant independence requirements for service on the audit committee set forth in the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq listing rules. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management will periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Riddick and Ms. Mulroy will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Laurito. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation (i) recommending to the board of directors the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our Chief Executive Officer under equity-based plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving the cash compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

   

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules;

 

   

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

74


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

preparing our compensation committee report if and when required by SEC rules;

 

   

reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. Each member of our compensation committee will be a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Riddick, Mr. Lefaivre and Ms. Mulroy will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Riddick. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

   

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

In 2019 and 2020, we did not maintain a compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the prior three years been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate Governance

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor relations section of our website, which is located at www.bowman.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

75


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. We did not maintain a Compensation Committee in 2019 or 2020.

 

            Salary 1      Bonus 2      Stock
Awards 3
     All Other
Compensation 4
     Total  

Name and principal position

   Year      ($)      ($)      ($)      ($)      ($)  

Gary Bowman

     2020        694,200        —          —          176,087        870,287  

President & Chief Executive Officer

     2019        683,450        212,000        —          140,637        1,036,087  

Bruce Labovitz

     2020        374,045        68,051        566,340        30,878        1,039,314  

EVP, Chief Financial Officer

     2019        360,190        21,320        —          28,203        409,713  

Michael Bruen

     2020        423,270        90,294        296,007        29,298        838,869  

EVP, Chief Operating Officer

     2019        401,820        76,087        —          29,048        506,955  

Robert Hickey

     2020        348,085        58,733        566,340        30,915        1,004,073  

EVP, Chief Legal Officer

     2019        335,190        33,865        —          32,436        401,491  

 

1

Salary established at an annual rate is paid bi-weekly.

2

Bonus amounts were discretionary and approved by Board based on the recommendation of Mr. Bowman and his assessment of individual executive performance and Company performance.

3

The amount reflects the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The shares vest ratably during a five-year service term.

4

All Other Compensation consists of Company contributions to the Company’s qualified 401(k) plan, which is available to all employees, of $8,550 for each named executive officer; and perquisites and personal benefits as follows: Mr. Bowman $32,337; Mr. Labovitz $30,878; Mr. Bruen $29,298 and Mr. Hickey $30,915. These perquisites and personal benefits include items that are greater than 10% of their respective totals as follows: Mr. Bowman $24,540 of personal use of a company vehicle and $6,800 of health savings account contributions; Mr. Labovitz $14,880 of auto allowance and personal use of a company vehicle and $5,800 of Health Savings Account contributions; Mr. Bruen $12,000 of auto allowance and $7,100 of health savings account contributions; and Mr. Hickey $12,000 of auto allowance and $5,800 of health savings account contributions. For Mr. Bowman, All other Compensation also includes the cost of non-business related services of $135,200. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The primary elements of compensation for our named executive officers are base salary, discretionary annual performance bonuses and discretionary equity awards. Our named executive officers are also entitled to participate in employee benefit plans and programs that we offer to our other employees, as described below. Where relevant, the discussion below also reflects certain contemplated changes to our compensation programs that we intend to implement following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Annual Base Salary. We pay our named executive officers a base salary to compensate them for the satisfactory performance of services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer provides a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

Bonus Compensation. From time to time our board, upon the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer, may approve bonuses for employees at the level of Executive Vice-President and above, including our named executive officers, based on individual performance, company performance, or as otherwise determined appropriate. For the periods 2019 and 2020, Mr. Bowman determined his own bonus amount.

 

76


Table of Contents

Equity-Based Incentive Awards and Options. Our equity-based incentive and option awards are designed to align our interests and the interests of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. The Chief Executive Officer historically has recommended the amount and vesting schedule for equity and option grants to persons other than himself, subject to approval by our board of directors. In the future, all decisions regarding equity compensation will be as described below with respect to the Named Executive Officers.

Other Elements of Compensation

Health and Welfare Benefits. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on generally the same basis as all of our other employees.

401(k) plan. We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan qualifies as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may make pre-tax deferrals from his or her compensation up to the statutory limit, which is $19,500 for calendar year 2020, and other testing limits. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2020 may be up to an additional $6,500 above the statutory limit. The 401(k) plan provides for discretionary matching and profit-sharing contributions, we currently provide a 50% match of each employee contribution to the 401(k) plan, subject to a maximum match of 3% of eligible compensation. Participant contributions are held by the plan’s trustee and invested pursuant to the participant’s instruction.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. We do not maintain nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Perquisites. The Company generally provides employees at the level of vice president and above a vehicle allowance, which it believes to be fair, reasonable, and consistent with its business.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards for each of our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2020.

 

Name

   Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Gary Bowman

     —          —          —          —          —    

Bruce Labovitz

     —          —          —          —          —    

Michael Bruen

     —          —          —          —          —    

Robert Hickey 1

     12/02/19        365        —          153.42        07/01/22  

 

1 

Mr. Hickey’s 2019 stock option award was exercisable on the date of grant and was exercised on March 31, 2021.

2021 Compensation and Employment Agreements

We adopted compensation programs for our executives prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, which programs include entering into written employment agreements with each of our named executive officers that become effective immediately upon the effectiveness of this offering. The written employment agreements will provide for, among other things, the payment of base salary, reimbursement of certain costs and expenses, and for each named executive officer’s participation in our Annual Bonus plan, equity awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (“Equity Awards”), and employee benefit plans. These employment agreements are referred to respectively as the Bowman Employment Agreement, the Bruen Employment Agreement, the Labovitz Employment Agreement and the Hickey Employment Agreement, and together as the Executive Employment Agreements and from time to time individually as the “Agreement”. Messrs. Bowman, Hickey, Labovitz and Bruen are from time to time referred to herein as “Executive”.

 

77


Table of Contents

The Annual Bonus provisions permit the Executive to earn annual cash awards if the Executive and the Company meet certain performance objectives during each fiscal year. The Annual Bonus performance objectives for each Executive will be established by the Board based upon the Company’s annual business plan and objectives. The total amount that an Executive may earn will depend on: (1) his salary or eligible earnings because the bonus is calculated and paid as a percentage of the annual salary or amount earned and (2) the level of performance attained because performance levels are set at the Threshold, Target, and Maximum levels of achievement and results are interpolated between these levels. The chart below shows the amount that may be earned by each named executive officer under his employment agreement:

 

Name

   Lower
Threshold
as a % of
Earnings
    Target
as a % of
Earnings
    Upper
Threshold
as a % of
Earnings
 

Gary Bowman

     25     50     100

Bruce Labovitz

     25     50     100

Michael Bruen

     25     50     100

Robert Hickey

     25     50     100

For the Performance Period ending December 31, 2021, each executive is entitled to a minimum bonus under the AIP pursuant to each employment contract as follows: Mr. Bowman $300,000, Mr. Bruen $200,000, Mr. Labovitz $200,000, and Mr. Hickey $200,000.

Similar to the Annual Bonus, Equity Awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan are earned if the Company and Executive meet certain performance objectives (the “Equity Award Objectives”) during a fiscal year period. The Equity Award Objectives will be established by the Board based upon the Company’s adopted growth strategy and objectives. The Board shall set the requirement(s) for Equity Award goal attainment for each named executive officer. In the case of Mr. Bowman, the threshold equity award value opportunity shall be 75% of base salary if the Threshold Equity Award Objectives set by the Board are achieved, the target equity award value opportunity shall be 150% of base salary if the Target Equity Award Objectives set by the Board are achieved, and the maximum equity award value opportunity shall be 300% of base salary if the Maximum Equity Award Objectives set by the Board are achieved. In the case of Messrs. Bruen, Labovitz and Hickey respectively the lower threshold equity award value opportunity shall be 35% of base salary if the Threshold Equity Award Objectives set by the Board are achieved, the target equity award value opportunity shall be 75% of base salary if the Target Equity Award Objectives set by the Board are achieved, and the maximum equity award value opportunity shall be 150% of base salary if the Maximum Equity Award Objectives set by the Board are achieved.

Each of the Executives has received an equity award contingent upon the closing of this offering (the “Transaction Stock Award”), in the following amounts and subject to the following vesting schedules:

 

78


Table of Contents

Recipient

   Number
of shares*
     Vested
percentage
one year
after
offering
    Vested
percentage
two years
after
offering
    Vested
percentage
three
years after
offering
    Vested
percentage
four years
after
offering
    Vested
percentage
five years
after
offering
 

Gary Bowman

        25     50     75     87.5     100

Bruce Labovitz

        33     66     100     n/a       n/a  

Michael Bruen

        33     66     100     n/a       n/a  

Robert Hickey

        33     66     100     n/a       n/a  

The initial term of the Bowman Employment Agreement commences on the effective date of this initial public offering and ends on December 31, 2026, with automatic two-year renewals thereafter unless earlier terminated as described therein. Under the terms of the Agreement, Mr. Bowman is (i) entitled to an annualized base salary of $625,000, subject to annual upward adjustment; (ii) eligible to participate in the Annual Bonus and Equity Award as described above; (iii) entitled to participate in our health, insurance, retirement and other employee benefits; and (v) entitled to certain other specified fringe benefits, reimbursements, life insurance and working facilities described in the Bowman Employment Agreement. Mr. Bowman’s employment agreement contains provisions related to his ability to pledge his shares of stock.

Each of the Bruen Employment Agreement, the Labovitz Employment Agreement and the Hickey Employment Agreement provides for a term of employment commencing on the effective date of this initial public offering and ending December 31, 2024, with automatic one-year renewals thereafter unless earlier terminated as described therein.

Under the terms of the Bruen Employment Agreement, Mr. Bruen is (i) entitled to an annualized base salary of $415,000, subject to annual upward adjustment; (ii) eligible to participate in the Annual Bonus and Equity Award as described above; (iii) entitled to a one-time cash bonus (the “Transaction Cash Award”) of $250,000 earned on the date this offering becomes effective and payable in four equal quarterly installments without interest beginning thirty (30) days thereafter; (iv) be entitled to participate in our health, insurance, retirement and other employee benefits; and (v) be entitled to certain other specified fringe benefits and reimbursements described in the Bruen Employment Agreement.

Under the terms of the Labovitz Employment Agreement, Mr. Labovitz is (i) entitled to an annualized base salary of $415,000, subject to annual upward adjustment; (ii) eligible to participate in the Annual Bonus and Equity Award as described above; (iii) be entitled to a one-time cash bonus (the “Transaction Cash Award”) of $900,000 earned on the date this offering becomes effective and payable as $500,000 upon the closing of this offering and $400,000 in four equal quarterly installments without interest beginning thirty (30) days thereafter; (iv) be entitled to participate in our health, insurance, retirement and other employee benefits; and (v) be entitled to certain other specified fringe benefits and reimbursements described in the Labovitz Employment Agreement.

Under the terms of the Hickey Employment Agreement, Mr. Hickey is (i) entitled to an annualized base salary of $400,000, subject to annual upward adjustment; (ii) eligible to participate in the Annual Bonus and Equity Award as described above; (iii) be entitled to a one-time cash bonus (the “Transaction Cash Award”) of $250,000 earned on the date this offering becomes effective and payable in four equal quarterly installments without interest beginning thirty (30) days thereafter; (iv) be entitled to participate in our health, insurance, retirement and other employee benefits; and (v) be entitled to certain other specified fringe benefits and reimbursements described in the Hickey Employment Agreement.

Each of the Executive Employment Agreements contain provisions whereby if the Executive’s employment is terminated due to his death or permanent disability he will be entitled to payments of base salary, unpaid Transaction Cash Award, health and other fringe benefits, and accelerated vesting of outstanding equity awards (including without limitation the Transaction Equity Award), all as specified in their respective employment agreements.    Each of the Executive Employment Agreements contain provisions whereby if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company through non-renewal, by the Company without cause or by the Executive for good reason, he will be entitled to payments of base salary, unpaid Transaction Cash Award, health and fringe and other benefits, and accelerated vesting of outstanding equity awards (including without limitation the Transaction Equity Award), all as specified in their respective employment agreements. Each of the Executive Employment Agreements contain provisions whereby following a Change in Control the Executive is entitled to certain payments in the event of a termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the Executive with good reason, all as specified in the respective employment agreement. The terms “cause” and “good reason” are defined in the Executive Employment Agreements.

 

79


Table of Contents

Each of the Executive Employment Agreements provides that the Executive shall devote the substantial portion of his business time, attention, skill, energy and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and shall not engage in any activity that: (i) conflicts with the interests of the Company, (ii) interferes with the proper and efficient performance of Executive’s duties for the Company, or (iii) interferes with the Executive’s judgement in the Company’s best interest. Each of the Bowman Employment Agreement and the Hickey Employment Agreement acknowledges that the respective Executive has disclosed to the Company certain other business relationships and ownership interests, and pursuant to such Executive Employment Agreement the Company consents to the continuation of these business relationships and ownership interests, present and future, provided they do not interfere with the Executive’s duties under their respective Agreement.

Each of the Executive Employment Agreements bind the executive to specified confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenants apply during the term of the Agreement and at all times thereafter. The non-competition and non-solicitation covenants apply during the term of the Agreement and for two years following termination of employment. The non-disparagement covenant is mutual and applies at all times during employment and thereafter. The Employment Agreements do not prohibit us from waiving a breach of a restrictive covenant.

2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Immediately prior to the effectiveness of this offering our stockholders are expected to approve the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. Under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Until implemented, the terms of the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and, accordingly, this summary, are subject to change.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants and directors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan will generally be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

An aggregate of     shares of our common stock were initially available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of which     shares were awarded in connection with Transactions Stock Awards and              were authorized to be awarded at Mr. Bowman’s discretion to employees who did not receive a Transaction Stock Award. In no case may any other recipient be awarded more than     shares. As a result, a maximum of     shares remain available for future issuance. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased by an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year, provided that our Board of Directors may act prior to each January 1 of each year to either eliminate or reduce that increase in the number of shares available for issuance. No more than     shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, or ISOs, under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. Shares issued under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any shares subject to such award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. Awards granted under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

 

80


Table of Contents

Awards

The 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, or RSUs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and other stock or cash-based awards. Certain awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. ISOs generally may be granted only to our employees and employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations, if any.

SARs. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the average fair market value of the underlying share as defined in the Plan on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction), and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Restricted stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Other stock or cash-based awards. Other stock or cash-based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including, but not limited to, gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation

 

81


Table of Contents

of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to our performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.

Provisions of the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan Relating to Director Compensation

The 2021 Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time subject to the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan’s limitations. Prior to commencing this offering, our stockholders will approve the initial terms of our non-employee director compensation program, which is described below under the heading “—Director Compensation.” Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation or other compensation and the grant date fair value (as determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of any equity awards granted as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any fiscal year may not exceed $150,000, increased to $300,000, in the fiscal year of a non-employee director’s initial service as a non-employee director. The plan administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Certain Transactions

In connection with certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate such transaction or event, or give effect to such change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards in exchange for either an amount in cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such award or realization of the participant’s rights under the vested portion of such award, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares available, replacing awards with other rights or property or terminating awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. In the event of a change in control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, awards issued under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan shall be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, or an “equity restructuring,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the equity restructuring.

Foreign Participants, Claw-back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments

With respect to foreign participants, the plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic

 

82


Table of Contents

relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer, or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. The plan administrator will not have the authority, without the approval of our stockholders, to amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its price per share. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopted the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

Securities Laws

The 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan will be administered, and awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules, and regulations.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP. Our ESPP will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of this offering. The purpose of our ESPP will be to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. Our ESPP will include two components. One component will be designed to allow eligible U.S. employees to purchase our common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. The other component will permit the grant of purchase rights that do not qualify for such favorable tax treatment in order to allow deviations necessary to permit participation by eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Share Reserve

Following this offering, our ESPP will authorize the issuance of     shares of our common stock under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our participating affiliates.

Administration

Our compensation committee, or such other committee as appointed by our board of directors, will administer our ESPP. Our ESPP will be implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under our ESPP, each offering period shall commence on the first day of a calendar quarter and end on the last day of such calendar quarter. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. Our ESPP will provide that an offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions

Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our participating affiliates, will be eligible to participate in our ESPP and to contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in our ESPP) for each pay period during an offering period, for the purchase of our common stock under our ESPP. Our common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in our ESPP at a price per share designated by our committee, but never less than 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase as described in the ESPP.

 

83


Table of Contents

Limitations

Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (i) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week; (ii) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year; or (iii) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for at least one year. No employee will be permitted to purchase shares under our ESPP at a rate in excess of $15,000 worth of our common stock (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering) for each calendar year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under our ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Changes to Capital Structure

Our ESPP will provide that in the event there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, our committee will make appropriate adjustments to: (i) the number of shares subject to our ESPP; (ii) the minimum and maximum number of shares that may be purchased under the ESPP; (iii) the number of shares and purchase price of shares available for purchase and elections made to purchase such shares during the current offering period.

Corporate Transactions

Our ESPP will provide that in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 424(a)), any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under our ESPP may be assumed or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume or substitute for such purchase rights, then the purchase date for all options then outstanding shall be accelerated to a date fixed by the committee prior to the effective date of such Change in Control.

Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors will have the authority to terminate our ESPP with respect to any shares for which options have not therefore been granted. Our committee will have the authority to amend our ESPP, except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights, without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Director Compensation

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we intend to adopt the following director compensation program for non-employee directors.

We expect each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $50,000, paid in quarterly installments in arrears. Non-employee directors serving as the chairs of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $15,000, $10,000 and $10,000, respectively. Non-employee directors serving as members of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively. The non-employee directors will also receive an initial grant of that number of shares that is equal to $75,000 divided by the closing price of the shares on the date of closing of this offering, which initial grant vests on the one year anniversary of the grant. Beginning with the first regular quarterly meeting of directors after the completion of this offering and on the second quarterly meeting of directors thereafter beginning in 2022, each non-employee director will receive an annual grant of that number of shares equal to $75,000 divided by the fair market value on the day of the meeting, vesting on the one year anniversary of the grant.

In addition, pursuant to the director compensation program, each of our non-employee directors will receive a grant of stock options to purchase     shares of our common stock pursuant to the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan in connection with this offering, effective as of immediately following the determination of the initial public offering price per share of our common stock. These stock options will have an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

 

84


Table of Contents

Compensation under our non-employee director compensation policy will be subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, as described above, but such limits will not apply prior to the first calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering is completed. Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, considering such factors, circumstances, and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, subject to the annual limit on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. As provided in the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors or its authorized committee may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the board of directors or its authorized committee may determine in its discretion.

 

85


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2019, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of our total assets for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any director, executive officer, holder of five percent or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

We lease commercial office space from BCG Chantilly, LLC (BCC), an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen, Mr. Hickey own a 63.6% interest. The lease payments were less than $120,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. We do not expect lease payments to exceed $120,000 per year in future years. On December 31, 2019, our notes payable included $0.2 million owed to BCC with respect to a loan made in 2014 for working capital and unrelated to the lease. We repaid the note in full with accrued interest on September 30, 2020.

Bowman Lansdowne Development, LLC (BLD) is an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen, Mr. Hickey and other non-named executive shareholders have a majority ownership interest. On December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s notes receivable included $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, from BLD in connection with management services we previously provided to BLD. We no longer provide these services, nor do we intend to do so in the future.

Lansdowne Development Group, LLC (LDG) is an entity in which BLD has a minority ownership interest. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, our accounts receivable included $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, due from LDG. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, our notes receivable included $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively from LDG. The loans were provided to LDG for working capital and we no longer provide such, nor do we intend to do so in the future.

Bowman Realty Investments 2010, LLC (BR10) is an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen, Mr. Hickey and other non-named executive shareholders have a majority ownership interest. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company’s notes receivable included $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, from BR10 in connection with management services we previously provided to BLD. We no longer provide these services, nor do we intend to do so in the future.

Alwington Farm Developers, LLC (AFD) is an entity in which BR10 has a minority ownership interest. On December 31, 2019, the Company’s accounts receivable included $0.4 million due from AFD. On December 31, 2020 there was no balance in accounts receivable due from AFD. On December 31, 2019 and 2020, our notes receivable included $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, from AFD. The notes were received in exchange for engineering services provided to AFD.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, we provided administrative and accounting services to BLD, LDG, and BR10 entities at no cost. Beginning in 2021, we are providing these services on an arms-length basis at prevailing hourly rates for the persons involved.

We employ Gregory Bowman, the son of Mr. Bowman, as a full-time employee. We paid Gregory Bowman $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Bowman Realty Investments 2013 LLC (BR13) is an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen, and Mr. Hickey have an ownership interest.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, an employee of ours served as project manager for a real estate development project in which BLD, BR13, and during a portion of 2020 an entity owned and controlled by Mr. Bowman and his family have an ownership interest. The cost of the services provided for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. After the effectiveness of this offering, we will no longer provide these services at no cost to the project. Beginning in 2021, we are providing these services on an arms-length basis at prevailing hourly rates for the persons involved.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $0.8 million of unsecured advance to Mr. Bowman included in other assets. Mr. Bowman repaid the advance in full with accrued interest on September 29, 2020 through the redemption of 3,879 shares of our stock.

As of December 31, 2019, we had notes receivable from Mr. Bowman and Mr. Labovitz in the amounts of $5.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Both Mr. Bowman and Mr. Labovitz repaid their notes in full with accrued interest on September 29, 2020 through the redemption of our stock with 1,566 shares redeemed from Mr. Labovitz and 14,568 shares redeemed from Mr. Bowman.

On December 31, 2019, and 2020, we were due $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, from stockholders, none of whom are named executive officers, directors or executive officers, under the terms of stock subscription notes receivable.

 

86


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2019, and 2020, we owed $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, to a retired shareholder and former Director in connection with an acquisition.

As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, we owed certain of our stockholders and former stockholders $2.0 million and $2.2 million. The notes result from repurchases of stock from shareholders pursuant to our Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement.

Consolidating Transactions in Connection with this Offering

Bowman Consulting DC PC. Since its founding in 2014, Bowman Consulting DC PC has operated as a stand-alone engineering enterprise in the District of Columbia, owned 100% by Gary Bowman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The company’s results were included in our combined financial statements based on common control. On December 31, 2020, we acquired all the assets and operations, and assumed certain liabilities of Bowman Consulting DC PC and thereafter Bowman Consulting DC PC ceased operations. We will integrate the operations of Bowman Consulting DC PC into our operations eliminating the need for combined financial presentation.

HE Wilson Liquidation and Bowman Consulting NC PC. Since its founding in 2019, Bowman Consulting NC PC has operated as a stand-alone enterprise in North Carolina, owned by Gary Bowman, Mike Bruen, our Chief Operating Officer, and another shareholder of the Company. Based on licensing and corporate structure requirements for engineering and survey services, we performed on North Carolina contracts through Bowman Consulting NC PC and the results were included in our combined financial statements based on common control.

On December 22, 2020, we acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of HE Wilson Liquidation Inc., a dormant North Carolina corporation exempt from professional services corporation requirements associated with providing engineering and survey services in North Carolina. In connection with the acquisition, we renamed HE Wilson Liquidation as Bowman North Carolina Ltd.

On December 31, 2020, we acquired all the assets and operations, and assumed all liabilities of Bowman Consulting NC PC and thereafter Bowman Consulting NC PC ceased to operate. We contributed the assets and operations acquired from Bowman Consulting NC PC into Bowman North Carolina Ltd. Moving forward, we will conduct our North Carolina operations from Bowman North Carolina Ltd and present their results as consolidated within our financial statements.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers, and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to our board of directors, and such transactions require the approval of a majority of the directors who were not interested in the transaction. Further, when our stockholders were entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to the stockholders, who approved the transaction.

In connection with this offering, we will adopt a written related party transactions policy that will provide that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds $25,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

87


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2020 by:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our capital stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before Offering” is calculated based on     shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After Offering” is based on     shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, including the     shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering, but not including any additional shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities as well as any shares of common stock that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2020 through the exercise of stock options or other rights. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o the Company at 12355 Sunrise Valley Drive, Suite 520, Reston, Virginia 20191.

 

     Number of
Shares
     Percentage of
Outstanding Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name

   Beneficially
Owned(1)
     Before
Offering
     After
Offering
 

Directors and Named Executive

Officers

        

Gary Bowman

        %        %  

Bruce Labovitz

        

Michael Bruen

        

Robert Hickey

        

Daniel Lefaivre

        

Stephen Riddick

        

James Laurito

        

Patricia Mulroy

        

Other 5% Stockholders

        

Gregory Bowman

        

Patrick Quante

        

All officers and directors as a group (8 persons)

        %        %  

 

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

Numbers reflect the pre-split numbers and will be updated when the split is determined. They are provided for illustrative purposes only.

 

88


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of     shares of common stock, par value $0.10 per share, and     shares of preferred stock, par value $     per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of December 31, 2020,     shares of our common stock were outstanding and held of record by     stockholders, and no shares of preferred stock were outstanding.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to     shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of December 31, 2020, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of     shares of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on

 

89


Table of Contents

our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No Written Consent of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance Notice Requirements

Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, and limitation of liability must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, voting together as a single class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to notice of stockholder business and nominations and special meetings must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for     authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

 

90


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us, or any current or former director, officer, or other employee or stockholder, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director or officer or other employee governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that this choice of forum provision does not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our bylaws further provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our bylaws also provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that the stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. We recognize that the forum selection clause in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware or the Commonwealth of Virginia, as applicable. Additionally, the forum selection clause in our bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

91


Table of Contents
   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “BWMN.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

 

92


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, upon the completion of this offering,     shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below, and shares of our common stock are restricted shares of common stock subject to time-based vesting terms. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only several securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately     shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Upon waiver or expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately     shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under the section titled “Underwriters” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

93


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

We and each of our directors and executive officers and each of our stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock have signed a lock-up agreement that prevents them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions. See the section entitled “Underwriters” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

94


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

D.A. Davidson & Co. is acting as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the aggregate number of shares of common stock shown opposite their respective names below:

 

     Number of Shares  

D.A. Davidson & Co.

  

B. Riley Securities, Inc.

  

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to various conditions, including approval of legal matters by counsel. The nature of the underwriters’ obligations commits them to purchase and pay for all of the shares of common stock listed above if any are purchased. The underwriters have reserved the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares of Common Stock

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to     additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their option in whole or in part, each of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set forth in the table above.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price has been determined through negotiations between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing conditions in the equity securities markets, including market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company, the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price included:

 

   

our results of operations;

 

   

our current financial condition;

 

   

our future prospects;

 

   

our management;

 

   

the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete; and

 

   

other factors we and the representative deem relevant.

We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or above the initial public offering price.

Commissions and Discounts

The underwriters will offer the shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a concession not in excess of $     per share of common stock to other dealers. After this offering, the offering price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $     per share of common stock to certain brokers and dealers. Our shares of common stock will be offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the underwriters and to the other conditions, including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.

The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, payable to us:

 

95


Table of Contents
   
     Total
Per Share
     Without Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares
     With Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
 

Initial public offering price

        

Underwriting discounts and commissions

        

Proceeds, before estimated expenses, to us

        

We estimate that our total expenses in connection with this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $    . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters up to $150,000 for certain of their fees and expenses relating to the offering.

Indemnification of Underwriters

We will indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities. We have also agreed to indemnify the underwriters for losses if the shares (other than those purchased pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) are not delivered to the underwriters’ accounts on the initial settlement date.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and each of our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the representative prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not offer, sell, contract to sell (including any short sale), pledge, hypothecate, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, purchase any option or contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise encumber, dispose of or transfer, grant any rights with respect to, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap hedge or other arrangement, subject to specified exceptions. These restrictions shall also apply to any common stock received upon exercise of options granted to or warrants owned by each of the persons or entities described in the immediately preceding sentence. These restrictions will not apply to us with respect to issuances of common stock or securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for common stock in connection with any acquisition, collaboration, merger, licensing or other joint venture or strategic transaction involving our company, subject to certain limitations.

The representative may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BWMN.”

Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids

In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the shares during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Short Sales

Short sales involve the sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase the shares through their option.

 

96


Table of Contents

Naked short sales are any short sales in excess of such option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

Stabilizing Transactions

The underwriters may make bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Penalty Bids

If the underwriters purchase shares of our common stock in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also influence the price of the shares if it discourages resales of the shares.

The transactions above may occur on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. If such transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without obtaining the specific approval of the account holder.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided and may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking and other financing and banking services to us, for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and reimbursement for their expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments, including bank loans, for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Akerman LLP, Los Angeles, California.

 

97


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. and Affiliates at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Effective September 9, 2020, in preparation for this offering, the Company’s board of directors approved the engagement of Ernst & Young LLP (the New Auditor) as its independent registered public accounting firm and dismissed Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP (the Former Auditor).

The report of the Former Auditor on the Company’s combined financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and the subsequent interim period through September 9, 2020 there were (i) no “disagreements” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) between the Company and the Former Auditor on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the Former Auditor, would have caused the Former Auditor to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in its reports on the Company’s financial statements and (ii) no “reportable events” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions).

We requested the Former Auditor to furnish us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the above statements. A copy that letter is filed as Exhibit 16 to this prospectus and registration statement.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and the subsequent interim period through September 9, 2020 neither the Company, nor anyone on its behalf, consulted the New Auditor regarding (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s combined financial statements, and neither a written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by the New Auditor that the New Auditor concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a “disagreement” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) or a “reportable event” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-                ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we refer in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.bowman.com. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

 

 

98


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. and Affiliates

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. and Affiliates (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related combined income statements, changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

Tysons, Virginia

February 24, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

     December 31,     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

ASSETS

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and equivalents

     509       386  

Accounts Receivable, net

     28,555       24,183  

Contract assets

     10,108       7,080  

Notes receivable, current

     904      
—  
 

Notes receivable—officers, employees and affiliates, current portion

     525       1,182  

Prepaid and other current assets

     2,287       2,271  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     42,888       35,102  

Non-Current Assets

    

Property and equipment, net

     4,770       15,357  

Goodwill

     9,179       9,179  

Notes receivable, less current portion

    
—  
 
    903  

Notes receivable—officers, employees and affiliates, less current portion

     8,470       1,297  

Other intangible assets, net

     691       1,131  

Other assets

     800       669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 66,798     $ 63,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current Liabilities

    

Bank line of credit

     8,348       3,481  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, current portion

     14,170       12,203  

Contract liabilities

     7,888       1,943  

Notes payable, current portion

     1,744       1,592  

Deferred rent, current portion

     310       619  

Capital lease obligation, current portion

     143       3,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     32,603       23,333  

Non Current Liabilities

    

Other non-current obligations

     —         1,244  

Notes payable, less current portion

     1,916       2,829  

Deferred rent, less current portion

     4,057       4,278  

Capital lease obligation, less current portion

     574       7,503  

Deferred tax liability, net

     6,046       6,472  

Common shares subject to repurchase

     8,267       842  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 53,463     $ 46,501  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable common stock

   $ 36,618     $ —    

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common stock

     —         17  

Additional paid-in-capital

     —         58,851  

Treasury Stock

     (5,925     (16,022

Stock subscription notes receivable

     —         (609

Accumulated deficit

     (17,358     (25,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (23,283   $ 17,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 66,798     $ 63,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT

(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  

Gross Contract Revenue

   $ 113,724     $ 122,020  

Contract costs: (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

    

Direct payroll costs

     42,452       48,152  

Sub-consultants and expenses

     16,119       18,360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contract costs

     58,571       66,512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

     51,486       51,469  

Depreciation and amortization

     797       2,277  

(Gain) loss on sale

     (113     (107
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,170       53,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     2,983       1,869  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (income) expense

     419       (110
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before tax expense

     2,564       1,979  

Income tax expense

     1,038       989  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,526     $ 990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

    

Basic

   $ 7.57     $ 5.11  

Diluted

   $ 7.52     $ 5.10  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     195,599       183,029  

Diluted

     196,808       183,465  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

    Common Stock     Additional Paid-
in Capital
    Treasury Stock     Stock
Subscription
Notes Receivable
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2019

    202,781       —         —         (3,575     —         (6,279     (9,854

Issuance of new common stock

    3,968       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Purchase and retirement of common stock

    (11,611     —         —         (2,350     —         —         (2,350

Issuance of common stock under stock bonus plan

    1,598       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Collection on stock subscription notes receivable

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Common shares subject to repurchase liability

    —         —         —         —         —         258       258  

Fair value adjustment to redeemable common stock

    —         —         —         —         —         (12,863     (12,863

Net Income

    —         —         —         —         —         1,526       1,526  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    196,736       —         —         (5,925     —         (17,358     (23,283

Issuance of new common shares

    4,524       —         —         —         (533     —         (533

Purchase and retirement of common stock

    (28,822     —         —         (10,097     —         —         (10,097

Issuance of new common shares under stock compensation plan

    22,294       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Collections on stock subscription notes receivable

    —         —         —         —         234       —         234  

Reclassification of common shares previously subject to repurchase liability

    —         3       11,805       —         —         814       12,622  

Conversion of redeemable common stock to permanent equity

    —         14       47,046       —         (310     (9,546     37,204  

Net Income

              990       990  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    194,732       17       58,851       (16,022     (609     (25,100     17,137  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net Income

   $ 1,526     $ 990  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization - property, plant and equipment

     514       2,036  

Amortization of intangible assets

     283       241  

Gain on sale of assets

     (117     (110

Bad debt

     510       3,008  

Stock based compensation

     4,281       5,085  

Interest on shares repurchased

     14       —    

Deferred taxes

     431       326  

Deferred rent

     3,527       530  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts Receivable

     (5,414     1,506  

Contract Assets

     (1,680     3,028  

Prepaid expenses

     (796     623  

Deposits and other assets

     (145     (28

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     4,506       (520

Contract Liabilities

     778       (5,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     8,218       10,770  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,366     (924

Proceeds from sale of assets and disposal of leases

     118       110  

Amounts advanced under loans to shareholders

     (1,303     (1,207

Payments received under loans to shareholders

     821       228  

Amounts advanced under notes receivable

     (5,277     (420

Payments received under notes receivable

     4,545       19  

Purchases of intangible assets

     —         (416

Collections under stock subscription notes receivable

     191       196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,271     (2,414
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Net repayments under revolving line of credit

     (2,617     (4,867

Repayments under fixed line of credit

     (195     (485

Borrowings under fixed line of credit

     —         1,985  

Repayment under notes payable

     (776     (1,800

Payments on capital leases

     —         (1,088

Payment of contingent consideration from acquisitions

     (128     (106

Payment of offering costs

     —         (920

Payments for purchase and retirement of common stock

     (24     (1,261

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     130       63  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (3,610     (8,479
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     337       (123
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     172       509  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 509     $ 386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 634     $ 609  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 362     $ 543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Property and equipment acquired under capital lease

   ($ 722   ($ 11,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Issuance) Settlement of Redeemable Common Stock

   ($ 13,069   $ 36,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock for a note receivable

   ($ 7   ($ 533
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock redemption for payment of shareholder loans

   $ 824     $ 1,457  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock redemption for payment on note receivable

   $ 0     $ 6,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of notes payable for purchase of intangible asset

   $ 0     ($ 165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of notes payable for redemption of stock

   ($ 1,267   ($ 900
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

1. Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

Nature of Business

Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. and its affiliates (“Bowman” or “we” or the “Company”) incorporated in the Commonwealth of Virginia on June 5, 1995 and reincorporated in the State of Delaware on November 13, 2020. Bowman is a professional services firm delivering innovative solutions to the marketplace of customers who own, develop and maintain the built environment. Within that arena, we provide planning, design, engineering, geomatics, survey, construction management, environmental consulting and land procurement services to markets that encompass the buildings people live, work and learn in, the systems that provide water, electricity and other vital services, and the roads, bridges, and transportation systems used to get from place to place. We provide services to customers through fixed-price and time-and-material based contracts containing multiple milestones and independently priced deliverables. Typically, contract awards are on a negotiated basis, ranging in value from a few thousand dollars to multiple million dollars and can have varying durations depending on the size, scope, and complexity of the project.

The Company’s workforce typically provides the full scope of engineering and other contract services. With respect to certain specialty services within a particular contract, however, we may engage the assistance of third-party sub-consultants. The Company’s headquarters are located in Reston, VA and the Company has 32 offices, throughout the United States.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries Bowman Environmental LC (BELC), Bowman International, Inc. (BII), Bowman Consulting Mexico, LLC (BCM), Bowman North Carolina Ltd. (BNCL). In addition, the financials include Bowman Consulting NC PC (NCPC), Omland Engineering, Land Survey and Landscape Architecture Associates, P.C. (BNY), and Bowman Consulting Group DC PC (DCPC), entities combined with the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 based on common control. The Company eliminates all significant intercompany balances and transactions in its combined financial statements. Founded in Sonora, Mexico in 2017, BCM provides services to the Company exclusively. BELC, BII and BCM had minimal or no activity during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. DCPC was incorporated in the District of Columbia in August 2014 and is owned by Gary Bowman (our founder, Chairman and CEO). NCPC was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Virginia in September 2019 and is owned for licensing purposes by Gary Bowman, Mike Bruen (our Chief Operating Officer) and another Company shareholder. BNY was incorporated in New Jersey in October 2002 and was subsequently acquired for licensing purposes by Gary Bowman in October 2014. DCPC, NCPC and BNY provide services like those of the Company focused on projects located in the District of Columbia, North Carolina and New York, respectively.

Each state establishes licensing and organizational requirements for our services. Certain states allow only one individual and individually owned professional services corporations to hold licenses. In those states there sometimes exist grandfathering exemptions that allow corporations to hold licenses. In the event a state does not allow a corporation to hold a license, we have in the past formed professional services corporations owned by Mr. Bowman and other employees to facilitate our ability to work in such states, with two such states being North Carolina and New York. In connection with our initial public offering, we purchased a qualified North Carolina corporation (see Consolidating Transactions). To the extent we cannot adequately satisfy a state’s licensing requirements, we do not operate in that state.

On December 22, 2020, the Company acquired HE Wilson Liquidations, Inc., a company incorporated on March 28, 1956 in North Carolina. Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company renamed HE Wilson Liquidations, Inc. as Bowman North Carolina Ltd. (BNCL).

On December 31, 2020, the Company acquired directly the assets of DCPC and NCPC.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies and principles used in the preparation of the combined financial statements:

Emerging Growth Company

Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or, an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Adoption of new accounting standard

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC Topic 606”). ASU 2014-09 provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition framework and supersedes almost all existing revenue recognition guidance including industry-specific revenue guidance. Included in the new principle-based revenue recognition model are changes to the basis for determining the timing of revenue recognition. In addition, the standard expands and improves revenue disclosures. The Company adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2019, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year, using the modified retrospective approach. As part of the adoption of this standard, the Company was required to apply the standard to new contracts and those not completed as of the date of adoption.

Revenue Recognition

As discussed in Note 1, the Company provides a variety of engineering and related professional services to customers located throughout the United States. The Company enters into agreements with clients that create enforceable rights and obligations and for which it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled as services transfer to the customer. It is customary practice for the Company to have written agreements with its customers and revenue on oral or implied arrangements is generally not recognized. The Company recognizes revenue based on the consideration specified in the applicable agreement. Excluded from the transaction price are amounts collected on behalf of third parties for sales and similar taxes.

Long-term contracts typically contain billing terms that provide for invoicing once a month and payment on a net 30-day basis. Exceptions to monthly billing terms are to ensure that the Company performs satisfactorily rather than representing a significant financing component. For example, fixed price contracts may provide for milestone billings based upon the attainment of specific project objectives to ensure the Company meets its contractual requirements rather than having billing monthly. Additionally, contracts may include retentions or holdbacks paid at the end of a project to ensure that Company meets the contract requirements. The Company does not assess whether a contract contains a significant financing component if the Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of promised services to the customer will be less than one year.

As a professional services engineering firm, the Company generally recognizes revenue over time as control transfers to a customer based upon the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation.

For services delivered under fixed price contracts, the Company uses the ratio of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs since costs incurred (an input method) represent a reasonable measure of progress towards the satisfaction of a performance in order to estimate the portion of revenue earned. This method faithfully depicts the transfer of value to the customer when the Company is satisfying a performance obligation that entails a number of interrelated tasks or activities for a combined output that requires the Company to coordinate the work of employees and sub-consultants. Contract costs typically include direct labor, subcontract and consultant costs, materials and indirect costs related to contract performance. Changes in estimated costs to complete these obligations result in adjustments to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis, which causes the effect of revised estimates to be recognized in the current period. Changes in estimates can routinely occur over the contract term for a variety of reasons including, changes in scope, unanticipated costs, delays or favorable or unfavorable progress than original expectations. In situations where the estimated costs to perform exceeds the consideration to be received, the Company accrues the entire estimated loss during the period the loss becomes known.

When a performance obligation is billed using a time-and-material type contract, the Company measures its progress to complete based upon the hours incurred for the period times contractually agreed upon billing rates plus any materials delivered or consumed in the project. When applicable, the Company will recognize revenue under these contracts as invoiced under the practical expedient.

In certain situations, it is possible that two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single contract, or a single contract should be accounted for as multiple performance obligations. This requires significant judgment and could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognition. Such determinations are made using management’s best estimate and knowledge of contracts and related performance obligations.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Company’s contracts may contain variable consideration in the form of unpriced or pending change orders or claims that either increase or decrease the contract price. Variable consideration is generally estimated using the expected value method but may from time to time be estimated using the most likely amount method depending on the circumstance. Estimated amounts are included in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur or when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Estimates of variable consideration are based upon historical experience and known trends.

The Company recognizes claims against vendors, sub-consultants, and others as a reduction in costs when the contract establishes enforceability, and the amounts of recovery are reasonably estimable and probable. Reduction in costs are recognized at the lesser of the amount management expects to recover or costs incurred.

Contract related assets and liabilities are classified as current assets and current liabilities. Significant balance sheet accounts related to the revenue cycle are as follows:

Accounts receivables, net:

Accounts receivable, net (contract receivables) includes amounts billed under the contract terms. The amounts are stated at their net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated number of receivables that will not be collected. The Company considers several factors in its estimate of the allowance, including knowledge of a client’s financial condition, its historical collection experience, and other factors relevant to assessing the collectability of such receivables.

Contract Assets:

Contract Assets are recorded when progress to completion revenue earned on contracts exceeds amounts actually billed under the contract. It may also include contract retainages that can be billed once contract stipulations are satisfied.

Contract Liabilities:

Contract Liabilities are recorded when amounts actually billed under a contract exceeds the progress to completion revenue earned under the contract.

Contract Cost Assets

Contract acquisition costs are comprised of costs to obtain and fulfill contracts. These costs, such as pre-contract costs, mobilization costs, and performance bonds, are capitalized if they are (i) incremental to the contract, (ii) expected to be recovered, (iii) not representative of satisfaction of the performance obligation. Capitalized costs are typically amortized over the life of the contract. The Company has elected the practical expedient to expense as incurred these costs, to the extent incurred, if the amortization period is one year or less. Due to the practical expedient, no costs were required to be capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could vary from the estimates and assumptions that were used.

Cash and Cash Equivalent

The Company considers cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash consists primarily of cash in accounts held at a financial institution. Certain of these accounts are designated as zero balance accounts wherein the balance is swept out nightly to reduce the Company’s line of credit balance, if any.

Under the terms of the Company’s Credit Agreement, the Company’s primary lender may make advances to prevent or cover an overdraft on any of the Company’s accounts. The lender may make such advances even if the advances cause the outstanding balance to exceed the credit limit under the Credit Agreement. On the accompanying combined balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company has included $1.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of payments in excess of cash on hand in accounts payable and accrued expenses. The total amount of such checks did not exceed the availability under the Company’s line of credit as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk and other Concentrations

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and accounts receivable.

Cash balances at various times during the year may exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company’s cash deposits are held in institutions whose credit ratings are monitored by management, and the Company has not incurred any losses related to such deposits.

The Company is subject to a concentration of credit risk with respect to outstanding accounts receivable, however the Company believes no such concentration existed during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. The Company’s customers are located throughout the United States. Although the Company generally grants credit without collateral, management believes that its contract acceptance, billing, and collection policies are adequate to minimize material credit risk. Also, for non-governmental customers, the Company can often place mechanics liens against the real property associated with the contract in the event of non-payment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records accounts receivable net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance is determined based upon management’s review of the estimated collectability of the specific accounts receivable, plus a general provision based upon the historical loss experience and existing economic conditions. The Company charges off uncollectible amounts against the allowance for doubtful accounts once management determines the amount, or a portion thereof, to be worthless. As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the balance in the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts that accounts for the change in balance consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Balance as of beginning of the year

   $ 883      $ 939  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     129        799  

Write-offs of uncollectable accounts

     (73      (190
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of the end of the year

   $ 939      $ 1,548  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Improvements and replacements of property and equipment are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of property and equipment are charged to expense as incurred. Upon the sale or retirement of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is reported in the combined statements of operations. Depreciation is provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows for the major classes of assets:

 

Computer equipment    3 to 5 years
Survey equipment    2 to 5 years
Vehicles    5 years
Furniture and fixtures    7 years
Software    3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements    the lesser of useful life or term of lease

 

F-11


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company recognized a $0.1 million and a $0.1 million gain from the disposal of certain pieces of property and equipment in connection with sale-leaseback transactions, respectively. This amount is recorded within gain on sale on the accompanying combined financial statements.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires recognition separately from goodwill, the assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. While best estimates and assumptions are used to calculate the fair value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, when applicable, the estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, adjustments that are based on new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date are recorded to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recognized in the combined income statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based upon their respective fair values with any excess purchase price over such fair values being recorded as goodwill. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over such lives and reviewed for impairment if indicators are present.

The Company performs its annual impairment test as of October 1 of each year. As its business is highly integrated and its components have similar economic characteristics, the Company has concluded it has one reporting unit at the combined entity level. The Company performs a Step 1 impairment analysis by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to carrying amount. Management engaged a third-party valuation firm to assist with the determination of fair value for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. The fair value of the reporting unit derives from multiple weighted valuation techniques. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we conduct a Step 2 impairment analysis to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for the difference of the reporting unit’s implied fair value of goodwill and its carrying amount.

The Company performed an impairment analysis for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit was in excess of its carrying amount, and as such, no impairment was required.

Definite-lived intangibles include customer relationships, contract rights, and non-compete agreements that were acquired through assets acquisition or business combination. These definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life ranging from two to five years using a straight-line method.

The Company is required to review long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. We report assets to be disposed of at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell. There were no event or changes in circumstances, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, that indicated impairment of any long-lived assets.

Deferred Offering Costs

Upon closing of the planned initial public offering (“IPO”), deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees directly related to the IPO will net against the gross proceeds. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $0.9 million of deferred offering costs that are included in other assets on the accompanying combined balance sheet.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Deferred Rent

The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of each operating lease commencing on the date the Company takes possession of the leased premises. In addition, the Company records allowances such as free rent or improvement allowances as deferred rent in the combined balance sheets and amortizes the amount on a straight-line basis over the term of the related operating lease.

Long-term incentive compensation plan

The Company maintains a variable compensation plan and discretionary bonus program for employees and provides individualized long-term incentive plans to certain managers and executives. The variable compensation plan and discretionary bonus program includes cash awards and the long-term incentive plans include issuance of restricted stock grants. The Company periodically grants restricted stock awards to reward performance and incentivize retention.

Stock-based Compensation

Shares originating from the granting of restricted stock bonus awards, stock options and the sale of stock to employees at prices below fair value are subject to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC Topic 718”) from the date of issuance until retirement. Prior to December 22, 2020, provisions existed in the various agreements governing the ASC Topic 718 shares requiring the Company to repurchase the shares based on circumstances outside its control. As such, the Company classified shares of its common stock outstanding prior to December 22, 2020, subject to ASC Topic 718, as a liability to common shares subject to repurchase. The Company recognized changes in the fair value of the liability as non-cash compensation expense.

On December 22, 2020 and December 31, 2020, the Company modified its stock-based compensation agreements resulting in a change in classification of the majority of these awards from liability to equity. The modification resulted in a final fair value liability measurement and non-cash compensation expense relating to certain of the shares subject to repurchase and the effective exchange of those shares for permanent equity. Certain stock-based awards for which there were no modifications to the terms of repurchase continue remain classified as liabilities with periodic changes in the fair value measurement recognized as non-cash compensation expense.

For ASC Topic 718 stock-based awards classified as permanent equity, the Company generally recognizes non-cash compensation expense on a ratable basis over the applicable service period based on the award date fair value. The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the grant date fair value of stock options. The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur.

Non-recourse Notes Treated as Substantive Options

Certain stock subscription notes receivable of the Company are non-recourse. As such, these notes are substantive options under ASC Topic 718 subject to the Black-Scholes-Merton method of computing compensation cost. The option strike price is calculated as the purchase price of the shares plus the estimated interest per share expected to be collected during the term of the note. Because at any time the notes may be pre-paid, the Company recognizes the total calculated compensation cost at the time of issuance. Pursuant to the terms of the notes, the Company collects payments through payroll deductions. The Company considers the payments to be periodic exercises of the options. The Company account for stock purchases through exercise in accordance with ASC Topic 718. No note receivable exists for these non-recourse notes.

Redeemable Common Shares

Prior to December 22, 2020, the Company classified shares issued subject to Accounting Standards Codification 480 – Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC Topic 480”) as redeemable common stock. Prior to December 22, 2020, provisions existed in the various agreements governing these shares requiring the Company to repurchase the shares based on circumstances outside its control. As such, the Company classified shares of its common stock outstanding prior to December 22, 2020 as redeemable common stock. The Company assessed the fair value of its redeemable common stock at each reporting period. The Company recorded changes in the fair value of the redeemable common as adjustments to retained earnings or accumulated deficit.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2020, the Company modified its agreements resulting in a change in classification from redeemable common stock to permanent equity. The modification resulted in a final fair value measurement of the shares subject to redemption and the effective exchange of those shares for permanent equity.

Fair Value Measurements

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”) provides the framework for measuring and reporting financial assets and liabilities at fair value. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

The codification establishes a three-level disclosure hierarchy to indicate the level of judgment used to estimate fair value measurements:

 

Level 1:   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date;
Level 2:   Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs other than quoted prices (such as interest rate and yield curves);
Level 3:   Uses inputs that are unobservable, supported by little or no market activity and reflect significant management judgment.

As of December 31, 2019, and 2020:

 

   

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to the relatively short duration of these instruments

 

   

The carrying amounts of debt obligations approximate their fair values as the terms are comparable to terms currently offered by local financial institutions for arrangements with similar terms to industry peers with comparable credit characteristics. Accordingly, the debt obligations involve Level 2 fair value inputs.

 

   

The liability related to shares subject to repurchase is recognized at fair value using Level 3 inputs that were primarily determined based on the contractual settlement price as defined by the terms of the Company’s Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement. See Note 18 for further discussion.

Advertising Expense

The Company expenses the cost of advertising as incurred. Advertising expense was $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Income Taxes

On January 1, 2018, the Company changed it election from an S-corporation to a C-corporation. Prior to January 1, 2018, the shareholders of the Company were responsible for their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company qualified as a cash basis taxpayer based on our shares being 95% employee owned. As such, we calculate our current tax expense on a cash basis and accrue future tax expenses resulting from associated timing differences as deferred tax liabilities.

The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets or liabilities for expected future tax consequences of events recognized in the combined financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income tax assets or liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply when the differences settle or become realized. Valuation allowances are provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset is not realizable or recoverable in the future.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company assesses uncertain tax positions to determine whether the position will more likely than not be sustained upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or other taxing authorities. If the Company cannot reach a more-likely-than-not determination, no benefit is recorded. If the Company determines that the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained, the Company records the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized when the tax position is settled. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

Segments

The Company operates in one segment based upon the financial information used by its chief operating decision maker in evaluating the financial performance of its business and allocating resources. The single segment represents the Company’s core business of providing engineering and related professional services to its customers.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

Accounting guidance not yet adopted

Leases. In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”) to increase transparency and comparability of accounting for lease transactions by requiring lessees to recognize the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about lease transactions and enable users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The effective date of ASU 2016-02 for the Company is January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU may have on its combined financial statements and related disclosures.

Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under U.S. GAAP. This ASU introduces a new accounting model, the Current Expected Credit Losses model (CECL), which could result in earlier recognition of credit losses and additional disclosures related to credit risk. The CECL model will require the Company to use a forward-looking expected credit loss impairment methodology for the recognition of credit losses for financial instruments at the time the financial asset is originated or acquired, and require a loss be incurred before it is recognized. The expected credit losses are adjusted each period for changes in expected lifetime credit losses. The new standard will apply to accounts receivable, loans, and other financial instruments. This standard is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023. Adoption of ASU 2016-13 will be applied using a modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on our combined financial statements.

Goodwill. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which required a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, limited to the carrying amount of the goodwill. ASU 2017-04 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2022. The Company does not expect the impact of this ASU to be material to its combined financial statements.

3. Earnings per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to the Company available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were either exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that would share in the earnings of the Company. The Company uses the two-class method to determine earnings per share.

On August 31, 2019, the Company redeemed 1,300 shares of redeemable common shares pursuant to a put right by which the redemption price exceeded fair value. The Company reduced undistributed earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019 by $8,148 to reflect this payment.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

For calculating basic earnings per share, for the years ended December 31, 2019, the weighted average number of shares outstanding exclude 4,668 non-vested restricted shares and 304 unexercised substantive options. The computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2019 did not assume the effect of restricted shares because the effects were antidilutive.

For calculating basic earnings per share, for the years ended December 31, 2020, the weighted average number of shares outstanding exclude 9,100 non-vested restricted shares and 1,810 substantive options. The computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 did not assume the effect of restricted shares because the effects were antidilutive.

The following table represents a reconciliation of the net income and weighted average shares outstanding for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ending December 31, 2019, and 2020:

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Numerator

     

Net income

     1,526        990  

Deemed dividend

     8        —    

Earnings allocated to non-vested shares

     38        55  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1,480      $ 935  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     195,599        183,029  

Effect of dilutive nominal options

     163        175  

Effect of dilutive contingently earned shares

     1,046        261  

Dilutive average shares outstanding

     196,808        183,465  

Basic earnings per share

   $ 7.57      $ 5.11  

Dilutive earnings per share

   $ 7.52      $ 5.10  

4. Acquisitions

Asset Acquisitions

Atherton Engineering, Inc.

On June 30, 2018, BCG acquired certain specified assets of Atherton Engineering, Inc. (Atherton), all of which were deemed to be intangible assets. The total purchase price was $0.4 million, which was comprised of 1,300 shares of common stock at $211.00 per share for a total of $0.2 million and contingent consideration of $0.2 million. Contingent consideration is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying combined balance sheet at December 31, 2019. All contingent consideration associated with the acquisition was settled for cash as of December 31, 2020. The shares of common stock issued contain put option rights at $250.00 per share that vest 12 months post closing. These option rights were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2019. Pursuant to the option agreement, the Company entered into a 30-month promissory note with the holder of the options for $0.3 million. The Company recorded $14,399 of interest at the outset of the note based on a basis of $238.92 per share for the redeemed shares after fair value adjustments. The Company did not incur any significant transaction costs for the Atherton asset acquisition.

The Company did not acquire an input or substantive processes from Atherton that together significantly contribute the ability to create output. As such, the transaction was deemed an asset purchase, with the intangible assets recorded at their fair market value on the acquisition date. The Company identified intangible assets comprised of customer relationships of $0.1 million to be amortized over an estimated useful life of 5 years, contract rights of $0.2 million to be amortized over an estimated useful life of 2 years, and a non-compete agreement worth $0.1 million to be amortized over an estimated useful life of 3 years.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Westland Resources, Inc.

On September 30, 2018, the Company acquired certain specified assets of Westland Resources, Inc. (Westland), all of which were deemed to be intangible assets. The total purchase price was $0.7 million, which was comprised of cash of $0.1 million, 1,706 shares of common stock at $162.10 per share for a total of $0.3 million, and $0.3 million in contingent consideration based on revenue generated from acquired contracts. The Company expects to pay 100% of the contingent consideration which is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying combined balance sheet at December 31, 2019 and 2020. The Company did not incur any significant transaction costs for the Westland asset acquisition.

The Company did not acquire an input or substantive processes from Westland that together significantly contribute the ability to create output. As such, the transaction was deemed an asset purchase, with the intangible assets recorded at their fair market value on the acquisition date. The Company identified intangible assets comprised of contract rights of $0.3 million to be amortized over an estimated useful life of 5 years, and customer relationships of $0.4 million to be amortized over an estimated useful life of 5 years.

Business Combinations

Bowman North Carolina Ltd. (“BNCL”)

On December 22, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of HE Wilson Liquidation Inc., a dormant North Carolina corporation. Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company renamed HE Wilson Liquidation, Inc. as Bowman North Carolina Ltd. BNCL’s activities from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2020 consolidate with the operations of the Company. The Company acquired BNCL for a total purchase price of $0.3 million. BNCL had no assets, no liabilities and no operations. The allocation of the purchase price was recorded entirely to indefinite-lived intangible assets. The benefit to the Company of the acquisition was BNCL’s ability to conduct engineering and surveying operations in North Carolina, based on its original date of incorporation, without being a professional services corporation with individual ownership. There were no transaction costs other than general legal expenses included in the selling, general and administrative costs in Company’s Combined Income Statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company contributed acquired contracts and operations of NCPC to BNCL post-closing. See Business Combinations – entities under common control below.

Business Combinations – Entities under Common Control

Bowman Consulting DC PC (“DCPC”).

Since its founding in 2014, Bowman Consulting DC PC has operated as a stand-alone engineering enterprise in the District of Columbia, owned 100% by Gary Bowman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. DCPC’s results were included in our combined financial statements based on common control. On December 31, 2020, the Company acquired all the assets and operations, and assumed certain liabilities of Bowman Consulting DC PC and thereafter Bowman Consulting DC PC ceased operations.

In connection with the purchase, we issued 2,000 shares of common stock to Mr. Bowman recorded at the carrying amount of the net assets of DCPC or $0.7 million. Because DCPC was an entity under common control combined with the Company’s financial results, there was no impact on the Company’s combined assets, liabilities or equity from the accounting for the acquisition or the issuance of the stock to Mr. Bowman.

Bowman Consulting NC PC (“NCPC”).

Since its founding in 2019, Bowman Consulting NC PC has operated as a stand-alone engineering enterprise in the North Carolina, owned 90% by Gary Bowman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 5% by Mike Bruen, our Chief Operating Officer, and 5% by another shareholder of the Company. NCPC’s results were included in our combined financial statements based on common control. On December 31, 2020, the Company acquired all the assets and operations, and assumed certain liabilities of Bowman Consulting NC PC and thereafter Bowman Consulting NC PC ceased operations.

In connection with the purchase, the Company issued 157 shares of common stock to the sellers, recorded at the carrying amount of the net assets of NCPC or $4,400. Because NCPC was an entity under common control combined with the Company’s financial results, there was no impact on the Company’s combined assets, liabilities or equity from the accounting for the acquisition or the issuance of the stock to the sellers. After closing, the Company contributed the assets and operations acquired from Bowman Consulting NC PC into Bowman North Carolina Ltd. (See Business Combinations above).

 

F-17


Table of Contents

5. Disaggregation of Revenue and Contract Balances

Contracts are considered lump sum and evaluated for cost-basis percentage completion revenue calculation if any of the components of the contract are subject to fixed fee or unit pricing. As such, a lump sum contract may contain a mix of hourly and fixed fee components. A contract must contain hourly billed components exclusively to qualify for the as-billed practical expedient in ASC Topic 606. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company derived 95.3% of its revenue from contracts classified as lump sum, and 4.7% of its revenue from exclusively time and material contracts. The Company had approximately $81.3 million in remaining performance obligations as of December 31, 2020 of which it expects to recognize approximately 67% within the next twelve months and the remaining 33% thereafter.

The Company recognized $32.7 million of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was included in the contract liabilities balance as of December 31, 2018 and $32.8 million of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was included in the contract liabilities balance as of December 31, 2019.

6. Contracts in Progress

The following table reflects the calculation of the net balance of contract assets and contract liabilities. Costs and estimated earnings on contracts in progress consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts

   $ 112,417      $ 113,856  

Estimated contract earnings in excess of costs

     160,242        151,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated contract earnings to date

     272,659        265,279  

Less: billed to date

     (270,439      (260,142
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net contract assets

   $ 2,220      $ 5,137  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Notes Receivable

The Company has unsecured notes receivable from related parties including certain officers of the Company and from an unrelated third party. This balance is included as a part of other assets on the accompanying combined balance sheets. The following is a summary of these notes receivable (in thousands):

 

F-18


Table of Contents
     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Officers, employees and affiliated entities - Interest accrues annually at rates ranging from 3.5% - 15.0%. The notes receivable mature through December 2021.

   $ 8,995      $ 2,479  

Unrelated third party - Interest accrues annually at an interest rate of 18.0%. The note receivable matures in December 2023.

     904        903  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,899        3,382  

Less: current portion

     

Officers, employees and affiliates

     (525      (1,182

Unrelated third party

     (904      (—  

Noncurrent portion

   $ 8,470      $ 2,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance at any time prior to the date of maturity. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, interest accrued on three of the notes receivable at the stipulated rates of 3.50% and 4.00%.

8. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment for fixed assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Computer equipment

     1,427        1,276  

Survey equipment

     4,444        4,444  

Vehicles

     473        463  

Furniture and fixtures

     1,628        1,638  

Leasehold improvements

     4,635        5,887  

Software

     283        283  

Fixed asset inventory

     488        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13,378        14,137  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (9,330      (9,912
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, net

     4,048        4,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for fixed assets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $513 and $746, respectively.

On September 30, 2020, the Company converted substantially all of its operating leases for equipment and automobiles to capital leases.

Property and equipment for capital leased assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

F-19


Table of Contents
     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Equipment

   $ 722      $ 8,590  

Vehicles

     —          3,825  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     722        12,415  

Less: accumulated amortization on leased assets

     —          (1,283
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital Leased Assets, net

   $ 722      $ 11,132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense for capital leased assets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0 and $1.3 million, respectively.

9. Goodwill

The following is a summary of goodwill resulting from business acquisitions held by the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Goodwill

   $ 9,179      $ 9,179  

10. Intangible Assets

Total intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2020  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Balance
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Balance
 

Customer relationships

   $ 809      $ (225   $ 584      $ 809      $ (382   $ 427  

Contract rights

     150        (112     38        150        (150     —    

Non-complete agreement

     137        (68     69        137        (114     23  

Domain name

     —          —         —          281        —         281  

Licensing rights

     —          —         —          400        —         400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,096      $ (405   $ 691      $ 1,777      $ (646   $ 1,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The domain name and licensing rights acquired during the year ended December 31, 2020 for a total of $0.7 million have indefinite useful lives.

The following table summarizes the weighted average useful lives of intangible assets by asset class used for straight-line expense purposes:

 

F-20


Table of Contents
     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Customer relationships

     4.98        4.98  

Contract rights

     2.0        2.0  

Non-compete agreement

     3.0        3.0  

Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Actual and future amortization is as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 181  

2022

     158  

2023

     111  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 450  
  

 

 

 

11. Lines of Credit

In 2017, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with Bank of America (the Bank) which included a revolving line of credit (the Revolving Line) and a non-revolving line of credit (the Fixed Line #1). The Revolving Line allowed for repayments and re-borrowings. The maximum advance was equal to the lesser of $12.4 million (the Credit Limit) or the Borrowing Base as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Borrowing Base is computed based upon a percentage of eligible receivables within each aging category under 120 days and is further refined for customer type. Receivables in excess of 120 days and those from related parties or affiliates are not considered to be eligible receivables for the Borrowing Base.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Credit Limit increased to $15.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2019, a second non-revolving line of credit was established (Fixed Line #2). During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company entered into an additional credit agreement with Bank of America (Facility #4). Both of these credit agreements contain certain cash flow related financial covenants including fixed charge coverage ratio, debt to EBITDA and adjusted debt to EBITDA, all of which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2019, and 2020.

The Revolving Line requires monthly payments of interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) daily floating rate plus an applicable rate which varies between 2.35% and 2.95% based on the Company achieving certain leverage ratios as defined in the Credit Agreement. On December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 3.79% and 3.60%, respectively. All outstanding principal is due upon expiration, which is July 31, 2021 unless the agreement is renewed, or an event of default occurs. The Revolving Line is reported as line of credit on the combined balance sheets.

Fixed Line #1 has a maximum advance of $1.0 million and does not allow for re-borrowings and is included in Notes Payable (see Note 14). Beginning October 1, 2017, the Company began paying interest on a monthly basis at a rate per year equal to LIBOR plus 2.75%. On December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 4.51% and 2.91%, respectively. Commencing the earlier of i) the date no remaining amount is available under the Fixed Line or, ii) August 31, 2018, the Company is obligated to pay the then outstanding principal balance in sixty equal monthly installments through maturity in August 2023. On December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on Fixed Line #1 was $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Fixed Line #2 has a maximum advance of $1.0 million and does not allow for re-borrowings and is included in Notes Payable (see Note 14). As of the year ended December 31, 2019 the company had not yet drawn on this line. Beginning April 1, 2020, the Company began paying interest monthly at a rate per year equal to LIBOR plus 2.00%. On December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 2.15%. Commencing the earlier of i) the date no remaining amount is available under the Fixed Line or, ii) August 31, 2020, the Company is obligated to pay the then outstanding principal balance in sixty equal monthly installments through maturity in September 2025. On December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on Fixed Line #2 was $0.8 million.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Facility #4 is a term loan with a principal loan amount of $1.0 million and is included in Notes Payable (see Note 14). The loan is to be repaid over thirty-six months beginning April 13, 2020 through maturity on March 13, 2023. The payments consist of principal and interest in equal combined installments of $29,294. The interest rate on this loan is 3.49%. On December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on Facility #4 was $0.9 million.

The Company secures its obligations under the Credit Agreement with substantially all assets of the Company. DCPC, NCPC and BNY pledge their accounts receivable to the Bank as collateral for the Credit Agreement. Fixed Line #1 is guaranteed by Gary Bowman, the Company’s controlling shareholder (“Guarantor”). Obligations of the Company to the Guarantor and certain other shareholders of the Company are subordinated to the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and Fixed Line loans. The Company must maintain, on a combined basis certain financial covenants defined in the Credit Agreement.

Interest expense on the Revolving and Fixed Lines totaled $0.4 million and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

12. Notes Payable

Notes payable consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Related parties:

     

BCG Chantilly, LLC - Interest accrues annually at 12.00%; payable in varying semi-annual installments of principal and interest through maturity in October 2021. This note was paid in full September 30, 2020.

     225        —    

Shareholders - Interest accrues annually at rates ranging from 0.00% - 6.25%. The notes payable mature on various dates through October 2025.

     2,085        2,202  

Unrelated third parties:

     

Settlement notes payable - see below

     625        —    

Fixed line notes payable - see note 11

     725        2,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,660        4,421  

Less: current portion

     1,744        1,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion

   $ 1,916      $ 2,829  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A note payable was issued in 2019 for $1.3 million in conjunction with the legal settlement of a non-core dispute involving the Company and a previous office lease landlord. Payments are payable in quarterly installments of $0.2 million per quarter through September 2020.

A note payable was issued in 2018 in conjunction with a non-core legal settlement on which interest accrued annually at 3.55%; principal and interest amounts were payable in quarterly installments of principal and interest through maturity in October 2019.

The Company’s controlling shareholder guarantees certain of the notes payable, and certain of the notes payable are subordinate to the terms of the Credit Agreement disclosed in Note 11.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Interest expense attributable to the notes payable totaled $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Actual and estimated future principal payments on notes payable are as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 1,592  

2022

     1,263  

2023

     886  

2024

     464  

2025

     216  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,421  
  

 

 

 

13. Stock Subscription Notes Receivable

Periodically, the Company offers certain key employees the opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Typically, the subscribed shares are financed by the Company and such shares will be issued in the name of the subscriber with the Company retaining possession of, as well as a security interest in, all share certificates until such time as each promissory note is repaid by the subscriber. Promissory note payments include principal plus interest ranging from 3.25% to 4.75% or the Wall Street Journal prime rate. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company issued $6,683 and $0.5 million, respectively, of stock subscription notes receivable and received $0.2 million and $0.2 million of principal payments from the subscriber, respectively.

On December 31, 2019 and 2020, eighteen and seventeen shareholders owed the Company a combined total of $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, in outstanding principal. These balances are reported as a reduction to redeemable common stock on December 31, 2019 and as a reduction to shareholders’ equity on December 31, 2020.

14. Related Party Transactions

The Company leases commercial office space from BCG Chantilly, LLC (BCC), an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen and Mr. Hickey collectively own a 63.6% interest. On December 31, 2019, notes payable included $0.2 million owed to BCC unrelated to the lease. The Company repaid the note in full with accrued interest on September 30, 2020.

Bowman Lansdowne Development, LLC (BLD) is an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen, Mr. Hickey have an ownership interest. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company’s notes receivable included $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, from BLD.

Lansdowne Development Group, LLC (LDG) is an entity in which BLD has a minority ownership interest. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, our accounts receivable included $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, due from LDG. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, notes receivable included $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively from LDG.

Bowman Realty Investments 2010, LLC (BR10) is an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen, Mr. Hickey have an ownership interest. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company’s notes receivable included $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, from BR10.

Alwington Farm Developers, LLC (AFD) is an entity in which BR10 has a minority ownership interest. On December 31, 2019, the Company’s accounts receivable included $0.4 million due from AFD. On December 31, 2020 there was no balance in accounts receivable due from AFD. On December 31, 2019, and 2020, notes receivable included $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, from AFD.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company provided administrative and accounting services to certain of the related party entities at no cost.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The Company employed Gregory Bowman, the son of Mr. Bowman, as a full-time employee. The Company paid Gregory Bowman $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Bowman Realty Investments 2013 LLC (BR13) is an entity in which Mr. Bowman, Mr. Bruen, and Mr. Hickey have an ownership interest.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, an employee of the Company served as project manager for a real estate development project in which BLD, BR13, and during a portion of 2020 an entity owned and controlled by Mr. Bowman and his family have an ownership interest. The cost of the services provided for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020 were $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. After the effectiveness of this offering, the Company will no longer provide these services at no cost to the project.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $0.8 million of unsecured advance to Mr. Bowman included in other assets. Mr. Bowman repaid the advance in full with accrued interest on September 29, 2020 through the redemption of our stock.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had notes receivable from Mr. Bowman and Mr. Labovitz in the amounts of $5.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Both Mr. Bowman and Mr. Labovitz repaid their notes in full with accrued interest on September 29, 2020 through the redemption of our stock.

On December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company was due $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, from shareholders under the terms of stock subscription notes receivable.

On December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company owed $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, to a retired shareholder and former director in connection with a 2015 acquisition.

As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company owed certain of our current and former shareholders $2.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The notes result from repurchases of stock from shareholders upon termination of employment.

15. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Current expense:

     

Federal

   $ 280      $ 1  

State

     326        662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     606        663  

Deferred expense (benefit):

     

Federal

     468        404  

State

     (36      (78
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     432        326  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,038      $ 989  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the applicable tax rates. Components of the Company’s deferred tax asset and liability are as follows (in thousands):

 

F-24


Table of Contents
     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Deferred tax assets:

     

Research and development credit carryover

   $ 275      $ 1,557  

Deferred rent expense

     1,002        1,073  

Intangible asset amortization

     78        23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,355        2,653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Fixed asset depreciation

     (375      (2,866

Accrual to cash adjustments

     (6,249      (5,398

Goodwill amortization

     (777      (861
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (7,401      (9,125
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   ($ 6,046    ($ 6,472
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Based on the Company’s operating history and management’s expectation regarding future profitability, management believes the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realizable under ASC 740, Income Taxes. Accordingly, no valuation allowance exists as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 21% to pretax income due to the following adjustments (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Statutory Rate

   $ 528      $ 410  

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     76        69  

Effective rate differential for DCPC—S-corp

     81        (59

State income tax rate change

     83        77  

Permanent differences

     97        68  

Stock repurchase liability

     1,078        1,474  

Valuation Allowance

     —          27  

Change in tax status

     —          170  

Other

     53        42  

Research & development credit

     (958      (1,289
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income tax

   $ 1,038      $ 989  

The adjustment to the statutory rate from state income tax rates for the year ended December 31, 2019 are the result of changes in apportionment of revenue with a higher percentage of the Company’s revenue being derived from states with higher state rates such as Illinois. The adjustment to the statutory rate from state income tax rates for the year ended December 31, 2020 are the result of the DCPC acquisition and the impact it had on state rates.

The adjustment to the statutory rate from stock purchase liability changes for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020 are the result of permanent differences created by the recognition of non-cash stock compensation expenses in connection with the periodic measurements of the liability to common stock subject to repurchase.

The adjustment to the statutory rate from research and development credits for the year ended December 31, 2019, and 2020 are the result of application of research and development tax credits annually earned by the Company in connection with certain at-risk work performed on behalf of our customers. An unrecognized tax benefit of $83 and $151 for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, respectively is included in the adjustment for the research and development tax credits. The Company is carrying forward unused credits, the earliest of which is from the year ended December 31, 2018. This credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2038. As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the credit carryforward balance was $0.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and certain states in which it operates. The Company’s federal income tax returns for tax years 2017 and after remain subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The statute of limitations on the Company’s state income tax returns generally conforms to the federal three-year statute of limitations.

On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company has assessed the impact of the CARES Act and we do not expect there to be a material impact to our income tax expense.

16. Employee Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a tax-deferred savings plan (the “Retirement Plan”) in accordance with section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which became effective January 1, 1996. In general, all full-time employees who have attained age eighteen are eligible to participate in the Retirement Plan on the first day of the month following the date of hire. Under terms of the Retirement Plan, the Company makes matching contributions to eligible employee wage deferrals into the Retirement Plan. Matching contributions are subject to a vesting period. Additionally, the Company may, at its discretion, make additional contributions to the Retirement Plan.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, employer contributions totaled $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

17. Stock Options

In 2001, the Company established the Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. Stock Option Plan (the Stock Option Plan), which allows for issuance of Incentive Stock Options (ISO) and Non-Qualified Stock Options (NQSO).

The number of shares for which each option shall be granted, whether or not the option is an ISO or NQSO, the option price, the exercisability of the option, and all other terms and conditions of the option are determined by the Board at the time the option is granted. The options generally vest over a period between two and five years.

For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, 3,796 and 252 NQSOs were granted, respectively, including both nominal and substantive options. Options are valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model. The assumptions used to value the options granted include:

 

     December 31,
2019
    December 31,
2020
 

Expected volatility

     39.0     25.0

Expected dividend yield

     0.0     0.0

Expected option term (in years)

     2.5       5.0  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.6     2.5

The expected volatility of the options granted was estimated using the historical volatility of share prices of publicly traded companies within the same or similar industry as a substitute for the historical volatility of the Company’s common shares, which is not determinable without an active external or internal market. The expected dividends are based on the Company’s historical estimated issuance and management’s expectations for dividend issuance in the future. The expected term of options granted represents the expected period of time for which options granted remain outstanding. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

A summary of the status of stock options granted, including the substantive options discussed in Note 3, is as follows:

 

     Number
of
shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2019

     100        10.00  

Granted

     3,796        92.96  

Exercised

     (1,884      17.13  

Expired or cancelled

     (100      10.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     1,912      $ 167.67  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     252        216.49  

Exercised

     (358      174.73  

Expired or cancelled

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     1,806      $ 173.09  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following summarizes information about options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020:

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable  
     Exercise
Price
     Total
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Total
Exercisable
 

December 31, 2019

   $ 176.93        1,912        4.5      $ 167.67        1,912  

December 31, 2020

   $ 187.80        1,806        4.5      $ 173.09        1,806  

The intrinsic value of these options on December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 was $89.59 and $189.77, respectively.

The Company recorded $121,248 and $22,443 of compensation cost related to stock options associated with the issuance of non-recourse, stock subscription notes during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company received cash payments of $32,555 and $62,907 from the exercise of options under the Stock Option Plan in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Stock Option Plan were immaterial.

18. Stock Bonus Plan

Effective April 2003, the Company adopted the Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. Stock Bonus Plan (the Stock Bonus Plan), which allows for the awarding of shares of common stock to employees. The Stock Bonus Plan is administered by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Board has sole discretion to establish the terms, restrictions, size, and type of award to be granted and to whom it will grant. The Board also periodically defines or restricts the maximum number of shares it will award in each period.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Board granted 1,598 and 22,294 shares, respectively. The shares have a vesting period of up to four years during which there are certain restrictions as defined by the Stock Bonus Plan and Stock Bonus Agreements. The grant date fair value of the Company’s shares, as determined by a third-party valuation and approved by the Board at the time of award ranged from $162.10 to $377.57, per share during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

The following table summarizes the activity of restricted shares subject to forfeiture:

 

     Number of
shares
     Weighted
Average Grant
Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2019

     6,405        161.62  

Granted

     1,598        174.42  

Vested

     (2,625      162.74  

Cancelled

     (76      162.10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     5,302        164.92  

Granted

     22,294        324.49  

Vested

     (3,668      191.55  

Cancelled

     (100      162.10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020 1

     23,828        310.13  

Outstanding at December 31, 2020, as modified 2

     23,828        377.57  

1 Weighted average grant price at December 31, 2020 represents the grant date fair value of Stock Awards as originally issued.

2 Weighted average grant price at December 31, 2020, as modified, represents the as adjusted fair value of the outstanding Stock Awards on the date of modification in connection with the settlement of the liability to common shares subject to repurchase.

The following table represents the change in the liability to common shares subject to repurchase and the associated non-cash compensation expense in thousands:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Beginning balance

   $ 4,464      $ 8,267  

Non-cash stock compensation expense from ratable vesting

     1,468        2,712  

Non-cash compensation from change in the fair value of liability

     2,335        2,457  

Other stock activity, net

     —          (786

Reclassification upon modification

     —          (11,808
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 8,267      $ 842  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 18,671 of unvested stock awards that vest between January 1, 2021 and December 31, 2024. Based on the modifications of the stock awards in December 2020, the grant date fair value of the unvested awards was set to $377.57 per share.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The future expense of the unvested awards by year is as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 3,449  

2022

     2,022  

2023

     1,688  

2024

     951  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,110  
  

 

 

 

19. Redeemable Common Stock

The activity of redeemable common stock classified as temporary equity, consists of issuances of new common stock, purchases of common stock and collection on outstanding stock subscription notes receivable. Also included in the activity are compensatory transactions wherein the majority shareholder sold shares to other shareholders at below fair value, thereby causing those shares to be subject to ASC Topic 718.

On December 22, 2020, the Company’s shareholders approved a Fourth Amendment to the Shareholders Buy-Sell Agreement that eliminated repurchase features outside the control of the Company (see Note 3). In the absence of such repurchase features, the company no longer considers the common shares redeemable. The Company accounted for the modification as a redemption of the redeemable common stock for permanent equity.

The activity of redeemable common stock for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 is as follows (in thousands, except number of shares):

 

     Redeemable Common Stock  
     Shares      Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     167,526        23,343  

Issuances of new common stock

     535        97  

Purchases of common stock

     (9,110      (1,860

Controlling shareholder - net sales and purchases

     (1,454      (200

Collection on stock subscription notes receivable

     —          212  

Measuring date adjustment to current fair value

     —          15,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     157,497        36,618  

Issuances of new common stock

     1,940        499  

Purchases of common stock

     (24,170      (9,017

Controlling shareholder - net sales and purchases

     57        15  

Measuring date adjustment to current fair value

     —          18,635  

Movement to permanent equity

     (135,324      (46,750
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

20. Capital Leases

On December 31, 2019, the company financed certain IT related and other equipment under capital lease agreements and certain IT related and other equipment and vehicles under operating lease agreements. The capital lease agreement requires 48 monthly payments, totaling $15,562 per month. The interest rate necessary to calculate the present value was an incremental borrowing rate of 3.8%, which is the rate on the revolving line of credit as of December 31, 2019.

On September 30, 2020, the Company converted the remaining operating leases for equipment and vehicles to capital leases and recorded the associated equipment purchases and capital lease liability, current and non-current. The payment terms on the lease agreements range between 30 and 50 months with payments totaling approximately $0.3 million per month. The interest rate necessary to calculate the present value was an incremental borrowing rate of 3.25%, which is the rate on the revolving line of credit as of September 30, 2020.

Future minimum commitments under non-cancelable capital leases are as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 3,916  

2022

     3,583  

2023

     2,341  

2024

     307  

2025

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     10,147  

Less: amount representing interest

     (922
  

 

 

 

Present value of total net minimum lease payments

     9,225  

Less: current portion of net minimum lease payments

     (3,495
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion of net minimum lease payments

   $ 5,730  
  

 

 

 

The above table is exclusive of the $1.9 million bargain purchase price associated with the $11.0 million total liability to capital leases as presented on the combined balance sheet.

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases

The Company leases office space, equipment and vehicles. The Company financed vehicles, certain IT and other equipment under the terms of three primary master lease agreements accounted for as operating leases until September 30, 2020, when the Company converted the equipment and vehicles to capital lease as referenced in Note 21. Rent, vehicle and equipment lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, was $7.4 million and $7.3 million, respectively.

Aggregate actual and future minimum lease payments of the remaining operating leases for equipment and rent are as follows for the years ending December 31:

 

2021

   $ 5,380  

2022

     5,000  

2023

     3,838  

2024

     3,330  

2025

     2,844  

Thereafter

     5,975  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $   26,367  
  

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

22. Other

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate outcome of these matters will not be material to the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

23. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 24, 2021, the date that the financial statements were issued.

On January 4, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of assets and operations of KTA Group, located in Herndon, Virginia. In connection with the acquisition, the Company issued 1,802 shares of common stock to the sellers.

24. Additional Disclosures

COVID-19 Impact

It is not possible at this time to estimate the full impact that COVID-19 will ultimately have on our business, as the impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. We are evaluating, and will continue to evaluate, the impact of COVID-19 on projects, but the full effects COVID-19 will have on our operations are still unknown. Early on in the course of the pandemic we were considered an essential operation in all states and local jurisdictions where we operate. While there was some degree of disruption in all markets, we were able to continue serving customers without interruption. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not experienced any material financial distress resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. We did not qualify for the PPP Loan program under the CARES Act. We have taken advantage of the opportunity to defer $2.5 million of employer payroll taxes during the year ended December 31, 2020 as afforded us under the CARES Act. The duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of the virus, the extent and effectiveness of containment actions, and the impact of these and other factors on our employees and clients. The implementation of shelter-in-place orders within the cities and municipalities we operate in could further negatively impact future results as well as the re-designation of infrastructure spending to non-essential services. At this time, we are monitoring, and will continue to monitor, the safety of our employees during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

 

Shares

Common Stock

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

, 2021

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

D.A. Davidson & Co.    B. Riley Securities

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and Nasdaq listing fee.

 

Item

   Amount to
be paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $    

FINRA filing fee

     [•]  

Nasdaq filing fee

     [•]  

Printing fees and expenses

     [•]  

Legal fees and expenses

     [•]  

Accounting fees and expenses

     [•]  

Underwriter’s expenses

     [•]  

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

     [•]  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     [•]  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ [•]  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and must indemnify against all expenses, liability, and loss incurred in investigating, defending or participating in such proceedings.


Table of Contents

As of the date of the effectiveness of this registration statement, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement provides, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2018, we made sales of the following unregistered securities:

Employee-Related Issuances

Since January 1, 2018, we granted stock options to our employees to purchase an aggregate of 1,615 shares of our Common stock at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $153.42 per share.

Since January 1, 2018, we issued and sold to our employees an aggregate of 2,040 shares of our Common stock upon the exercise of stock options, all at an exercise price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $20,400.

Since January 1, 2018, we issued and sold to our employees an aggregate of 7,964 shares of our Common stock pursuant to our Principal Stock Purchase Plan, our Vice-President Stock Purchase Plan and our Executive Vice President Stock Purchase Plan, at purchase prices ranging from $153.42 to $257.26 per share, for a weighted-average purchase price of $185.74 and aggregate consideration of approximately $1.5 million.

Since January 1, 2018, we granted to our employees 31,528 shares of our Common stock as a stock bonus in consideration of services performed for us. Transfers of these shares are restricted and the shares are subject to vesting and other similar requirements and had a value on the date of issuance ranging from $162.10 to $377.57 per share.

On December 31, 2018 we issued 5,328 shares of our Common stock to an entity owned and controlled by our controlling shareholder and his family, as repayment of a loan made by that entity to us. The price was $162.10 per share for total consideration of $0.9 million.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation, or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our officers and employees, received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

Acquisitions

On June 30, 2018, we issued 1,300 shares of our Common stock to Robert Atherton in connection with the acquisition of certain assets, including goodwill, of Atherton Engineering, Inc.

On January 4, 2021 we issued 1,802 shares of our common stock to KTA Group, Inc. in connection with the acquisition of assets of KTA Group, Inc.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. All recipients had adequate access, through employment, business, or other relationships, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit   

Description

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement**
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.*
3.2    Amended and Restated By-laws of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.*
5.1    Form of Opinion of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP**
10.1    Employment Agreement with Gary Bowman dated [ ]**
10.2    Employment Agreement with Michael Bruen dated [ ]**
10.3    Employment Agreement with Bruce Labovitz dated [ ]**
10.4    Employment Agreement with Robert Hickey dated [ ]**
10.5    Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. dated August 24, 2017*
10.6    Amendment to Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. dated August 20, 2018*
10.7    Amendment to Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. dated November 9, 2018*
10.8    Amendment to Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. dated July 31, 2019*
10.9    Amendment to Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. dated August 30, 2019*
10.10    Enterprise Fleet Management, Inc. Amended and Restated Master Equity Lease Agreement dated September 20, 2010*
10.11    Master Lease Agreement with TCF Bank, as successor to Winthrop Resources Corporation dated September 22, 2014.*
10.12    Form of Indemnification Agreement*
10.13    2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan*
10.14    2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP*
23.2    Consent of Opinion of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)**
23.3    Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP*
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-4 to this registration statement)

 

*

Filed herewith

**

To be filed by amendment

Item 17. Undertakings

 

(a)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(b)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(c)

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Reston, Virginia, on April 6, 2021.

 

Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.

By:

 

/s/ Gary Bowman

 

Name: Gary Bowman

Title: President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gary Bowman his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him/her and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any or all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any or all pre- or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes for him, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this Registration Statement below.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Gary Bowman    President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)   

April 6, 2021

 

Gary Bowman

     
/s/ Michel Bruen   

Chief Operating Officer and Director

  

April 6, 2021

 

Michel Bruen

     
/s/ Bruce Labovitz    Chief Financial Officer, (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   

April 6, 2021

 

Bruce Labovitz

     

/s/ Stephen Riddick

   Director    April 6, 2021
Stephen Riddick      

/s/ Daniel Lefaivre

   Director    April 6, 2021
Daniel Lefaivre      

/s/ Patricia Mulroy

   Director    April 6, 2021
Patricia Mulroy      

/s/ James Laurito

   Director    April 6, 2021
James Laurito      

 

II-4

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.

Bowman Consulting Group, Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was November 13, 2020 (the “Original Certificate”).

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) amends and restates the Original Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 211, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

ARTICLE I

NAME OF THE CORPORATION

The name of the corporation is Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.(the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company

ARTICLE III

BUSINESS PURPOSE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 4.01. Authorized Classes of Stock. The total number of shares of stock of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 35,000,000, of which 30,000,000 shares shall be shares of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and 5,000,000 shares shall be shares of preferred stock having a par value of $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Section 4.02. Common Stock. Except as otherwise required by law, as provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, and as otherwise provided in the resolution or resolutions, if any, adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) with respect to any series of the Preferred Stock, the holders of the Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by him. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of outstanding Preferred Stock, holders of shares of Common Stock shall have equal rights of participation in the dividends and other distributions in cash, stock, or property of the Corporation when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall have equal rights to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

1


Section 4.03. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors. The authority of the Board with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

(a) the designation of the series;

(b) the number of shares of the series;

(c) the dividend rate or rates on the shares of that series, whether dividends will be cumulative, and if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

(d) whether the series will have voting rights in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

(e) whether the series will have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

(f) whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof, and if made subject to such redemption, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemptions, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption rates;

(g) the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of the shares of such series;

(h) the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series;

(i) the restrictions, if any, on the issue or reissue of any additional Preferred Stock; and

(j) any other relative rights, preferences, and limitations of that series.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.01. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 5.02. Number of Directors; Term of Office. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall as fixed from time to time solely by resolution of a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies/in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation (the “By-Laws”). The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Gary Bowman and

 

2


Stephen Riddick; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Patricia Mulroy and Michael Bruen; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Daniel Lefaivre and James Laurito. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024. The mailing address of each person who is to serve initially as a director is c/o Bowman Consulting Group, Ltd., 12355 Sunrise Valley Drive, Suite 250, Reston, Virginia 20191. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article V, Section 5.02.

Section 5.03. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors and any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors, may be filled (and in the case of a newly created directorship, their class chosen) solely by the affirmative votes of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A director so elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors shall serve until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, a successor is duly elected and qualified, or the earlier of such director’s death, resignation or removal. A director so elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office until the earlier of the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced, a successor is duly elected and qualified, or the earlier of such director’s death, resignation, or removal.

Section 5.04. Written Ballot. Unless and except to the extent that the By-Laws shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VI

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.01. Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or to its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, modification of, or repeal of this Section 6.01 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

Section 6.02. Indemnification. The corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator, or intestate is or was a director of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of this Section 6.02 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

3


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article VI.

ARTICLE VII

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

Section 7.01. Stockholder Consent Prohibition. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent by such stockholders.

Section 7.02. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be called only by: (i) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office; or (ii) the Secretary of the Corporation, following receipt of one or more written demands to call a special meeting of the stockholders from stockholders of record who own, in the aggregate, at least 25% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation then entitled to vote on the matter or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting that complies with the procedures for calling a special meeting of the stockholders as may be set forth in the By-Laws.

ARTICLE VIII

BY-LAWS

Section 8.01. Board of Directors. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the By-Laws without any action on the part of the stockholders.

Section 8.02. Stockholders. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the By-Laws; provided that, in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation, such adoption, amendment, alteration, or repeal shall be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred herein are granted subject to this reservation[; provided however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law that might permit a lesser vote or no vote and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article IX of this Certificate of Incorporation.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

4


THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this [ ]th day of April 2021.

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.
By:  

             

Name:
Title:

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.01 Registered Office. The registered office of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. (the “Corporation”) will be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) unless and until changed as permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

Section 1.02 Other Offices. The Corporation may have other offices, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) from time to time shall determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication, as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.

Section 2.02 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting in accordance with these by-laws shall be held at such date, time, and place, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.03 Special Meetings.

(a) Purpose. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called only:

(i) by the Chair of the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office; or

(ii) by the Chair of the Board of Directors or Secretary (as defined in Section 4.01), following receipt of one or more written requests to call a special meeting of the stockholders in accordance with, and subject to, this Section 2.03 from stockholders of record satisfying the ownership requirements as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

(b) Request. A stockholder request for a special meeting shall be directed and delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal executive offices and signed by each stockholder, or a duly authorized agent of such stockholder, requesting the special meeting and shall set forth the following:

(i) a brief description of each matter of business desired to be brought before the special meeting;

(ii) the reasons for conducting such business at the special meeting;

(iii) the text of any proposal or business to be considered at the special meeting (including the text of any resolutions proposed to be considered and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these by-laws, the language of the proposed amendment); and

(iv) the information required in Section 2.12(b) of these by-laws.

(c) Business. Business transacted at a special meeting requested by stockholders shall be limited to the matters described in the special meeting request; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit the Board of Directors from submitting matters to the stockholders at any special meeting requested by stockholders.


(d) Time and Date. A special meeting requested by stockholders shall be held at such date and time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any such special meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the request to call the special meeting is received by the Secretary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a special meeting requested by stockholders shall not be held if:

(i) the Board of Directors has called or calls for an annual meeting of the stockholders to be held within 90 days after the Secretary receives the request for the special meeting and the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the business of such meeting includes (among any other matters properly brought before the meeting) the business specified in the request;

(ii) the stated business to be brought before the special meeting is not a proper subject for stockholder action under applicable law;

(iii) an identical or substantially similar item (a “Similar Item) was presented at any meeting of stockholders held within 90 days prior to the receipt by the Secretary of the request for the special meeting (and, for purposes of this Section 2.03(d)(iii), the election of directors shall be deemed a Similar Item with respect to all items of business involving the election or removal of directors); or

(iv) the special meeting request was made in a manner that involved a violation of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”).

(e) Revocation. A stockholder may revoke a request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal executive offices, and if, following such revocation, there are unrevoked requests from stockholders holding in the aggregate less than the requisite number of shares entitling the stockholders to request the calling of a special meeting, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may cancel the special meeting.

Section 2.04 Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of the adjourned meeting.

Section 2.05 Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place (if any), date, hour, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at an annual or special meeting, and means of remote communication, if any, of every meeting of stockholders shall be given by the Corporation not less than ten days nor more than 60 days before the meeting (unless a different time is specified by law) to every stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Notices of meetings to stockholders may be given either by mailing the same, addressed to the stockholder entitled thereto, at such stockholder’s mailing address as it appears on the records of the corporation and such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, or by electronic transmission permitted under the DGCL. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any stockholder who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of the meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of the meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 2.06 List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of each

 

2


stockholder at least ten days before any meeting of the stockholders. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days before the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list was provided with the notice of the meeting; or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open for inspection by any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by applicable law. Except as provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger and the list of stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.07 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, a majority in voting power of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chair of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power, by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power thereof, to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.04, until a quorum shall be present or represented. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. At any such adjourned meeting at which there is a quorum, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting originally called.

Section 2.08 Organization. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chair of the Board, or in his or her absence or inability to act, the Chief Executive Officer (as defined in Section 4.01), or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the officer or director whom the Board of Directors shall appoint, shall act as chair of, and preside at, the meeting. The Secretary or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the chair of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations, or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following:

(a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting;

(b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting;

(c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present;

(d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies, or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine;

(e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and

(f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

Section 2.09 Voting; Proxies.

(a) General. Unless otherwise required by law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

(b) Election of Directors. Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the election of directors shall be by written ballot. If authorized by the Board of Directors, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws, the election of directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the stockholders by the holders of stock entitled to vote in the election.

 

3


(c) Other Matters. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws, any matter, other than the election of directors, brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter.

(d) Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Such authorization may be a document executed by the stockholder or his or her authorized officer, director, employee, or agent. To the extent permitted by law, a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization, or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that the electronic transmission either sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. A copy, or other reliable reproduction (including any electronic transmission) of the proxy authorized by this Section 2.09(d) may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original document for any and all purposes for which the original document could be used, provided that such copy, or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original document. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

Section 2.10 Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders. In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors shall, appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspector or inspectors in the performance of their duties. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. When executing the duties of inspector, the inspector or inspectors shall:

(a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

(b) determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

(c) count all votes and ballots;

(d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

(e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots.

Section 2.11 Fixing the Record Date.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the

 

4


day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 2.12 Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.

(a) Annual Meetings. At a meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for the election of directors and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations or such other business must be:

(i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof;

(ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof; or

(iii) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time such notice of meeting is delivered, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12.

In addition, any proposal of business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must be a proper matter for stockholder action. For business (including, but not limited to, director nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(iii), the stockholder or stockholders of record intending to propose the business (the “Proposing Stockholder”) must have given timely notice thereof pursuant to this Section 2.12(a), in writing to the Secretary even if such matter is already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or Public Disclosure from the Board of Directors. To be timely, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice for an annual meeting must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation: (x) not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting if such meeting is to be held on a day which is not more than 30 days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting or not later than 60 days after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; and (y) with respect to any other annual meeting of stockholders, including in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of: (1) the 90th day prior to the annual meeting and (2) the close of business on the tenth day following the first date of Public Disclosure of the date of such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period). For the purposes of this Section 2.12, “Public Disclosure” shall mean a disclosure made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, The Associated Press, or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(b) Stockholder Nominations. For the nomination of any person or persons for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(iii) or Section 2.12(d), a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth or include:

(i) the name, age, business address, and residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice;

(ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee;

 

5


(iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such nominee (if any);

(iv) such other information concerning each such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) or that is otherwise required to be disclosed, under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act;

(v) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written statement and agreement executed by each such nominee acknowledging that such person:

(A) consents to being named in the Company’s proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected,

(B) intends to serve as a director for the full term for which such person is standing for election, and

(C) makes the following representations: (1) that the director nominee has read and agrees to adhere to the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Ethics Code, Related Party Transactions Policy, and any other of the Corporation’s policies or guidelines applicable to directors, including with regard to securities trading, (2) that the director nominee is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, and (3) that the director nominee is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement, or indemnification (“Compensation Arrangement”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation in connection with such person’s nomination for director or service as a director; and

(vi) as to the Proposing Stockholder:

(A) the name and address of the Proposing Stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made,

(B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned by the Proposing Stockholder (beneficially and of record) and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of such shares owned of record and beneficially as of the record date for the meeting within five business days after the record date for such meeting,

(C) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with respect to such nomination between or among the Proposing Stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and any of their affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement, or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting within five business days after the record date for such meeting,

(D) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, the Proposing Stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and any of their affiliates or associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such person or any of their affiliates or associates with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement, or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting within five business days after the record date for such meeting,

 

6


(E) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice, and

(F) a representation whether the Proposing Stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the nomination and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the nomination.

The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee. Any such update or supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal executive offices no later than five business days after the request by the Corporation for subsequent information has been delivered to the Proposing Stockholder.

(c) Other Stockholder Proposals. For all business other than director nominations, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the Proposing Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting;

(ii) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

(iii) the text of any proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these by-laws, the language of the proposed amendment);

(iv) any substantial interest (within the meaning of Item 5 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), if any, on whose behalf the business is being proposed;

(v) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the proposal and pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings between or among such stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, any of their affiliates or associates, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business and any material interest of such stockholder, beneficial owner, or any of their affiliates or associates, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such stockholder, beneficial owner, or their affiliates or associates; and

(vii) the information required by Section 2.12(b)(vi) above.

(d) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders called by the Board of Directors at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting:

(i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof; or

(ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.12(d) is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12.

 

7


In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if such stockholder delivers a stockholder’s notice that complies with the requirements of Section 2.12(b) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of: (x) the 90th day prior to such special meeting; or (y) the tenth (10th) day following the date of the first Public Disclosure of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any notice time period).

(e) Effect of Noncompliance. Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12 shall be eligible to be elected at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such other business shall be conducted at a meeting as shall be brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12, as applicable. If any proposed nomination was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.12, as applicable, or other business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.12, then except as otherwise required by law, the chair of the meeting shall have the power and duty to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed other business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to the contrary, unless otherwise required by law, if a Proposing Stockholder intending to propose business or make nominations at an annual meeting or propose a nomination at a special meeting pursuant to this Section 2.12 does not provide the information required under this Section 2.12 to the Corporation, including the updated information required by Section 2.12(b)(vi)(B), Section 2.12(b)(vi)(C), and Section 2.12(b)(vi)(D) within five business days after the record date for such meeting or the Proposing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed business or nominations, such business or nominations shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business or nominations may have been received by the Corporation.

(f) Rule 14a-8. This Section 2.12 shall not apply to a proposal proposed to be made by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of the stockholder’s intention to present the proposal at an annual or special meeting only pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and such proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such meeting.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.01 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, these by-laws, or applicable law, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the Corporation.

Section 3.02 Number; Term of Office. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than six (6) and not more than fifteen (15) directors as fixed from time to time solely by resolution of a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies. Each director shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal.

Section 3.03 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors and any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors, may be filled (and in the case of a newly created directorship, their class chosen) solely by the affirmative votes of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although

 

8


less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A director so elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors shall serve until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, a successor is duly elected and qualified, or the earlier of such director’s death, resignation or removal. A director so elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office until the earlier of the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced, a successor is duly elected and qualified, or the earlier of such director’s death, resignation, or removal.

Section 3.04 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice by the Corporation or at such later effective date or upon the happening of an event or events as is therein specified. A resignation that is conditioned on a director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. A verbal resignation shall not be deemed effective until confirmed by the director in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.

Section 3.05 Removal. Except as prohibited by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders holding a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors may remove any director from office with or without cause.

Section 3.06 Fees and Expenses. Directors shall receive such reasonable fees for their services on the Board of Directors and any committee thereof and such reimbursement of their actual and reasonable expenses as may be fixed or determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.07 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.08 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and at such places as may be determined by the Chair of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer on at least 24 hours’ notice to each director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.11 hereof other than by mail or on at least three days’ notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the Chair of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or more directors. The notice need not state the purposes of the special meeting and, unless indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 3.09 Telephone Meetings. Board of Directors or Board of Directors committee meetings may be held by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and be heard. Participation by a director in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.10 Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn and reconvene such meeting to another time and place. At least 24 hours’ notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be given by one of the means specified in Section 3.11 hereof other than by mail, or at least three days’ notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

Section 3.11 Notices. Subject to Section 3.08, Section 3.10, and Section 3.12 hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any director by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such director at such director’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, facsimile, e-mail, or by other means of electronic transmission.

Section 3.12 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice to directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws, a waiver thereof, in writing signed by, or by electronic transmission by, the director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special Board of Directors or committee meeting need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

9


Section 3.13 Organization. At each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board or, in his or her absence, the lead independent director or, in his or her absence, another director or officer selected by the Board of Directors shall preside. The Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. If the Secretary is absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an assistant secretary of the Corporation shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all assistant secretaries of the Corporation, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 3.14 Quorum of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by these by-laws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by applicable law, the presence of a majority of the total number of directors on the Board of Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.15 Action by Majority Vote. Except as otherwise provided by these by-laws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by applicable law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.16 Directors Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all directors or members of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission.

Section 3.17 Chair of the Board. The Board of Directors shall annually elect one of its members to be its chair (the “Chair of the Board”) and shall fill any vacancy in the position of Chair of the Board at such time and in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine. Except as otherwise provided in these by-laws, the Chair of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The Chair of the Board shall perform such other duties and services as shall be assigned to or required of the Chair of the Board by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.18 Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting, the remaining member or members present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it to the extent so authorized by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, at all meetings of such committee, a majority of the then authorized members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules and procedures for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules and procedures each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to this ARTICLE III.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.01 Positions and Election. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a chief executive officer (the “Chief Executive Officer”), a president (the “President”), a chief financial officer (the “Chief Financial Officer”), a treasurer (the “Treasurer”), and a secretary (the “Secretary”). The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect one or more vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries, and other officers in accordance with these by-laws. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

10


Section 4.02 Term. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time with or without cause by the majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors then in office. The removal of an officer shall be without prejudice to his or her contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice of his or her resignation in writing, or by electronic transmission, to the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Should any vacancy occur among the officers, the position shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by appointment made by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.03 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the provisions of these by-laws and the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control over the business of the Corporation and over its officers. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chief Executive Officer, and any other duties as may be from time to time assigned to the Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors, in each case subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.04 President. The President shall report and be responsible to the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned or delegated to the President by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or that are incident to the office of president.

Section 4.05 Vice Presidents. Each vice president of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or that are incident to the office of vice president.

Section 4.06 Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to all documents requiring it and attest to the same.

Section 4.07 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial and accounting officer of the Corporation and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.08 Treasurer. The treasurer of the Corporation shall have the custody of the Corporation’s funds and securities, except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in records belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the President and the directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 4.09 Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

Section 4.10 Duties of Officers May Be Delegated. In case any officer is absent, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the Board of Directors may delegate for the time being the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director.

 

11


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.01 Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or other applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.02 Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 5.02 or otherwise. Payment of such expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person, may be made by the Corporation, subject to such terms and conditions as the general counsel of the Corporation in his or her discretion deems appropriate.

Section 5.03 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this ARTICLE V will not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees, or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended.

Section 5.04 Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit entity.

Section 5.05 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit entity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended.

Section 5.06 Repeal, Amendment, or Modification. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of this ARTICLE V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK CERTIFICATES AND THEIR TRANSFER

Section 6.01 Certificates Representing Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be represented by certificates. If shares are represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in the form, other than bearer form, approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates representing shares of stock shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed such a certificate ceases to be an officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the signatory were still such at the date of its issue.

 

12


Section 6.02 Transfers of Stock. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these by-laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books administered by or on behalf of the Corporation only by the direction of the registered holder thereof or such person’s attorney, lawfully constituted in writing, and, in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender to the Company or its transfer agent or other designated agent of the certificate thereof, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate or uncertificated shares shall be issued.

Section 6.03 Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

Section 6.04 Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors or the Secretary may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the allegedly lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors or the Secretary may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 7.01 Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise, as may be prescribed by law or custom or by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.02 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

Section 7.03 Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed, or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person, or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors, by the Chair, or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

Section 7.04 Conflict with Applicable Law or Certificate of Incorporation. These by-laws are adopted subject to any applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Whenever these by-laws may conflict with any applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of such law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 7.05 Books and Records. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device, method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases); provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time, and, with respect to the stock ledger, the records so kept comply with Section 224 of the DGCL. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.

Section 7.06 Forum for Adjudication of Disputes.

(a) Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for:

(i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation;

 

13


(ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders;

(iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws; or

(iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine;

in each case, subject to said court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of this Section 7.06 is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce this Section 7.06 (an “Enforcement Action”); and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such Enforcement Action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 7.06(a).

(b) Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America located in the Eastern District of Virginia, Alexandria Division shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 7.06(b).

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be adopted, amended, or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend, or repeal these by-laws; and, provided further, that any proposal by a stockholder to amend these by-laws will be subject to the provisions of ARTICLE II of these by-laws except as otherwise required by law. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board of Directors will not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend, or repeal by-laws.

 

14

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of August_, 2017

among

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD, as the Borrower

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as the Lender

 

 


IMPORTANT NOTICE

THIS INSTRUMENT CONTAINS A CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT PROVISION WHICH CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF IMPORTANT RIGHTS YOU MAY HAVE AS A DEBTOR AND ALLOWS THE CREDITOR TO OBTAIN A JUDGMENT AGAINST YOU WITHOUT ANY FURTHER NOTICE.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of August_, 2017, is between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “Bank”), and BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD, a Virginia corporation (the “Borrower”).

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms which are defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1

Acquisition” is defined in Section 7.15(a).

 

1.2

Annual Financial Statements” is defined in Section 7.2(a).

 

1.3

Authorized Individual” is defined in Section 5.3.

 

1.4

Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) the sum of EBITDA plus lease expense and rent expense (on a cash basis), minus income tax, minus dividends, withdrawals, and other distributions, to (b) the sum of interest expense, lease expense and rent expense (on a cash basis), the current portion of long term debt (excluding the indebtedness under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit), the current portion of capitalized lease obligations, and the difference between principal and interest due under the Non - Revolving Line of Credit payable to the Bank for the prior twelve (12) month period and the amount of employee payroll deductions collected by the Borrower for the repayment of the indebtedness under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit for the prior twelve (12) month period. Lease and rent expenses as used herein shall not include any such expenses a1ising from the lease of any personal property. For purposes of computing the Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, payments actually made in connection with the Chicago Settlement Obligation during the measurement period shall be added to the denominator.

 

1.5

Borrowing Base” means the sum of:

 

  (a)

Ninety percent (90%) of Eligible Prime Government Receivables that are outstanding for less than ninety (90) days from the respective invoice date;

 

  (b)

Eight-five percent (85%) of Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables that are outstanding for less than nine (90) days from the respective invoice date;

 


  (c)

Eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Commercial Receivables that are outstanding for less than ninety (90) days from the respective invoice date;

 

  (d)

The lesser of (i) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Prime Government Receivables, Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables, and Eligible Commercial Receivables that are outstanding for between ninety (90) days and one hundred twenty (120) days from the respective invoice date or (ii) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000);

After calculating the Borrowing Base as provided above, the Bank may deduct such reserves as the Battle may establish from time to time in its reasonable credit judgment, including, without limitation, and the amount of estimated maximum exposure, as dete1mined by the Bank from time to time, under any interest rate contracts which the Borrower enters into with the Battle (including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, options thereon, combinations thereof, or similar contracts). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank has the right to decrease any of the foregoing percentages or amount in its discretion based upon findings in the field examinations conducted by the Bank pursuant to Section 2.7.

 

1.6

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of the adoption or taking effect of any new or changed law, rule, regulation or treaty, or the issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any governmental authority; provided that (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives issued in connection with that Act, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

1.7

“Chicago Settlement Obligation” means the Borrower’s obligation to David Leibowitz, as Chapter 7 Trustee of McDonough Associates pursuant to an agreement dated April 3, 2017, which obligation has been disclosed by Borrower to Bank and will not exceed One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000) at any time.

 

1.8

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9

“CPA” is defined in Section 7.2(a).

 

1.10

“Credit Limit” means the amount of Twelve Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,400,000).

 

1.11

“Designated Account” is defined in Section 5.4.

 

1.12

“EBITDA” means net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations and extraordinary items, plus income taxes, plus interest expense, plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization, plus other non-cash charges, including non-cash reduction of put liabilities. For purposes of computing EBITDA, the Chicago Settlement Obligation in the amount of One Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,300,000) as shown on the Borrower’s financial statements dated December 31, 2016 shall be deemed to be an extraordinary item.

 

2


1.13

“Eligible Commercial Receivables” means Eligible Receivables other than Eligible Prime Government Receivables and Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables, which have resulted from an amount due owing from account debtors.

 

1.14

“Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables” means Eligible Receivables which (a) are not Eligible Prime Government Receivables and (b) have resulted from an amount due and owing indirectly as a sub-consultant to a prime consultant or as a sub-contractor to a p1ime contractor with the United States or with any state or political subdivision thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States, or any state or political subdivision thereof.

 

1.15

Eligible Prime Government Receivables” means Eligible Receivables which have resulted from an amount due and owing directly from the United States or with any state or political subdivision thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States, or any state or political subdivision thereof.

 

1.16

“Eligible Receivables” means an account receivable that satisfies the following requirements:

 

  (a)

The account is based upon an enforceable order or contract, written or oral, for services performed and the same were performed by the Borrower in accordance with such order or contract and in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business and does not relate to any warranty claim or obligation.

 

  (b)

There are no conditions which must be satisfied before the Borrower is entitled to receive payment of the account. Accounts arising from COD sales, consignments, bill and hold sales, sale or return, guaranteed sales or on the basis of any other understanding are not acceptable.

 

  (c)

The debtor upon the account does not claim any present or contingent (and no fact exists which is the basis for any future) claim, deduction or dispute or defense in law or equity to payment of the account.

 

  (d)

The account balance does not include the amount of any counterclaims, offsets, claims for credits, allowances, or adjustments because of inferior or unsatisfactory services, or for any other reason including, without limitation, those arising on account of a breach of any express or implied representation or warranty which have been or may be asserted against the Borrower by the account debtor (including offsets for any “contra accounts” owed by the Borrower to the account debtor for services performed for the Borrower). To the extent any counterclaims, offsets, or contra accounts exist in favor of the account debtor, such amounts shall be deducted from the account balance.

 

3


  (e)

The account is evidenced by an invoice or other documentation in form acceptable to the Bank, dated promptly after billing is permitted under the applicable contract between the Borrower and the account debtor.

 

  (f)

The amount shown on the books of the Borrower and on any invoice, certificate, schedule or statement delivered to the Bank is owing to such Borrower and no partial payment has been received unless reflected with that delivery.

 

  (g)

The account represents a genuine obligation of the account debtor for services performed for and accepted by the account debtor. To the extent any credit balances exist in favor of the account debtor, such credit balances represent customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an account debtor by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business and shall be deducted from the account balance.

 

  (h)

The account balance does not arise from services under or related to any warranty obligation of the Borrower or out of any finance charges, services charges or other fees for the time value of money, payable by the account debtor.    To the extent any such charges are included, such amounts shall be deducted from the account balance.

 

  (i)

With respect to Eligible Commercial Receivables only, the Borrower is not prohibited by the laws of the state where the account debtor is located from bringing an action in the courts of that state to enforce the account debtor’s obligation to pay the account. The Borrower has taken all appropriate actions to ensure access to the courts of the state where the account debtor is located, including, where necessary, the filing of a Notice of Business Activities Report or other similar filing with the applicable state agency or the qualification by the Borrower as a foreign corporation authorized to transact business in such state.

 

  (j)

The account is owned by the Borrower free of any title defects or any liens or interests of others except the security interest in favor of the Bank. The Borrower has the full and unqualified right and power to assign and grant a security interest in, and lien on, the account to the Bank as security and collateral for the payment of the obligations under this Agreement, which lien is perfected as to the account by the filing of financing statements and which lien upon such filing constitutes a first priority security interest and lien.

 

  (k)

The account debtor upon the account is not any of the following:

 

  (i)

An employee, affiliate, parent or subsidiary of the Bo1Tower, or an entity which has common officers or directors with the Borrower.

 

  (ii)

Any person or entity located, incorporated or primarily conducting business in a foreign country

 

4


  (1)

The account is not in default. An account will be considered in default if any of the following occur:

 

  (i)

the account is not paid within one hundred twenty (120) days from its invoice date;

 

  (ii)

the account debtor obligated upon the account suspends business, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, fails to pay its debts generally as they come due, or any petition is filed by or against the account debtor obligated upon the account under any bankruptcy law or any other law or laws for the relief of debtors in the United States, any state or territory thereof, or any foreign jurisdiction;

 

  (iii)

there is an appointment of a receiver or trustee for the account debtor or for any of the assets of the account debtor, including, without limitation, the appointment of or taking possession by a “custodian,” as defined in the Federal Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (iv)

the initiation by or against the account debtor of any other type of any formal or informal proceeding for the insolvency, dissolution or liquidation of, settlement of claims against, or winding up of affairs of, the account debtor;

 

  (v)

the death or judicial declaration of incompetency of an account debtor who is an individual;

 

  (vi)

the sale, assignment, or transfer of all or any material pa1t of the assets of the account debtor.

 

  (m)

For any Eligible Commercial Receivable that is outstanding for between ninety (90) and one hundred twenty (120) days from the respective invoice date, no more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the accounts which are the obligation of such account debtor have been outstanding for over one hundred twenty (120) days from the respective invoice date; provided, however, that the Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentage in its discretion based upon findings in the field examinations conducted by the Bank pursuant to Section 2.7.

 

  (n)

The account does not arise from the sale of goods which remain in the Borrower’s possession or under the Borrower’s control.

 

  (o)

The account is not evidenced by a promissory note or chattel paper, is not secured by any letter of credit with respect to such account nor is the account debtor obligated to the Borrower under any other obligation which is evidenced by a promissory note.

 

  (p)

No bond or other undertaking by a guarantor or surety has been or is required to be obtained, supporting the performance of the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of the Borrower’s agreements with the account debtor.

 

5


  (q)

The account is not subject to a restriction that forbids or makes void or unenforceable the assignment or grant of a security interest by the Borrower to the Bank, unless the Borrower has obtained any necessary consents.

 

  (r)

No part of the account represents a retainage.

 

  (s)

The Bank in the good faith exercise of its sole and absolute discretion has not deemed the account ineligible because of uncertainty as to the creditworthiness of the account debtor or because the Bank otherwise considers the collateral value of such account to the Bank to be impaired or its ability to realize such value to be insecure.

 

  (t)

The account is otherwise acceptable to the Bank.

 

1.17

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.18

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the B01Tower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

 

1.19

“Facility No. 1 Commitment” is defined in Section 2.1(a).

 

1.20

“Facility No. 1 Expiration Date” is defined in Section 2.2.

 

1.21

“Facility No. 2 Co1mnitment” is defined in Section 3.1(a).

 

1.22

“Facility No. 2 Expiration Date” is defined in Section 3.2.

 

1.23

“Financial Test” is defined in Section 2.6.

 

1.24

“Fixed Rate Conversion Option” is defined in Section 3.S(a).

 

1.25

“Fixed Rate Term” means the full term of the credit during which the interest rate was fixed on the principal amount prepaid.

 

1.26

“Funded Debt’’ means all outstanding liabilities for bon-owed money and other interest-bearing liabilities, including current and long term debt.

 

1.27

“Governing Law State” is defined in Section 9.2.

 

1.28

“Guarantor” means Gary Bowman and any other person, if any, providing a guaranty with respect to the obligations hereunder.

 

1.29

“LIBOR Daily Floating Rate” is a fluctuating rate of interest which can change on each banking day. The rate will be adjusted on each banking day to equal the London Interbank Offered Rate (or a comparable or successor rate which is approved by the Bank) for U.S. Dollar deposits for delivery on the date in question for a one (1) month term beginning on that date. The Bank will use the London Interbank Offered Rate as published by Bloomberg (or other commercially available source providing quotations of

 

6


such rate as selected by the Bank from time to time) as determined at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time two (2) London Banking Days prior to the date in question, as adjusted from time to time in the Bank’s sole discretion for reserve requirements, deposit insurance assessment rates and other regulatory costs. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected by the Bank. A “London Banking Day” is a day on which banks in London are open for business and dealing in offshore dollars. If at any time the LIBOR Daily Floating Rate is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

1.30

“Non-Revolving Line of Credit” is defined in Section 3.l(a).

 

1.31

“Obliger” means any Borrower, Guarantor and/or Pledger.

 

1.32

“Original Funding Rate” means with respect to any prepaid installment of principal, the Swap Rate on the date the interest rate was fixed by the Bank on the principal amount prepaid for a term corresponding to a period of time equal to the Fixed Rate Term, interpolated, if necessary.

 

1.33

“Party” and “Parties” are each defined in Section 9.6.

 

1.34

“Permitted Acquisitions” means any Acquisition consisting of a single transaction or a series of related transactions by the Borrower so long as (i) the Borrower shall not incur additional debt to consummate such Acquisition, (ii) no event of default under this Agreement has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Acquisition, and (iii) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Borrower shall be in compliance with financial covenants set forth in this Agreement on a pro-forma basis.

 

1.35

“Permitted Loan or Advance” means loans or advances by Borrower to its shareholders or employees or to the Guarantor provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied at the time of such loan or advance (a) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such loan or advance no event of default has occurred or is continuing, or would occur as a result of such loan or advance, (b) in the case of a loan or advance to the Guarantor, the balance owed by such Guarantor to Borrower on any date does not exceed One Million Three Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($1,340,000), and (c) in the case of loans or advances to shareholders or employees (other than the Guarantor) the amount of such loans or advances does not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate on any date in addition to the amount of such loans or advances outstanding as of the date hereof, exclusive of non-cash loans to shareholders to purchase stock in Borrower or to pay income tax withholding advanced in connection with the vesting of a stock bonus or exercise of a stock option.

 

1.36

“Permitted Redemption” means any redemption, repurchase, or acquisition of the stock of Borrower provided that at the time of such redemption, no event of default has occurred or is then continuing, or after giving effect to such redemption, repurchase, or acquisition, an event of default would occur, and (a) is made pursuant to the terms of the

 

7


then current Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement following the death, disability or termination of employment of a shareholder, and (b) does not result in principal payments in any twelve (12) month pe1iod exceeding the lower of (i) the sum of (x) Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate, and (y) the amount of life insurance proceeds, if any, received by Borrower with respect to the shareholder of Borrower whose stock is being redeemed or (ii) an amount that would result in a violation of the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.5. For purposes of clarification, all Permitted Redemptions shall be included in the calculation of Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

1.37

Permitted Tax Distribution” means, for any taxable year of Borrower for which Borrower is a pass through entity for income tax purposes, a dividend to its shareholders to pay federal and state income taxes resulting from such shareholder’s allocated share of Borrower’s income, but not to exceed forty percent (40%) of Borrower’s federal taxable income for the prior taxable year end; provided, however, that no distribution shall be deemed a Permitted Tax Distribution and no dividend shall be paid to any shareholder unless immediately prior to and after giving effect to such dividend no event of default has occurred or is continuing, or would occur as a result of such dividend.

 

1.38

“Person” is defined in Section 6.18(a).

 

1.39

“Plan” means a plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of BRISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any BRISA Affiliate, including any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

1.40

“Pledger” means Bowman Consulting Group DC PC, a District of Columbia professional corporation, and any other person, if any, providing a pledge of collateral with respect to the obligations hereunder.

 

1.41

“Put Option” means an option on the part of a shareholder of the Borrower to sell shares of stock to the Borrower and is either set forth on Schedule 1.14 hereto or the Bank has consented in writing to such option being deemed a Put Option for purposes of this Agreement by specific reference to this Section.

 

1.42

“Put Option Redemption” means any redemption, repurchase, or acquisition of the stock of Borrower provided that at the time of such redemption, repurchase, or acquisition, no event of default has occurred or is continuing, or after giving effect to such redemption, repurchase, or acquisition, an event of default would occur, and is made pursuant to the exercise of a Put Option by a shareholder of Borrower.

 

1.43

“Quarterly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 7.2(b).

 

1.44

“Related Party” means each of the Obligors and the Borrower’s subsidiaries.

 

1.45

“Reinvestment Rate” means with respect to any prepaid installment of principal, the Swap Rate on the date the prepayment fee is calculated by the Bank for a term corresponding to the period of time remaining until such principal installment was scheduled to be made, interpolated, if necessary.

 

8


1.46

“Renewal Notice” is defined in Section 2.2.

 

1.47

“Repayment Period” is defined in Section 3.3(b).

 

1.48

“Revolving Line of Credit” is defined in Section 2.l(a).

 

1.49

“Sanction” is defined in Section 6.18(a).

 

1.50

“Senior Funded Debt” means all outstanding liabilities for borrowed money and other interest-bearing liabilities, including current and long term debt, less Subordinated Liabilities.

 

1.51

“Subordinated Liabilities” means liabilities subordinated to the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank in a manner acceptable to the Bank in its sole but reasonable discretion.

 

1.52

“Swap Rate” means, as of any date, the offered U.S. Dollar interest rate swap rate for a fixed rate payer determined by the Bank on such date by reference to the Bloomberg service or such other similar data source then used by the Bank for determining such rate.

 

2.

FACILITY NO. 1: LINE OF CREDIT AMOUNT AND TERMS

 

2.1

Revolving Line of Credit Amount.

 

  (a)

During the availability period described below, the Bank will provide a revolving line of credit to the Borrower (the “Revolving Line of Credit”). The amount of the Revolving Line of Credit (the “Facility No. 1 Commitment”) is equal to the lesser of (i) the Credit Limit or (ii) the Bon-owing Base.

 

  (b)

This is a revolving line of credit.    During the availability period, the Borrower may repay principal amounts and reborrow them.

 

  (c)

The Borrower agrees not to pe1mit the principal balance outstanding to exceed the Facility No. 1 Commitment. If the Borrower exceeds this limit, the Borrower will immediately pay the excess to the Bank upon the Bank’s demand.

 

2.2

Availability Period.

The Revolving Line of Credit is available between the date of this Agreement and August_, 2019 or such earlier date as the availability may terminate as provided in this Agreement (the “Facility No. 1 Expiration Date”).

The availability period for this Revolving Line of Credit will be considered renewed if and only if the Bank has sent to the Borrower a written notice of renewal for the Revolving Line of Credit (the “Renewal Notice”). If this Revolving Line of Credit is renewed, it will continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement except as modified by the Renewal Notice. If this Revolving Line of Credit is renewed, the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the date set forth in the Renewal Notice as the Expiration Date. The same process for renewal will apply to any subsequent renewal of this Revolving Line of Credit. A renewal fee may be charged at the Bank’s option. The amount of the renewal fee will be specified in the Renewal Notice.

 

9


2.3

Conditions to Availability of Credit.

In addition to the items required to be delivered to the Bank under Section 7.2, the Borrower will promptly deliver the following to the Bank at such times as may be requested by the Bank:

 

  (a)

A borrowing base certificate, in form and detail satisfactory to the Bank, in the format of Exhibit A-1, calculated by the Borrower and setting forth the Borrowing Base on which the requested extension of credit is to be based.

 

  (b)

Copies of the invoices or the record of invoices from the Borrower’s sales journal for such Eligible Receivables and a listing of the names and addresses of the debtors obligated thereunder.

 

  (c)

Copies of the delivery receipts, purchase orders, shipping instructions, bills of lading and other documentation pe11aining to such Eligible Receivables.

 

  (d)

Copies of the cash receipts journal pertaining to the borrowing base certificate.

 

2.4

Repayment Terms.

 

  (a)

The Borrower will pay interest on October I, 2017, and then on the same day of each month thereafter until payment in full of any principal outstanding under this facility. The amount of each payment shall be the amount of all accrued interest on the Revolving Line of Credit.

 

  (b)

The Borrower will repay in full any principal, interest or other charges outstanding under this Agreement no later than the Facility No. I Expiration Date.

 

2.5

Interest Rate.

 

  (a)

The interest rate is a rate per year equal to the LIBOR Daily Floating Rate plus the Applicable Rate as defined below.

 

  (b)

The Borrower may prepay the principal in full or in part at any time without the payment of a prepayment fee or premium. The prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal due under this Agreement.

 

2.6

Applicable Rate.

The Applicable Rate shall be the following amounts per annum, based upon the ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA (the “Financial Test”), as set forth in the most recent compliance certificate (or, if no compliance certificate is required, the Borrower’s most recent financial statements) received by the Bank as required in the Covenants section.

 

10


Applicable Rate

(in percentage points per annum)

 

Pricing Level

  

Funded Debt to EBITDA

   LIBOR Daily Floating
Rate

+
 

1

   Greater than 3.0 to 1.0      2.6

2

   Greater than or equal to 2.5 to 1.0 but less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0      2.3

3

   Less than 2.5 to 1.0      2.0

The Applicable Rate shall be in effect from the date the most recent compliance certificate or financial statement is received by the Bank until the date the next compliance certificate or financial statement is received; provided, however, that if the Borrower fails to timely deliver the next compliance certificate or financial statement, the Applicable Rate from the date such compliance certificate or financial statement was due until the date such compliance certificate or financial statement is received by the Bank shall be the highest pricing level set forth above.

If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Bank determines that (i) the Financial Test as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Financial Test would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Bank an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. The Bank’s acceptance of payment of such amounts will not constitute a waiver of any default under this Agreement. The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all other obligations.

 

2.7

Field Examinations.

The Bank shall have the right to examine and audit the collateral and the Borrower’s accounts receivables and make copies of books and records once every twelve (12) months, unless an event of default under this Agreement has occurred and is continuing in which case such field examination shall occur as often as the Bank determine is necessary. The foregoing field examination shall be conducted at the Borrower’s expense.

 

3.

FACILITY NO. 2: NON-REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT AMOUNT AND TERMS

 

3.1

Non-Revolving Line of Credit Amount.

 

  (a)

During the availability period described below, the Bank will provide a non-revolving line of credit to the Borrower (the “Non-Revolving Line of Credit”).

 

11


The amount of the Non-Revolving Line of Credit (the “Facility No. 2 Commitment”) is One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

 

  (b)

This is a non-revolving line of credit. Any amount borrowed, even if repaid before the Facility No. 2 Expiration Date, permanently reduces the remaining available Non-Revolving Line of Credit.

 

  (c)

The Borrower agrees not to permit the principal balance outstanding to exceed the Facility No. 2 Commitment. If the Borrower exceeds this limit, the Borrower will immediately pay the excess to the Bank upon the Bank’s demand.

 

3.2

Availability Period.

The Non-Revolving Line of Credit is available between the date of this Agreement and August _, 2018, or such earlier date as the availability may terminate as provided in this Agreement (the “Facility No. 2 Expiration Date”).

 

3.3

Repayment Terms.

 

  (a)

The Borrower will pay interest on October 1, 2017, and then on the same day of each month thereafter until payment in full of any principal outstanding under this facility.

 

  (b)

The Borrower will repay the principal amount outstanding on the Facility No. 2 Expiration Date in sixty (60) equal installments beginning on the earlier of (i) the date on which no remaining amount is available under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit or (ii) the Facility No. 2 Expiration Date, and on the same day of each month thereafter, and ending on the same day of the sixtieth (60th) month thereafter (the “Repayment Period”). Each principal installment shall be in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the principal amount over the Repayment Period. In any event, on the last day of the Repayment Period, the Borrower will repay the remaining principal balance plus any interest then due.

 

3.4

Interest Rate.

 

  (a)

The interest rate is a rate per year equal to the LIBOR Daily Floating Rate plus two and three-quarters of one percent (2.75%).

 

  (b)

The Borrower may prepay the principal in full or in part at ai1y time without the payment of a prepayment fee or premium. The prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal due under this Agreement.

 

3.5

Fixed Rate Conversion Option.

 

  (a)

During the Repayment Period, provided no event of default then exists under this Agreement and provided the Borrower complies with the terms of this Paragraph, the Borrower will have a one-time option (the “Fixed Rate Conversion Option”) to convert the interest rate on the Non-Revolving Line of Credit from the rate

 

12


specified above to a fixed rate equal to the funding costs incurred by the Bank, based on the cost of funds at the time the interest rate was fixed, for five (5) years plus two and three quarters (2.75%) of one percent. The Borrower may exercise the Fixed Rate Conversion Option by giving written notice to the Bank (which notice may be by facsimile transmission) of the Borrower’s election to exercise such option. Once received by the Bank, the Borrower’s written notice to exercise the Fixed Rate Conversion Option shall be deemed irrevocable.

 

  (b)

The fixed rate shall become effective on the next payment date following the end of the Repayment Period, provided such notice is received by the Bank at least five (5) banking days prior to the commencement of the Repayment Period. Otherwise the fixed rate shall become effective on the second succeeding payment date.

 

  (c)

Upon the Borrower’s request, the Bank shall quote indicative rates to the Borrower for the fixed rate. An indicative rate is the interest rate in effect as of a date indicated by the Bank. The Borrower understands that such indicative rates shall not be binding on the Bank and shall not obligate the Bank to fix the interest rate at any specific rate. If the Borrower properly and timely exercises the Fixed Rate Conversion Option, then the fixed rate applicable to the loan shall be the indicative rate as of the date and time the Fixed Rate Conversion Option is properly and timely exercised.    The Bank will notify the Borrower in writing of the fixed rate. The fixed rate, once elected in accordance with this Paragraph, will remain in effect until the last day of the Repayment Period.

 

  (d)

Upon exercise of the Fixed Rate Conversion Option, the Bank will determine the amount of the monthly payments that will be necessary to repay the unpaid principal of the loan at the fixed rate over a term equal to the remaining term of the Repayment Period. The Borrower will pay the amount of the new payments beginning on the first (1st) monthly payment date following the effective date of the fixed rate and continuing on each monthly payment date thereafter until the last day of the Repayment Period, on which date all remaining unpaid principal and accrued interest shall be due and payable.

 

  (e)

The Borrower may prepay the credit in full or in part at any time. The prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal due under this Agreement. Each prepayment, following exercise of the Fixed Rate Conversion Option, whether voluntary, by reason of acceleration or otherwise, will be accompanied by the amount of accrued interest on the amount prepaid, and, if the prepayment is made prior to the expiration of the Fixed Rate Term with respect to any principal amount that accrues interest at a fixed rate, a prepayment fee calculated by the Bank. The prepayment fee will be equal to the present value of the difference, if positive, between (i) the sum of the interest payments that would have accrued through the end of the Fixed Rate Term on each prepaid installment of principal at a fixed interest rate for such installment equal to the Original Funding Rate, as if the prepayment had not been made, less (ii) the sum of the interest payments that would have accrued on each prepaid installment of principal at a fixed interest rate for such installment equal to the Reinvestment Rate, as if the prepayment had not been made.

 

13


4.

COLLATERAL

 

4.1

Personal Property.

The personal property listed below now owned or owned in the future by the parties listed below will secure the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under this Agreement. The collateral is further defined in security agreements executed by the owners of the collateral.

 

  (a)

Equipment owned by the Borrower and the Pledgor.

 

  (b)

Receivables owned by the Borrower and the Pledgor.

 

  (c)

Patents, trademarks and other general intangibles owned by the Borrower and the Pledgor.

 

5.

LOAN ADMINISTRATION AND FEES

 

5.1

Fees.

 

The

Borrower will pay to the Bank the fees set forth on Schedule A.

 

5.2

Collection of Payments: Payments Generally.

 

  (a)

Payments will be made by debit to a deposit account, if direct debit is provided for in this Agreement or is otherwise authorized by the Bo1rnwer. For payments not made by direct debit, payments will be made by mail to the address shown on the Borrower’s statement, or by such other method as may be permitted by the Bank.

 

  (b)

The Borrower shall make monthly payroll deductions from the employees whose stock purchases are financed by the Borrower using the proceeds of the advances made under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit, in the aggregate amount equal to not less than the monthly payments required under Section 3.3(b) and, if applicable, Section 3.5(d).

 

  (c)

Each disbursement by the Bank and each payment by the Borrower will be evidenced by records kept by the Bank which will, absent manifest error, be conclusively presumed to be correct and accurate and constitute an account stated between the Borrower and the Bank.

 

  (d)

All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.

 

14


5.3

Borrower’s Instructions.

Subject to the terms, conditions and procedures stated elsewhere in this Agreement, the Bank may honor instructions for advances or repayments and any other instructions under this Agreement given by any one of the individuals the Bank reasonably believes is authorized to sign loan agreements on behalf of the Borrower, or any other individual(s) designated by any one of such authorized signers (each an “Authorized Individual”). The Bank may honor any such instructions made by any one of the Authorized Individuals, whether such instructions are given in writing or by telephone, telefax or Internet and intranet websites designated by the Bank with respect to separate products or services offered by the Bank.

 

5.4

Direct Debit.

The Borrower agrees that on the due date of any amount due under this Agreement, the Bank will debit the amount due from deposit account number                    owned by                    ,or such other of the Borrower’s accounts with the Bank as designated in writing by the Borrower (the “Designated Account”). Should there be insufficient funds in the Designated Account to pay all such sums when due, the full amount of such deficiency shall be immediately due and payable by the Borrower.

 

5.5

Banking Days.

Unless othe1wise provided in this Agreement, a banking day is a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close, or are in fact closed, in the state where the Bank’s lending office is located, and, if such day relates to amounts bearing interest at an offshore rate (if any), means any such day on which dealings in dollar deposits are conducted among banks in the offshore dollar interbank market. All payments and disbursements which would be due or which are received on a day which is not a banking day will be due or applied, as applicable, on the next banking day.

 

5.6

Additional Costs.

The Borrower will pay the Bank, on demand, for the Bank’s costs or losses arising from any Change in Law which are allocated to this Agreement or any credit outstanding under this Agreement. The allocation will be made as determined by the Bank, using any reasonable method. The costs include, without limitation, the following:

 

  (a)

any reserve or deposit requirements (excluding any reserve requirement already reflected in the calculation of the interest rate in this Agreement); and

 

  (b)

any capital requirements relating to the Bank’s assets and commitments for credit.

 

5.7

Interest Calculation.

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all interest and fees, if any, will be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360)-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. This results in more interest or a higher fee than if a three hundred sixty-five (365)-day year is used. Installments of principal which are not paid when due under this Agreement shall continue to bear interest until paid. To the extent that any calculation of interest or any fee required to be paid under this Agreement shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

15


5.8

Default Rate.

Upon the occurrence of any default or after maturity or after judgment has been rendered on any obligation under this Agreement, all amounts outstanding under this Agreement, including any unpaid interest, fees, or costs, will at the option of the Bank bear interest at a rate which is six (6.0) percentage points higher than the rate of interest otherwise provided under this Agreement. This may result in compounding of interest. This will not constitute a waiver of any default.

 

5.9

Overdrafts.

At the Bank’s sole option in each instance, the Bank may do one of the following:

 

  (a)

The Bank may make advances under this Agreement to prevent or cover an overdraft on any account of the B01TOwer with the Bank. Each such advance will accrue interest from the date of the advance or the date on which the account is overdrawn, whichever occurs first, at the interest rate described in this Agreement. The Bank may make such advances even if the advances may cause any credit limit under this Agreement to be exceeded.

 

  (b)

The Bank may reduce the amount of credit otherwise available under this Agreement by the amount of any overdraft on any account of the Borrower with the Bank.

This paragraph shall not be deemed to authorize the Borrower to create overdrafts on any of the Borrower’s accounts with the Bank.

 

5.10

Payments in Kind.

If the Bank requires delivery in kind of the proceeds of collection of the Borrower’s accounts receivable, such proceeds shall be credited to interest, principal, and other sums owed to the Bank under this Agreement in the order and proportion determined by the Bank in its sole discretion. All such credits will be conditioned upon collection and any returned items may, at the Bank’s option, be charged to the Borrower.

 

6.

CONDITIONS

Before the Bank is required to extend any credit to the Borrower under this Agreement, it must receive any documents and other items it may reasonably require, in form and content acceptable to the Bank, including any items specifically listed below.

 

16


6.1

Authorizations.

If the Borrower or any other Obligor is anything other than a natural person, evidence that the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and/or such Obliger of this Agreement and any instrument or agreement required under this Agreement have been duly authorized.

 

6.2

Governing Documents.

Copies of the Borrower’s and the Pledgor’s organizational documents.

 

6.3

Guaranties,

Guaranty in connection with Facility No. 2 signed by Gary Bowman.

 

6.4

Security Agreements.

Signed original security agreements covering the personal property collateral which the Bank requires.

 

6.5

Perfection and Evidence of Priority.

Evidence that the security interests and liens in favor of the Bank are valid, enforceable, properly perfected in a manner acceptable to the Bartl( and prior to all others’ rights and interests, except those the Bank consents to in writing.

 

6.6

Payment of Fees.

Payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts due and owing to the Bartle    If any fee is not paid in cash, the Bank may, in its discretion, treat the fee as a principal advance under this Agreement or deduct the fee from the loan proceeds,

 

6.7

Repayment of Other Credit Agreement.

Evidence that the existing indebtedness with Capital One, N.A. has been or will be repaid and cancelled on or before the first disbursement under this Agreement.

 

6.8

Good Standing.

Certificates of good standing for the Borrower and the Pledgor from their respective states of formation and from any other state in which the Borrower and the Pledgor are required to qualify to conduct their businesses.

 

6.9

Legal Opinion.

A written opinion from the legal counsel of the Obligors, covering such matters as the Bank may require. The legal counsel and the terms of the opinion must be acceptable to the Bank and its legal counsel.

 

17


6.10

Subordination Agreements.

Subordination agreements in favor of the Bank signed by the Persons listed on Schedule 6.10.

 

6.11

Insurance.

Evidence of insurance coverage, as required in the “Covenants” section of this Agreement.

 

6.12

Borrower’s Financial Statements.

Company-prepared financial statements of the Borrower for the period ended June 30, 2017 certified and dated by an authorized financial officer of the BoITower, which reflects a year-to-date EBITDA of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

 

6.13

Guarantor’s Financial Statements and Tax Returns.

(a) A properly completed signed and dated personal financial statement of the Guarantor on the Bank’s fonn with all questions fully answered and all schedules completed in their entirety, including all requested income/expense information and contingent liabilities disclosure, in form and content satisfactory to the Bank; and (b) copies of the federal income tax return of the Guarantor for the year 2016 or, if an extension for filing has been obtained, the year 2015, including copies of any K-ls and all other schedules, in the fonn filed with the Internal Revenue Service (as well as any subsequent amendments or supplements), satisfactory to the Bank.

 

6.14

Field Examination.

The completion of a field examination on the Borrower’s accounts receivables conducted by and satisfactory to the Bank.

 

6.15

Formation.

The Borrower is duly formed and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

 

6.16

Authorization.

This Agreement, and any instrument or agreement required under this Agreement, are within the Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any of its organizational papers.

 

6.17

Good Standing.

In each state in which the Borrower does business, it is properly licensed, in good standing, and, where required, in compliance with fictitious name (e.g. trade name or d/b/a) statutes.

 

18


6.18

Government Sanctions.

 

  (a)

The Borrower represents that no Obligor, nor any affiliated entities of any Obligor, including in the case of any Obliger that is not a natural person, subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any owner, trustee, director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Borrower or any other Obligor is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions’’), nor is the Borrower or any other Obligor located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.

 

  (b)

The Borrower represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the credit provided under this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

6.19

Financial Information.

All financial and other information that has been or will be supplied to the Bank is sufficiently complete to give the Bank accurate knowledge of the Borrower’s (and any other Obligor’s) financial condition, including all material contingent liabilities. Since the date of the most recent financial statement provided to the Ban1c, there has been no material adverse change in the business condition (financial or otherwise), operations, properties or prospects of the Borrower (or any other Obliger). If the Borrower is comprised of the trustees of a trust, the above representations shall also pertain to the trustor(s) of the trust.

 

6.20

Lawsuits.

There is no lawsuit, tax claim or other dispute pending or threatened against the Borrower or any other Obligor which, if lost, would impair the Borrower’s or such Obliger’s financial condition or ability to repay its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

6.21

Other Obligations.

The Borrower and each Related Party is not in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instmment or obligation, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

6.22

Tax Matters.

The Borrower has no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of income tax for itself or for any Related Party for any year and all taxes due have been paid, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

19


6.23

Collateral.

All collateral required in this Agreement is owned by the grantor of the security interest free of any title defects or any liens or interests of others, except those which have been approved by the Bank in writing.

 

6.24

No Event of Default.

There is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would be, a default under this Agreement.

 

6.25

ERISA Plans.

 

  (a)

Each Plan (other than a multiemployer plan) is in compliance in all material respects with BRISA, the Code and other federal or state law, including all applicable minimum funding standards and there have been no prohibited transactions with respect to any Plan (other than a multiemployer plan), which has resulted or could rea onably be expected to result in a material adverse effect.

 

  (b)

With respect to any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA:

 

  (i)

No reportable event has occurred under Section 4043(c) of ERISA which requires notice.

 

  (ii)

No action by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to terminate or withdraw from any Plan has been taken and no notice of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed under Section 4041 or 4042 of ERISA.

 

6.26

No Plan Assets.

The Borrower represents that, as of the date hereof and throughout the term of this Agreement, no Borrower or Guarantor, if any, is (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Code; (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of BRISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.

 

6.27

Enforceable Agreement.

This Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, and any instrument or agreement required under this Agreement, when executed and delivered, will be similarly legal, valid, binding and enforceable.

 

6.28

No Conflicts.

This Agreement does not conflict with any law, agreement, or obligation by which the Borrower or any other Obligor is bound.

 

20


6.29

Permits. Franchises.

Each Related Party possesses all permits, memberships, franchises, contracts and licenses required and all trademark rights, trade name rights, patent rights, copyrights, and fictitious name rights necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged.

 

6.30

Insurance.

The Borrower and each Related Party has obtained, and maintained in effect, the insurance coverage required in the “Covenants” section of this Agreement.

 

6.31

Eligible Prime Government Receivables and Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables.

With respect to all Eligible Prime Government Receivables and Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge (a) there has been no default or cancellation with respect thereto, (b) the Eligible Prime Government Receivables and the Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables are not dependent on any future appropriations, (c) the assignment of all sums due thereunder does not violate any law, statute, or regulation and is permissible, (d) the Borrower and each other applicable Obligor has the right to assign all monies due thereunder, (e) any prior assignment with respect thereto has been tem1inated; and (f) the Borrower and each other applicable Obligor is not subject to any pending or threatened debarment proceedings.

 

6.32

Assignment of Claims Act.

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the Borrower will (or cause each applicable Obligor to) promptly, upon request by the Bank, comply with any and all of the requirements of the Assignment of Claims Act (Title 31 Section 3727 and Title 41 Section 15 of the United States Code), where such statutes are applicable to any Eligible Receivables, and shall take all such other action as may be necessary to facilitate the direct assignment to the Bank of the payments due or to become due under any Eligible Receivables, and such further action as may be necessary to facilitate the creation and perfection of the Bank’s security interest in such payments.

 

7.

COVENANTS

The Borrower agrees, so long as credit is available under this Agreement and until the Bank is repaid in full, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Related Party:

 

21


7.1

Use of Proceeds.

To use the proceeds of the credit extended under this Agreement only for business purposes and to use the proceeds of the advances made under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit only to pay off the outstanding indebtedness with Capital One, N.A. and finance employee stock purchases.

 

7.2

Financial Information.

To provide the following financial information and statements in form and content acceptable to the Bank, and such additional information as requested by the Bank from time to time. The Bank reserves the right, upon written notice to the Borrower, to require the Borrower to deliver financial information and statements to the Bank more frequently than otherwise provided below, and to use such additional information and statements to measure any applicable financial covenants in this Agreement.

 

  (a)

Within {i) one hundred fifty (150) days of the 2017 fiscal year end and (ii) one hundred twenty (120) days of each fiscal year end thereafter, the annual financial statements of the Borrower (the “Annual Financial Statements”) certified and dated by an authorized financial officer. These financial statements must be audited (with an opinion satisfactory to the Bank) by a Certified Public Accountant (“CPA”) acceptable to the Bank. The statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis.

 

  (b)

Within forty-five (45) days of the fiscal quarter end (including the last fiscal quarter in each fiscal year), the quarterly financial statements of the Borrower (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”) certified and dated by an authorized financial officer. These financial statements may be company-prepared.

 

  (c)

A borrowing base certificate in the format of Exhibit A-1, calculated by the Borrower and setting forth the B01rnwing Base on which the requested extension of credit is to be based and the amount of Eligible Receivables as of the last day of each month within twenty-five (25) days after the period end and, upon the Bank’s request, copies of the invoices or the record of invoices from the Borrower’s sales journal for such Eligible Receivables (including, with respect to the Eligible Prime Government Receivables and the Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables, a listing of the names and addresses of the account debtors obligated thereunder if so requested by the Bank), copies of client contracts, work orders, change order, and other documentation pertaining to such Eligible Receivables, and copies of the cash receipts journal pertaining to the borrowing base certificate.

 

  (d)

Promptly, upon sending or receipt, copies of any management letters and correspondence relating to management letters, sent or received by the Borrower to or from the Borrower’s auditor. If no management letter is prepared, the Bank may, in its discretion, request a letter from such auditor stating that no deficiencies were noted that would otherwise be addressed in a management letter.

 

22


  (e)

Together with the Quarterly Financial Statements and the Annual Financial Statements, a compliance certificate of the Borrower in the format as shown in Exhibit A-2, signed by an authorized financial officer and setting forth (i) the information and computations (in sufficient detail) to establish that the Borrower is in compliance with all financial covenants at the end of the period covered by the financial statements then being furnished and (ii) whether there existed as of the date of such financial statements and whether there exists as of the date of the certificate, any default under this Agreement and, if any such default exists, specifying the nature thereof and the action the Borrower is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

  (f)

A detailed aging of the Borrower Eligible Receivables by invoice or a summary aging by account debtor, as specified by the Bank, within twenty-five (25) days after the end of each month (including the last period in each fiscal year).

 

  (g)

A summary aging by vendor of accounts payable within twenty-five (25) days after the end of each month (including the last period in each fiscal year).

 

  (h)

A detailed contract backlog report of the Borrower within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter (including the last period in each fiscal year). The backlog report shall include the following information with respect to all Eligible Prime Government Receivables and Eligible Non Prime Government Receivables if requested by Bank contract number, agency, contracting officer, contract type, remaining funded and unfunded portions and estimated profitability.

 

  (i)

The annual budget of the Borrower, in form and content acceptable to the Bank, by December 31st of each year.

 

  (j)

Within one hundred twenty (120) days of the calendar year end, copies of the federal income tax returns) of the Guarantor, including copies of any K-ls and all other schedules, in the form filed with the Internal Revenue Service (as well as any subsequent amendments or supplements); and if requested by the Bank, authentications of such documents (whether in the form of signed copies or otherwise) satisfactory to the Bank or, if such return(s) are not filed by such date, then (i) copies of any extensions of the filing date and (ii) W-2 and K-1 Forms received by the Guarantor as of the extension filing date, followed by copies of such return(s) and other documentation described above when and as filed.

 

  (k)

Within one hundred twenty (120) days of the calendar year end, a properly completed signed and dated personal financial statement of the Guarantor on the Bank’s form with all questions fully answered and all schedules completed in their entirety, including all requested income/expense info1mation, contingent liabilities disclosure; provided that, if the party providing the financial information uses his/her own automated financial statement, they may supplement the statement with supporting schedules, certifications or other details so that all information requested on the Bank’s financial statement form is provided in lieu of using such form.

 

23


  (1)

Promptly upon the Bank’s request, such other books, records, statements, lists of property and accounts, budgets, forecasts or reports as to the Borrower and as to each other Obligor as the Bank may request.

The financial statements required above shall include a properly completed signed and dated personal financial statement on the Bank’s form with all questions fully answered and all schedules completed in their entirety, including all requested income/expense information, contingent liabilities disclosure; provided that, if the Borrower or other party uses his/her own automated financial statement, they may supplement the statement with supporting schedules, certifications or other details so that all information requested on the Bank’s financial statement form is provided in lieu of using such form.

 

7.3

Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio.

To maintain on a consolidated basis a ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA not exceeding 4.0:1.0.

This ratio will be calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter, using the results of the trailing twelve (12) month period ending with such quarter.

 

7.4

Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio.

To maintain on a consolidated basis a ratio of Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA not exceeding 3.25:1.0.

This ratio will be calculated at the end of each quarter, using the results of the trailing twelve (12) month period ending with such quarter.

 

7.5

Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

To maintain on a consolidated basis a Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1.0.

This ratio will be calculated at the end of each quarter, using the results of the trailing twelve (12) month period ending with such quarter.

 

7.6

Dividends and Distributions.

Not to declare or pay any dividends (except dividends paid in capital stock), redemptions of stock or membership interests, distributions and withdrawals (as applicable) to its owners other than Permitted Tax Distributions, Permitted Put Option Redemptions, or Permitted Redemptions. In addition, the Borrower in connection with the vesting of stock bonuses or the exercise of stock options shall be permitted to redeem its stock as payment pursuant to a promissory note made by a shareholder to the Borrower that allows for the payment thereof in Borrower’s stock.

 

24


7.7

Bank as Principal Depository.

To maintain the Bank or one of its affiliates as its principal depository bank, including for the maintenance of business, cash management, operating and administrative deposit accounts.

 

7.8

Other Debts.

Not to have outstanding or incur any direct or contingent liabilities or lease obligations (other than those to the Bank or to any affiliate of the Bank), or become liable for the liabilities of others, without the Bank’s written consent. This does not prohibit:

 

  (a)

Acquiring goods, supplies, or merchandise on normal trade credit.

 

  (b)

Liabilities, lines of credit and leases in existence on the date of this Agreement disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

  (c)

Subordinated Liabilities.

 

7.9

Other Liens.

Not to create, assume, or allow any security interest or lien (including judicial liens) on property each Related Party now or later owns without the Bank’s written consent. This does not prohibit:

 

  (a)

Liens and security interests in favor of the Bank or any affiliate of the Bank.

 

  (b)

Liens for taxes not yet due.

 

  (c)

Liens outstanding on the date of this Agreement disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

7.10

Maintenance of Assets.

 

  (a)

Not to sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any part of any Related Party’s business or any Related Party’s assets except inventory sold in the ordinary course of such Related Party’s business.

 

  (b)

Not to sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets for less than fair market value, or enter into any agreement to do so.

 

  (c)

Not to enter into any sale and leaseback agreement covering any of its fixed assets.

 

  (d)

To maintain and preserve all rights, privileges, and franchises any Related Party now has.

 

  (e)

To make any repairs, renewals, or replacements to keep each Related Party’s properties in good working condition.

 

25


  (f)

To execute and deliver such documents as the Bank deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the security interests contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7.11

Investments.

Not to have any existing, or make any new, investments in any individual or entity, or make any capital contributions or other transfers of assets to any individual or entity, except for:

 

  (a)

Existing investments disclosed to the Bank in writing prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Investments in any of the following:

 

  (i)

certificates of deposit;

 

  (ii)

U.S. treasury bills and other obligations of the federal government;

 

  (iii)

readily marketable securities (including commercial paper, but excluding restricted stock and stock subject to the provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission).

 

  (c)

Investments to which the Bank has given its prior written consent.

 

  (d)

Bo1rnwer’s ownership interests in its subsidiaries.

 

7.12

Loans.

Not to make any loans, advances or other extensions of credit to any individual or entity, except for:

 

  (a)

Permitted Loans or Advances.

 

  (b)

Existing extensions of credit disclosed to the Bank in writing prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

  (c)

Extensions of credit to each Related Party’s current subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

  (d)

Extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services in the ordinary course of business to non-affiliated entities.

 

7.13

Chan e of Management.

Not to make any substantial change in the present executive or management personnel of the Borrower.

 

26


7.14

Change of Ownership.

Not to cause, permit, or suffer any change in capital ownership such that there is a material change, as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

7.15

Additional Negative Covenants.

 

Not

to, without the Bank’s written consent:

 

  (a)

which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, enter into any consolidation, merger, or other combination, or become a partner in a partnership, a member of a joint venture, or a member of a limited liability company (an “Acquisition”), except for Permitted Acquisitions.

 

  (b)

Acquire or purchase a business or its assets, except for Permitted Acquisitions.

 

  (c)

Engage in any business activities substantially different from the Borrower’s present business.

 

  (d)

Liquidate or dissolve any Obligor’s material lines of business.

 

7.16

Notices to Bank.

To promptly notify the Bank in writing of:

 

  (a)

Any event of default under this Agreement, or any event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of default.

 

  (b)

Any change in any Obligor’s name, legal structure, principal residence, or name on any driver’s license or special identification card issued by any state (for an individual), state of registration (for a registered entity), place of business, or chief executive office if the Obligor has more than one place of business.

 

7.17

Insurance.

 

  (a)

General Business Insurance. To maintain insurance satisfactory to the Bank as to amount, nature and carrier covering property damage (including loss of use and occupancy) to any of the Obligor’s properties, business interruption insurance, public liability insurance including coverage for contractual liability, product liability and workers’ compensation, and any other insurance which is usual for such Obligor’s business. Each policy shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Bank of any cancellation thereof.

 

  (b)

Insurance Covering Collateral. To maintain all risk property damage insurance policies (including without limitation windstorm coverage, flood coverage, and hurricane coverage as applicable) covering the tangible property comprising the collateral. Each insurance policy must be in an amount acceptable to the Bank. The insurance must be issued by an insurance company acceptable to the Bank and must include a lender’s loss payable endorsement in favor of the Bank in a form acceptable to the Bank.

 

27


  (c)

Evidence of Insurance. Upon the request of the Bank, to deliver to the Bank a copy of each insurance policy, or, if permitted by the Bank, a certificate of insurance listing all insurance in force.

 

7.18

Compliance with Laws.

To comply with the requirements of all laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to cause a mate1ial adverse change in any Obligor’s business condition (financial or otherwise), operations or properties, or ability to repay the credit, or, in the case of the Controlled Substances Act, result in the forfeiture of any material property of any Obligor.

 

7.19

Books and Records.

To maintain adequate books and records, including complete and accurate records regarding all collateral.

 

7.20

Audits.

To allow the Bank and its agents to inspect the Borrower’s properties and examine, audit, and make copies of books and records at any time. If any of the Borrower’s properties, books or records are in the possession of a third party, the Borrower authorizes that third party to permit the Bank or its agents to have access to perform inspections or audits and to respond to the Bank’s requests for information concerning such properties, books and records.

 

7.21

Perfection of Liens.

To help the Bank perfect and protect its security interests and liens, and reimburse it for related costs it incurs to protect its security interests and liens.

 

7.22

Cooperation.

To take any action reasonably requested by the Bank to ca1Ty out the intent of this Agreement.

 

7.23

Assignment of Claims Act.

To promptly comply, upon request by the Bank, with any and all of the requirements of Title 31 Section 3727 and Title 41 Section 15 of the United States Code and all rules and regulations relating thereto, as amended, where such statutes, rules and regulations are, at the option of the Bank, applicable to particular contracts, and shall at all times take all such other action as may be necessary to facilitate and/or ensure perfection of the Bank’s security interest in and the assignment of the contracts.

 

28


7.24

Subsidiary Collateral.

 

  (a)

Collateral. The Borrower will cause the tangible and intangible personal property now owned or hereafter acquired by each of its subsidiaries whether newly fonned, after acquired or otherwise existing, to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected lien (subject to liens permitted hereunder) in favor of the Bank to secure the obligations incurred under this Agreement or otherwise in connection with this Agreement. The Borrower shall provide opinions of counsel and any filings and deliveries reasonably necessary in connection therewith to perfect the security interests therein, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank.

 

  (b)

Fu11her Assurances. At any time upon request of the Bank, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Bank may deem necessary or desirable to maintain in favor of the Bank, liens and insurance rights on the collateral required to be delivered hereby that are duly perfected in accordance with the requirements hereof, all other documents executed in connection herewith and all applicable laws.

 

8.

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

If any of the following events of default occurs, the Bank may do one or more of the following without prior notice except as required by law or expressly agreed in writing by Battle declare the Borrower in default, stop making any additional credit available to the Borrower, and require the Borrower to repay its entire debt immediately. If an event which, with notice or the passage of time, will constitute an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the Bank has no obligation to make advances or extend additional credit under this Agreement. In addition, if any event of default occurs, the Bank shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under any instruments and agreements required by or executed in connection with this Agreement, as well as all rights and remedies available at law or in equity. If an event of default occurs under the paragraph entitled “Bankruptcy/Receivers,” below with respect to any Obligor, then the entire debt outstanding under this Agreement will automatically be due immediately.

 

8.1

Failure to Pay.

The Borrower fails to make a payment under this Agreement when due.

 

8.2

Other Bank Agreements.

Any default occurs under any other document executed or delivered in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation, any note, guaranty, subordination agreement, mortgage or other collateral agreement, (i) any Obligor purports to revoke or disavow any guaranty or collateral agreement provided in connection with this Agreement; (ii) any representation or warranty made by any Obligor is false when made or deemed to be made; or (iii) any default occurs under any other agreement the Borrower (or any Obligor) has with the Bank or any affiliate of the Bank.

 

29


8.3

Cross-default.

Any default occurs under any agreement in com1ection with any credit any Obligor has obtained from anyone else or which any Obligor has guaranteed, and which remains in default after any applicable notice and cure period.

 

8.4

False Information.

The Borrower or any other Obligor has given the Bank false or misleading information or representations.

 

8.5

Bankruptcy/Receivers.

Any Obligor or any general partner of any Obligor files a bankruptcy petition, a bankruptcy petition is filed against any of the foregoing parties, or any Obliger, or any general partner of any Obligor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or a receiver or similar official is appointed for a substantial portion of any Obliger’s business; or the business is terminated, or such Obligor is liquidated or dissolved.

 

8.6

Lien Priority.

The Bank fails to have an enforceable first lien (except for any prior liens to which the Bank has consented in writing) on or security interest in any property given as security for this Agreement (or any guaranty).

 

8.7

Judgments.

Any judgments or arbitration awards are entered against any Obliger. Materiality will be determined in the Bank’s sole discretion.

 

8.8

Death.

If any Obligor is a natural person, such Obligor dies or becomes legally incompetent, unless within ninety (90) days after such Obligor dies or becomes legally incompetent, the Borrower either (a) replaces such Obliger with a substitute Obligor who in the Bank’s sole but reasonable determination has comparable business experience and financial strength, and such substitute Obligor executes such guaranties and other documents as the Bank determines are required to affect such substitution or (b) pays in full to the Bank the outstanding principal and interest on all loan(s) for which such Obligor is obligated to the Bank.

 

8.9

Material Adverse Change.

A material adverse change occurs, or is reasonably likely to occur, in any Obligor’s business condition (financial or otherwise), operations or properties, or ability to repay its obligations as contemplated hereunder or under any document executed in connection with this Agreement.

 

30


8.10

Government Action.

Any government authority takes action that the Bank believes materially adversely affects any Obligor’s financial condition or ability to repay.

 

8.11

ERISA Plans.

A reportable event occurs under Section 4043(c) of ERISA, or any Plan termination (or commencement of proceedings to terminate a Plan) or the full or partial withdrawal from a Plan under Section 4041 or 4042 of ERISA occurs; provided such event or events could reasonably be expected, in the judgment of the Bank, to have a material adverse effect.

 

8.12

Covenants.

Any default in the performance of or compliance with any obligation, agreement or other provision contained in this Agreement (other than those specifically described as an event of default in this Article).

 

8.13

Forfeiture.

A judicial or nonjudicial forfeiture or seizure proceeding is commenced by a government authority and remains pending with respect to any property of Borrower or any part thereof, on the grounds that the property or any part thereof had been used to commit or facilitate the commission of a criminal offense by any person, including any tenant, pursuant to any law, including under the Controlled Substances Act or the Civil Asset Forfeiture Reform Act, regardless of whether or not the property shall become subject to forfeiture or seizure in connection therewith .

 

9.

ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1

GAAP.

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all financial information provided to the Bank and all financial covenants will be made under generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied; provided, however, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the financial statements of the Borrower for the most recently ended fiscal year prior to the date of this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes.

 

9.2

Governing Law.

Except to the extent that any law of the United States may apply, this Agreement shall be governed and interpreted according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (the “Governing Law State”), without regard to any choice of law, rules or principles to the contrary. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect any rights or remedies of the Bank under federal law.

 

31


9.3

Venue and Jurisdiction.

The Borrower agrees that any action or suit against the Bank arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be filed in federal court or state court located in the Governing Law State. The Borrower agrees that the Bank shall not be deemed to have waived its rights to enforce this section by filing an action or suit against the Borrower or any Obligor in a venue outside of the Governing Law State. If the Bank does commence an action or suit arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Borrower agrees that the case may be filed in federal court or state court in the Governing Law State. The Bank reserves the right to commence an action or suit in any other jurisdiction where any Borrower, any other Obliger, or any collateral has any presence or is located. The Borrower consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such forum selected by the Bank and waives any right to contest jurisdiction and venue and the convenience of any such forum. The provisions of this section are material inducements to the Bank’s acceptance of this Agreement.

 

9.4

Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement is binding on the Borrower’s and the Bank’s successors and assignees. The Borrower agrees that it may not assign this Agreement without the Bank’ s prior consent. The Bank may sell participations in or assign this loan and the related loan documents, and may exchange information about the Borrower and any other Obligor (including, without limitation, any information regarding any hazardous substances) with actual or potential participants or assignees. If a participation is sold or the loan is assigned, the purchaser will have the right of set-off against the Borrower.

 

9.5

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION AND (a) CERTIFIES THAT THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY MADE.

 

32


9.6

Waiver of Class Actions.

The terms “Claim” or “Claims” refer to any disputes, controversies, claims, counterclaims, allegations of liability, theories of damage, or defenses between Bank of America, N.A., its subsidiaries and affiliates, on the one hand, and the other parties to this Agreement, on the other hand (all of the foregoing each being referred to as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”). Whether in state court, federal court, or any other venue, jurisdiction, or before any tribunal, the Parties agree that all aspects of litigation and trial of any Claim will take place without resort to any fonn of class or representative action. Thus the Parties may only bring Claims against each other in an individual capacity and waive any right they may have to do so as a class representative or a class member in a class or representative action. THIS CLASS ACTION WAIVER PRECLUDES ANY PARTY FROM PARTICIPATING IN OR BEING REPRESENTED IN ANY CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE ACTION REGARDING A CLAIM.

 

9.7

CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT.

THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS EACH OF STEPHEN A. MAYO AND RUTH F. RILEY, ANY ONE OF WHOM MAY ACT ALONE, AS ITS DULY-CONSTITUTED, TRUE AND LAWFUL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT WITH AUTHORITY, IN THE NAME, PLACE AND STEAD OF THE BORROWER OR ANY OF THEM (IF MORE THAN ONE) TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN THE OFFICE OF THE CIRCUIT COURT OF THE COUNTY OF FAIRFAX, VIRGINIA, AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OF THEM (IF MORE THAN ONE), IN THE FULL AMOUNT DUE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, PRINCIPAL, ACCRUED INTEREST AND LATE FEES) AND ANY MODIFICATION, RENEWAL OR SUBSTITUTION HEREOF, WHETHER NOW OR HEREAFTER EXISTING, PLUS ALL COSTS OF CONFESSING AND ENTERING JUDGMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEY’S FEES), UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY EVENT OF DEFAULT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MODIFICATION, RENEWAL OR SUBSTITUTION THEREOF, WHETHER NOW OR HEREAFTER EXISTING. SUCH APPOINTMENT SHALL CONSTITUTE A POWER COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND SHALL REMAIN IN EFFECT UNTIL ANY AND ALL INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN PAID IN FULL. THE HOLDER OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY APPOINT A:. SUBSTITUTE FOR ANY ATTORNEY-IN-FACT NAMED ABOVE BY SPECIFICALLY NAMING SUCH SUBSTITUTE ATTORNEY-IN-FACT IN AN INSTRUMENT RECORDED AND INDEXED IN THE CLERK’S OFFICE IDENTIFIED ABOVE AS PROVIDED IN VA. CODE SEC. 8.01A35.

 

9.8

Severability: Waivers.

If any part of this Agreement is not enforceable, the rest of the Agreement may be enforced. The Bank retains all 1ights, even if it makes a loan after default. If the Bank waives a default, it may enforce a later default. Any consent or waiver under this Agreement must be in writing.

 

33


9.9

Expenses.

 

  ,(a)

The Borrower shall pay to the Bank immediately upon demand the full amount of all payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred by the Bank in connection with (i) the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and any related agreements, the Bank’s continued administration of this Agreement and such related agreements, and the preparation of any amendments and waivers related to this Agreement or such related agreements, (ii) filing, recording and search fees, appraisal fees, field examination fees, title report fees, and documentation fees with respect to any collateral and books and records of the Borrower or any other Obligor, (iii) the Bank’s costs or losses arising from any changes in law which are allocated to this Agreement or any credit outstanding under this Agreement, and (iv) costs or expenses required to be paid by the Borrower or any other Obliger that are paid, incurred or advanced by the Bank.

 

  (b)

The Borrower will indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from any loss, liability, damages, judgments, and costs of any kind relating to or arising directly or indirectly out of (i) this Agreement or any document required hereunder, (ii) any credit extended or committed by the Bank to the Borrower hereunder, (iii) any claim, whether well-founded or otherwise, that there has been a failure to comply with any law regulating the Borrower’s sales or leases to or performance of services for debtors obligated upon the Borrower’s accounts receivable and disclosures in c01mection therewith, and (iv) any litigation or proceeding related to or arising out of this Agreement, any such document, any such credit, or any such claim, including, without limitation, any act resulting from the Bank complying with instructions the Bank reasonably believes are made by any Authorized Individual. This paragraph will survive this Agreement’s termination, and will benefit the Bank and its officers, employees, and agents.

 

  (c)

The Borrower shall reimburse the Bank for any reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Bank in connection with (a) the enforcement or preservation of the Bank’s rights and remedies and/or the collection of any obligations of the Borrower which become due to the Bank and in connection with any “workout” or restructuring, and (b) the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to this Agreement, the credit provided hereunder or any related agreements, including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by the Bank or any other person) relating to the Borrower or any other person or entity.

 

34


9.10

Set-Off.

Upon and after the occurrence of an event of default under this Agreement, (a) the Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank at any time without notice and whether or not the Bank shall have declared any amount owing by the Borrower to be due and payable, to set off against, and to apply to the payment of, the Borrower’s indebtedness and obligations to the Bank under this Agreement and all related agreements, whether matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, any and all amounts owing by the Bank to the Borrower, and in the case of deposits, whether general or special (except trust and escrow accounts), time or demand and however evidenced, and (b) pending any such action, to hold such amounts as collateral to secure such indebtedness and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank and to return as unpaid for insufficient funds any and all checks and other items drawn against any deposits so held as the Bank, in its sole discretion, may elect. The Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a security interest in all deposits and accounts maintained with the Bank to secure the payment of all such indebtedness and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank.

 

9.11

One Agreement.

This Agreement and any related security or other agreements required by this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the B01Tower and the Bank with respect to each credit subject hereto and supersede all prior negotiations, communications, discussions and correspondence concerning the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any other agreements required by this Agreement, this Agreement will prevail.

 

9.12

Notices.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in another agreement between the Bank and the Borrower, all notices required under this Agreement shall be personally delivered or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier, to the addresses on the signature page of this Agreement, or sent by facsimile to the fax number(s) listed on the signature page, or to such other addresses as the Bank and the Borrower may specify from time to time in writing. Notices and other communications shall be effective (i) if mailed, upon the earlier of receipt or five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, postage prepaid, (ii) if telecopied, when transmitted, or (iii) if hand-delivered, by courier or otherwise (including telegram, lettergram or mailgram), when delivered.

 

9.13

Headings.

Article and paragraph headings are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or meaning of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.14

Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement (or of any agreement or document required by this Agreement and any amendment to this Agreement) by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement; provided, however, that the telecopy or other electronic image shall be promptly followed by an original if required by the Bank

 

35


9.15

Borrower/Obligor Information; Reporting to Credit Bureaus.

The Borrower authorizes the Bank at any time to verify or check any information given by the Borrower to the Bartle, check the Borrower’s credit references, verify employment, and obtain credit reports and other credit bureau information from time to time in connection with the administration, servicing and collection of the loans under this Agreement. The Bo1TOwer agrees that the Bank shall have the right at all times to disclose and report to credit reporting agencies and credit rating agencies such information pertaining to the Borrower and all other Obligors as is consistent with the Bank’s policies and practices from time to time in effect.

 

9.16

Customary Advertising Material.

The Borrower consents to the publication by the Bank of customary advertising material relating to the transactions contemplated hereby using the name, product photographs, logo or trademark of the Borrower.

 

9.17

Amendments.

This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing signed by each party hereto.

 

9.18

Disposition of Schedules and Reports.

The Bank will not be obligated to return any schedules, invoices, statements, budgets, forecasts, reports or other papers delivered by the Borrower. The Bank will destroy or otherwise dispose of such materials at such time as the Bank, in its discretion, deems appropriate.

 

9.19

Returned Merchandise.

Until the Bank exercises its rights to collect the accounts receivable as provided under any security agreement required under this Agreement, the Borrower may continue its present policies for returned merchandise and adjustments. Credit adjustments with respect to returned merchandise shall be made immediately upon receipt of the merchandise by the Bon-ower or upon such other disposition of the merchandise by the debtor in accordance with the Borrower’s instructions. If a credit adjustment is made with respect to any Eligible Receivable, the amount of such adjustment shall no longer be included in the amount of such Acceptable Receivable in computing the Borrowing Base.

 

9.20

Verification of Receivables.

The Bank may at any time, either orally or in writing, request confirmation from any debtor of the current amount and status of the accounts receivable upon which such debtor is obligated.

 

9.21

Waiver of Confidentiality.

The Borrower authorizes the Bank to discuss the Borrower’s financial affairs and business operations with any accountants, auditors, business consultants, or other professional advisors employed by the Borrower, and authorizes such parties to disclose to the Bank such financial and business information or reports (including management letters) concerning the Borrower as the Bank may request.

 

36


9.22

Additional Remedy for Failure to Assign Payments.

The Borrower acknowledges that the Bank will be irreparably harmed if the Borrower fails, after request by the Bank, to promptly assign payments due or to become due under any Eligible Receivables when required by the Bank, pursuant to this Agreement, and that the Bank shall have no adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the Borrower agrees that the Battle shall be entitled to the following remedies, in addition to all other remedies allowed by law or under this Agreement:

 

  (a)

an injunction compelling the Borrower’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement requiring the Borrower to assign payments due or to become due under any Eligible Receivables;

 

  (b)

the appointment of a receiver, with instructions that the receiver shall comply, in the Bon-ower’s name and on its behalf, with the provisions of this Agreement requiring the Borrower to assign payments due or to become due under any Eligible Receivables; and

 

  (c)

such other or further equitable relief as may be necessary or desirable to secure to the Bank the benefits of the rights of an assignee under the Assignment of Claims Act (Title 31 Section 3727 and Title 41 Section 15 of the United States Code).

 

9.23

Disposition of Schedules and Reports.

The Bank will not be obligated to return any schedules, invoices, statements, budgets, forecasts, reports or other papers delivered by the Borrower. The Bank will destroy or otherwise dispose of such materials at such time as the Bank, in its discretion, deems appropriate.

 

9.24

Returned Merchandise.

Until the Bank exercises its rights to collect the Eligible Receivables as provided under any security agreement required under this Agreement, the Borrower may continue its present policies for returned merchandise and adjustments. Credit adjustments with respect to returned merchandise shall be made immediately upon receipt of the merchandise by the Borrower or upon such other disposition of the merchandise by the debtor in accordance with the Borrower’s instructions. If a credit adjustment is made with respect to any Eligible Receivables, the amount of such adjustment shall no longer be included in the amount of such Eligible Receivables in computing the Borrowing Base.

 

9.25

Verification of Eligible Receivables.

The Bank may at any time, either orally or in writing, request confirmation from any debtor of the current amount and status of the Eligible Receivables upon which such debtor is obligated.

 

37


9.26

Waiver of Confidentiality.

The Borrower authorizes the Bank to discuss the Borrower’s financial affairs and business operations with any accountants, auditors, business consultants, or other professional advisors employed by the Borrower, and authorizes such parties to disclose to the Bank such financial and business information or reports (including management letters) concerning the Borrower as the Bank may request.

[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES]

 

 

38


The Borrower executed this Agreement as of the date stated at the top of the first page, intending to create an instrument executed under seal.

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.                              BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP , LTD
By:  

/S/

    By:    /S/                                                                      (Seal)
  Name: Robin Toomey        Name: Gary Bowman
  Title: Senior Vice President        Title: President
Prepared by: Troutman Sanders LLP     
Address where notices to     Address where notices to
the Bank are to be sent:     the Borrower are to be sent:
8300 Greensboro Dr.     3863 Centerview Drive
Mezz Level     Suite 300
McLean, Virginia 22102     Chantilly, Virginia 20151
Facsimile: ———————-     Attn: Robert A. Hickey
    Telephone: (703) 464-1026
   

USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE

Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account or obtains a loan. The Bank will ask for the Borrower’s legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying information. The Bank may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related persons .


The Borrower executed this Agreement as of the date stated at the top of the first page, intending to create an instrument executed under seal.

 

BANK OF AMERICA , N.A.      BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP , LTD
By:  

             

     By:                                                                                      (Seal)
  Name:                                  Name:
  Title:         Title:
Prepared by: Troutman Sanders, LLP        
Address where notices to      Address where notices to
the Bank are to be sent:      the Borrower are to be sent:
8300 Greensboro Dr.      3863 Centerview Drive
Mezz Level      Suite 300
McLean , Virginia 22102      Chantilly, Virginia 20151
Facsimile:                                       Attn: Robert A. Hickey
       Telephone: (703) 464-1026

USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE

Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account or obtains a loan . The Bank will ask for the Borrower’s legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying information. The Bank may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related persons .


SCHEDULE A

FEES

 

(a)

Facility No. I Loan Fee.

The Borrower agrees to pay a loan fee for Facility No. 1 in the amount of Thirty-One Thousand Dollars ($31,000). This fee is due on the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)

Facility No. 2 Loan Fee.

The Borrower agrees to pay a loan fee for Facility No. 2 in the amount of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500). This fee is due on the date of this Agreement.

 

(c)

Late Fee.

To the extent permitted by law, the Borrower agrees to pay a late fee in an amount not to exceed four percent (4%) of any payment that is more than fifteen (15) days late. The imposition and payment of a late fee shall not constitute a waiver of the Bank’s rights with respect to the default.

 

(d)

Returned Payment Fee.

The Bank, in its discretion, may collect from the Borrower a returned payment fee each time a payment is returned or if there are insufficient funds in the designated account when a payment is attempted through automatic payment.

 

(e)

Unused Co1mnitment Fee.

The Borrower agrees to pay a fee on any difference between the Credit Limit and the amount of credit it actually uses, determined by the daily amount of credit outstanding during the specified period. The fee will be calculated at one-quarter of one percent (0.25%). This fee is due on September 30, 2017, and on the same day of each following qua1ter until the expiration of the availability period.


SCHEDULE 1.14

Accrued Put Options - Unexercised

 

Description

   Shares      Exercise Start      Exercise End      Current Put Liability
as of 6/30/2017
 

Loomis Partners, Inc.

     840        12/31/17        12/31/20        191,077.69  

Richard Creech

     287        01/01/18        01/30/18        52,405.51  

Richard Creech

     287        04/01/18        04/13/18        51,083.31  

Richard Creech

     287        07/01/18        07/13/18        50,121.69  

Richard Creech

     287        10/01/18        10/13/18        49,390.85  

Richard Creech

     287        01/01/19        01/13/19        49,542.76  

Richard Creech

     287        04/01/19        04/13/19        49,009.37  

Richard Creech

     287        07/01/19        07/13/19        48,570.14  

Richard Creech

     287        10/01/19        10/13/19        48,202.19  

Richard Creech

     287        01/01/20        01/13/20        48,448.15  

Richard Creech

     287        04/01/20        04/13/20        48,140.04  

Richard Creech

     100        07/01/20        07/30/20        16,680.15  

Jesse Goldfarb

     144        08/30/16        08/30/18        28,337.13  

Jerry Compton

     144        08/30/16        08/30/18        28,337.13  

Erik Juliano

     144        08/30/16        08/30/18        28,337.13  

Bill Pfeffer

     144        08/30/16        08/30/18        28,337.13  

Tracy Bratton

     240        08/14/16        08/14/18        56,673.42  

William Burnett

     240        08/14/16        08/14/18        56,673.42  

John Barnard

     240        08/14/16        08/14/18        56,673.42  

Derek Williams

     112        06/30/15        12/31/18        25,122.96  

Derek Williams

     113        06/30/16        12/31/18        25,347.54  

Stan Omland

     2,813        10/01/16        12/31/16        472,538.80  

Stan Omland

     2,813        10/01/17        12/31/17        472,538.80  

Stan Omland

     2,813        10/01/18        12/31/18        472,538.80  

Stan Omland

     2,813        10/01/19        12/31/19        472,538.80  

Stan Omland

     2,813        10/01/20        12/31/20        472,538.80  


SCHEDULE 6.10

LIST OF DEBTS BEING SUBORDINATED

 

CREDITOR

   ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
    

EVIDENCED BY

Stanley Omland

   $ 1,705,510     

Promissory Note dated as of

October 1, 2014

Gary Bowman

   $ 671,250.00     

Promissory Note dated as of

August 16, 2013


EXHIBIT A-1

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD

Bank of America

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

For the Month-ending                     01/00/00

 

     Eligible Prime
Gov’t AIR
    Eligible Non Prime
Gov’t AIR
    Eligible
Commercial AIR
(outstanding <90
days)
    Eligible AIR
(outstanding
90 - 120 daysl
 

1.) Beginning of Month G/L Balance

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

2.) ADD : Gross Sales for the Month

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

3.) ADD : Debit Memos , Returned Checks, Other Dr. Adj.

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

4.) LESS: Net Cash Collections for the Month

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

5.) LESS: Credit Memos, Discounts, Other Cr Adj.

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Other Debits or (Credits)

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

6.) End of Month G/L Balance as of

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

7.) AIR Aging Balance as of the same date

     !Q     $ 0       !Q       !Q  
    

 

 

     

Variance, if any (Line 6 minus Line 7; if negative add to ineligibles on Sch. A)

     !Q       !Q       !Q       !Q  

8.) Ineligible Accounts Receivable (Per Attached Schedule A)

     !Q     $ 0       !Q       !Q  
    

 

 

     

9.) Net Eligible Accounts Receivable (Line 7 Aging Balance minus Line 8)

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

10.) Advance Rate

     90     85     80     50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

11.) Gross Availability • Accounts Receivable

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0      
Lesser of $0
or $2,000,000
 
 

BORROWING BASE

        

12.) Gross Availability (Line 11)

         $ 0  

13.) Lesser of Gross Availability (Line 12) or Line Limit of

         $ 0  

$12,400,000

        

LOAN DETAIL

        

Loan balance Outstanding at Month-end 01/00/00

         $ 0  

14.) Total Loans Outstanding at Month-end

         $ 0  

15.) Borrowing Base Reserves (Per Attached Schedule A)

           !Q  

16.) Excess Borrowing Base Availability (Line 13 minus Line 14 & 15)

           1Q  
        

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that:

(A) The information provided above and in the accompanying supporting documentation is true. complete and correct, and complies fully with the conditions. terms and covenants of the Loan Agreement dated as amended to date (the Agreement) between the undersigned and Bank of America (the” Bank”)

(B) Since the date of the last financial statement or certification furnished to the Bank:

(a) There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or operations of the undersigned: and

(b) There is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would be. a default under the Agreement

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD
By:                                                                    Date  
Title :                                                                    


EXHIBIT A-1

 

OBLIGOR:  

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD

 

        SCHEDULE OF INELIGIBLES

Check one   D Standard Ineligibles (Check if 100% compliance lo Standard)
  Variance from Standard Ineligibles (Check if At:N of lhe Sfandard Ineligibles are to be excluded)

INELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (boxes not checked represent variance{s)fromABL Sfandardsl

 

     Eligible Prime
Gov’t AIR
     Eliqible Non Prime
Gov’t AIR
     Eliqible Commercial AJR
{outstanding <90 days)
     Eligible AR
(outstanding ;?:
120 da\’.§)
 

Past due: over Days (or 90 Days for Eligilble Prime Gov’t

           

AIR) PAST INVOICE DATE

        0        0        0  

Unapplied Cash/Deposits

           

Credit Balances in Past Dues

           

Foreign Account Debtor

           

No access to courts (Eligible Commercial AR only)

           

Subject to third party lien

           

35 % Cross Aging for over 120 days past invoice date

           

Claims

           

Affiliates, lnterco and Employees

           

Contra Elimination

           

Commissions to Agents

           

Cash/COD’S

           

Finance/Service Charges

           

Bankrupt Accounts

           

Pre-Billings/Bill and Hold

           

Retentions

           

Government Claims for Disallowed Expenses

           

Award Fees

           

Unbilled

           

Debit Memos/Chargebacks

           

Other as banks deems ineligible

           

Variance Between Aging & G/L (if GIL is to er)

           

Excess         % Concentration     Gross

           

TOTAL INELIGIBLE AIR (Toline 8 of BBC)

           

BORROWING BASE RESERVES

           

PACA (PerishableA91iculfura! CommodiliesAcl) or any similar Slate Law

           

Derivatives (including interest rate SWAP risk)

           

Other (specify)                         

           

Total Borrowing Base Reserves {To line 17 of BBC)

           

COMMENTS ON INELIGIBLES AND/OR RESERVES


COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

This Compliance Certificate (the “Certificate”) is delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of August _,     2017 (together with all amendments and modifications, if any, from time to time made thereto, the “Credit Agreement”), between Bowman Consulting Group, Ltd, a Virginia corporation (the “Borrower”), and Bank of America, N.A (the “Bank ‘J. Unless otherwise defined, terms used herein (including the exhibits hereto) have the meanings provided in the Loan Agreement.

The undersigned, being the duly elected, qualified and acting                    of the Borrower, on behalf of the B01TOwer and solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, the Borrower hereby certifies and warrants that:

He or she is the                    of the Borrower and that, as such, he or she is authorized to execute this Certificate on behalf of the Borrower.

Asof                                                     

Unless specifically noted below, Borrower was not in default of any of the provisions of the Credit Agreement during the period to which this Certificate relates, including but not limited to:

 

  1.

Representations and Warranties provisions

 

  2.

Covenants provisions, such as:

 

  a.

Financial Information, in form and substance provided for, appropriately signed and presented as agreed.

 

  b.

Financial Covenants provided for in the Credit Agreement (e.g. Funded Debt to EBITDA, Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA, and Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio).

 

  c.

Use of Proceeds provisions.

 

  d.

Collateral provisions, including perfection and preservation of bank’s lien position, and Other Liens.

 

  e.

Provisions for Notices, including notices pertaining to defaults, lawsuits, material adverse change, contingent liabilities and governmental or regulatory actions.

 

  f.

Insurance provisions

 

  g.

Additional Negative Covenants provisions including asset disposition, mergers or combinations, business acquisitions and business activities.

 

  3.

Provisions constituting Defaults, including but not limited to: Failure to Pay, Lien Priority, False Information, Bankruptcy, Receivers, Lawsuits, Judgments, Government Action, Material Adverse Change, Cross-default.

Borrower was in default of the following provisions of the Loan Agreement during the period to which this Certificate relates [Show Nil or specifically list any areas where Borrower was not in compliance with the terms of the Loan Agreement]:                     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this certificate, this        day of                    ,201_.

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD
By:                                                                (Seal)
 

Name:

Title:


FUNDED DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO EXHIBIT

(Current Year CMLTD)

 

    Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio (on a consolidated basis)    Prior Year
Interim (1)
   Prior Full
Fiscal
Year (2)
  

Current

Year

Interim

(3)

        Totals
Columns
(2) + (3)-
(1)
l.   Funded Debt:               
  All outstanding liabilities for borrowed money               
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

+   other interest-bearing liabilities, including current and long-term debt

              
                

 

  (A) = Funded Debt             1A   
                

 

2.       EBITDA (calculated on a trailing 12 month basis):               
  Net income               
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  (LESS income] [or PLUS loss] from discontinued               
  operations and extraordinary items               
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

+   income tax

              
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

+   interest expense

              
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

+   depreciation

              
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

+   depletion

              
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

+   amortization

              
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

+   other non-cash charges, including non-cash reduction of put liabilities

              
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  (B) =EBITDA               
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio= l(A) + 2(B):               
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  Required ratio is:          4.0 to 1.0


SENIOR FUNDED DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO EXHIBIT

(Current Year CMLTD)

 

Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio (on a consolidated basis)    Prior Year
Interim (1)
     Prior Full
Fiscal
Year (2)
     Current Year
Interim (3)
           

Totals

Columns

(2) + (3)-(1)

 

1.

   Senior Funded Debt:               
   All outstanding liabilities for borrowed money               
              

 

 

       

 

 

 
   +    other interest-bearing liabilities, including current and long-term debt Subordinated Liabilities               
              

 

 

       

 

 

 
   (A) = Funded Debt               1A     
              

 

 

       

 

 

 

2.

   EBITDA (calculated on a trailing 12 month basis):               
   Net income               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   [LESS income] [or PLUS loss] from discontinued operations and extraordinary items               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   +    income tax               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   +    interest expense               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   +    depreciation               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   +    depletion               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   +    amortization               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   +    other non-cash charges, including non-cash reduction of put liabilities               
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   (B) ““EBITDA                   2B     
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio= l(A) + 2(B):

              
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   Required ratio is:            3.25 to 1.0        


BASIC FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO EXHIBIT

(Current Year CMLTD)

 

Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(on a consolidated basis)

  

Prior Year

Interim
(1)

    

Prior Full

Fiscal Year
(2)

    

Current

Year
Interim
(3)

           

Totals

Columns
(2) + (3)-
(1)

 

1. EBITDA (calculated on a trailing 12 month basis):

              

net income

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

(-   income] {or+ loss] from discontinued operations and extraordinary items

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   income taxes

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   interest expense

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   depreciation

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   depletion

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   amortization

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

=   EBITDA

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   Lease Expense

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   Rent expense

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Income Taxes

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

dividends, withdrawals, and other distributions

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

=   (A) Total Adjusted EBITDA

              lA     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

2.  Expenses (calculated on a trailing 12 month basis)

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Interest expense

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   Lease expense

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   Rent expense

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   Current portion of long term debt as shown on current financial statement (excluding the indebtedness under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit)

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   Current portion of capitalized lease obligations as shown on current financial statement

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

+   The difference between principal and interest due under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit payable to the Bank for the prior 12-month period and the amount of employee payroll deductions collected by the Borrower for the repayment of the debt under the Non-Revolving Line of Credit for the prior 12-month period

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

(B) Total Fixed Charges

              28     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio = l(A) + 2(B)

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Required ratio is:

        1.25 to 1.0           

Exhibit 10.6

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of April 20, 2018, is by and between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “Bank”), and BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD., a Virginia corporation (the “Bank”).

The Borrower and the Bank are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 2017 (the “Existing Credit Agreement’), and they now desire to amend certain provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement as provided herein.

Accordingly, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Borrower and the Bank hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms: Effective Date. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment (the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, being hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Agreement”). Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, all amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth herein shall be effective as of the date of this Amendment.

2. Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement. The Borrower and the Bank agree that the following provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement are amended as follows:

2.1. Credit Limit. Section 1.1O of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Credit Limit” means the amount of Thirteen Minion Dollars ($13,000,000).

2.2. Borrowing Base Certificate. Exhibit A-1 to the Existing Credit Agreement is replaced in its entirety with Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

3. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

3.1. The Borrower is in compliance with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Credit Agreement, and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

3.2. There exists no Event of Default and no event has occurred or condition exists which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

3.3. After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are, except to the extent that they relate solely to an earlier date, true with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof.

3.4. The Borrower has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement and to incur the obligations provided for herein and therein, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action. No consent or approval of the stockholders of the Borrower which has not been obtained and no consent or approval of, notice to or filing with, any public authority which has not been obtained or made is required as a condition to the validity of this Amendment.

3.5. This Amendment and the Credit Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3.6. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, so far as the officers of the Borrower know, threatened before any court or administrative agency that, in the opinion of such officers, would, if adversely determined, materially adversely affect (i) the financial condition or operations of the Borrower, or (ii) the ability of the Borrower to execute or deliver this Amendment or to carry out the terms of the Credit Agreement.


3.7. There is no existing mortgage, lease, indenture, contract or other agreement binding on the Borrower or affecting its property, that would conflict with or in any way prevent the execution or delivery of this Amendment or the carrying out of the terms of the Credit Agreement.

3.8. The Borrower is not (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA’), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code’); (3) an entity deemed to hold ‘plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan’ within the meaning of ERISA.

4. Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent:

4.1. Amendment. The Borrower and the Bank shall have executed and delivered one or more counterparts of this Amendment.

4.2. Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors. The Borrower shall have caused Gary Bowman and Bowman Consulting Group DC PC to have executed and delivered to the Bank the Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors attached hereto.

4.3. Other Conditions. The Bank shall have received any and all other certificates, statements, opinions and other documents required by the terms of this Amendment or otherwise requested by the Bank.

5. No Other Amendments: Reaffirmation: No Novation: No Waiver: Reservation of Rights and Release. Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects, and the Borrower hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not reduce, discharge, release, impair or otherwise limit any of the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) the Borrower does not have any offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind to its obligations, covenants or agreements under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which ii is a party, (c) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver or release by the Bank of any default or Event of Default that may now or hereafter exist under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or of the Bank’s right to exercise any and all of its rights and remedies thereunder, all of which rights and remedies are hereby reserved by the Bank, and (d) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute a novation with respect to the indebtedness described in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrower, for itself and for its successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Bank and the Bank’s, respective predecessors, successors. assigns, officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the ‘Bank Group’), from any and all presently existing claims, demands, damages, liabilities, actions and/or causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all claims, demands and causes of action for contribution and indemnity, whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, whether liability be direct or indirect, liquidated or unliquidated, whether absolute or contingent, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not heretofore asserted, which the Borrower may have or claim to have against any of the Bank Group arising out of facts or events in any way related to the Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby that exist on the date hereof or arise from facts or actions occurring prior hereto or on the date hereof.

6. Security for Obligations. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that all indebtedness and other obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement are secured by the collateral described in the Loan Documents.

7. References. All references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereunder” or other words of similar import, and all references to the “Credit Agreement” or similar words in the other loan Documents, or any other document or instrument that refers to the Credit Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Existing Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

8. Fees and Expenses. In consideration of Bank’s agreement to amend the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to pay the Bank a non refundable fee in the amount of $1,500. In addition, the Borrower hereby agrees that it will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and the consummation of the transactions described herein, including, without limitation, the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of the Bank.


9. Applicable Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to conflicts of law principles.

10. Counterparts: Electronic Delivery. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by any party to this Amendment of its signatures hereon through facsimile or other electronic image file (including .pdf) (i) may be relied upon as if this Amendment were physically delivered with an original hand-written signature of such party, and (ii) shall be binding on such party for all purposes.

11. Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

12. FINAL AGREEMENT. BY SIGNING THIS AMENDMENT, EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT: (A) THIS AMENDMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, (B) THIS AMENDMENT SUPERSEDES ANY COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, UNLESS SUCH COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY, (C) THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES, AND (0) THIS AMENDMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR UNDERSTANDINGS OF THE PARTIES.

[Signatures begin on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower and the Bank have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD.,
: /S/                               (Seal)
President  

[Signatures continue on following page)


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association
By:   /S/                                         (Seal)
Emily Hallenbeck
Senior Vice President


EXHlBIT A-1

CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTORS AND PLEDGORS

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in the foregoing Amendment. Each of the undersigned (each, a “Credjt Support Provider”) is a guarantor of, and/or is a grantor or pledgor of collateral for, the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the Credit Agreement. Each Credit Support Provider hereby consents and agrees to the terms of the Amendment, and, without limiting the generality of the terms of its guaranty and/or any agreement under which it has granted to the Bank a lien or security Interest In any of Its real or personal property (collectively, the “Credit Support Provider Documents”). acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Credit Support Provider Documents cover and apply to the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment. (II) each reference In the Credit Support Provider Documents to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment, (Ill) the Amendment does not release, Impair or otherwise limit any of such Credit Support Provider’s obligations under the Credit Support Provider Documents, (iv) such Credit Support Provider does not have any offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind to Its obligations, covenants or agreements under the Credit Support Provider Documents, all of which obligations, covenants and agreements are hereby expressly reaffirmed, and (v) the Credit Support Provider Documents remain in full force and effect in all respects.

Each Credit Support Provider, for Itself and for its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Bank and the Bank’s, respective predecessors, successors, assigns, officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the “Bank Group”), from any and all presently existing claims, demands, damages, liabilities, actions and/or causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all claims, demands and causes of action for contribution and Indemnity, whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, whether liability be direct or indirect, liquidated or unliquidated, whether absolute or contingent, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not heretofore asserted, which such Credit Support Provider may have or claim to have against any of the Bank Group arising out of facts or events In any way related to the Credit Support Provider Documents, the Credit Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby that exist on the date hereof or arise from facts or actions occurring prior hereto or on the date hereof.

Although each Credit Support Provider has been informed of the terms of the Amendment, it understands and agrees that the Bank has no duty to so notify It or any other guarantor now or in the future, or to seek this or any future acknowledgment, consent or reaffirmation, and nothing contained herein shall create or Imply any such duty as to any transactions, past or future.

Each Credit Support Provider represents and warrants to the Bank that It Is not (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title J of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as emended (‘ERISA’), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the lnternal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code; (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets· of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.

Each Credit Supp011 Provider has caused this consent of Credit Support Providers to be duly executed under seal, an as of the day and year first written in the foregoing Amendment.

 

/S/     (SEAL)
Gary Bowman
Bowman Consulting Group OC PC, a District of Columbia professional corporation
By.   /S/   (SEAL)
  Ryan Brannan  
  President  


EXHIBIT A-1


EXHIBIT A-1

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD

Bank of America

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                              For the Month ending                                     “0”‘11,,,00<!.l/0.,.0

 

     Eligible Prime
Gov’t AIR
    Eligible Non Prime
Gov’t AIR
    Eligible
Commercial
Outstanding
<90 days
    Eligible AIR (outstanding) AR
>90-120 days
 

1.) Beginning of Month GIL Balance

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

2.) ADD: Gross Sales for the Month

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

3.) ADD: Debit Memos, Returned Checks. Other Dr. Adj.

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

4.) LESS: Net Cash Collections for the Month

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

5.) LESS: Credit Memos, Discounts, Other Cr Adj. Other Debits or (Credits)

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

6.) End of Month GIL Balance as of

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

7.) AR Aging Balance as of the same date, Variance, if any (line 6 minus line 7, if negative add to ineligibles on Sch A)

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

8.) Ineligible Accounts Receivable (Per Attached Schedule A)

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

9.) Net Eligible Accounts Receivable (Line 7 Aging Balance minus Line 8)

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

10.) Advance Rate

     90     85     80     50

11.) Gross Availability Accounts Receivable

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     Lesser of $ 0 or $2,000,000  

 

BORROWING BASE

  

12.) Gross Availability (line 11)

   $ 0  

13.) Lesser of Gross Availability (Line 12) or Line Limit of $13,000,000

   $ 0  

LOAN DETAIL

  

Loan balance Outstanding at Month-end 01/00/00

  

14.) Total Loans Outstanding at Month-end

   $ 0  

15.) Borrowing Base Reserves (Per Attached Schedule A)

   $ 0  

16.) Excess Borrowing Base Availability (Line 13 minus Line 14 & 15)

   $ 0  

The undersigned represents and warrants that

 

  A.

The information provided above and in the accompanying supporting documents is true, complete and correct and complies fully with the conditions, terms and covenants of the Credit Agreement dated _______ as amended to date (the “Agreement”) between the undersigned and Bank of America (the ‘Bank’)

 

  B.

Since the date of the last financial statement or certification furnished to the Bank

 

  C.

There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or operations of the undersigned and

 

  D.

There is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of lime or both would be, a default under the Agreement

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD
By:  

 

  Date:  

 

Title:  

 

   

Exhibit 10.7

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of November 9, 2018, is by and between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “Bank”), and BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD., a Virginia corporation (the “Bank”).

The Borrower and the Bank are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 2017 (as amended from time to time, the “Existing Credit Agreement”), and they now desire to amend certain provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement as provided herein.

Accordingly, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Borrower and the Bank hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms; Effective Date. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment (the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, being hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Agreement”). Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, all amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth herein shall be effective as of the date of this Amendment.

2. Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement. The Borrower and the Bank agree that the following provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement are amended as follows:

 

2.1.

Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio. Section 7.3 of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

7.3 Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio.

To maintain on a consolidated basis commencing with the quarter ending September 30, 2018, a ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA not exceeding 3.5.0:1.0.

This ratio will be calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter, using the results of the trailing twelve (12) month period ending with such quarter.

 

2.2.

Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio. Section 7.4 of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

7.4 Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio.

To maintain on a consolidated basis commencing with the quarter ending September 30, 2018, a ratio of Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA not exceeding 3.00:1.0.

This ratio will be calculated at the end of each quarter, using the results of the trailing twelve (12) month period ending with such quarter.

 

3.

Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

 

3.1.

The Borrower is in compliance with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Credit Agreement, and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

3.2.

There exists no Event of Default and no event has occurred or condition exists which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 


3.3.

After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are, except to the extent that they relate solely to an earlier date, true with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof.

 

3.4.

The Borrower has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement and to incur the obligations provided for herein and therein, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action. No consent or approval of the stockholders of the Borrower which has not been obtained and no consent or approval of, notice to or filing with, any public authority which has not been obtained or made is required as a condition to the validity of this Amendment.

 

3.5.

This Amendment and the Credit Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

3.6.

There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, so far as the officers of the Borrower know, threatened before any court or administrative agency that, in the opinion of such officers, would, if adversely determined, materially adversely affect (i) the financial condition or operations of the Borrower, or (ii) the ability of the Borrower to execute or deliver this Amendment or to carry out the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

3.7.

There is no existing mortgage, lease, indenture, contract or other agreement binding on the Borrower or affecting its property, that would conflict with or in any way prevent the execution or delivery of this Amendment or the carrying out of the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

3.8.

The Borrower is not (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”); (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.

 

4.

Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1.

Amendment. The Borrower and the Bank shall have executed and delivered one or more counterparts of this Amendment.

 

4.3.

Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors. The Borrower shall have caused Gary Bowman and Bowman Consulting Group DC PC to have executed and delivered to the Bank the Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors attached hereto.

 

4.4.

Other Conditions. The Bank shall have received any and all other certificates, statements, opinions and other documents required by the terms of this Amendment or otherwise requested by the Bank.

5. No Other Amendments; Reaffirmation; No Novation; No Waiver; Reservation of Rights and Release. Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects, and the Borrower hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not reduce, discharge, release, impair or otherwise limit any of the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) the Borrower does not have any offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind to its obligations, covenants or agreements under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver or release by the Bank of any default or Event of Default

 

- 2 -


that may now or hereafter exist under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or of the Bank’s right to exercise any and all of its rights and remedies thereunder, all of which rights and remedies are hereby reserved by the Bank, and (d) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute a novation with respect to the indebtedness described in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrower, for itself and for its successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Bank and the Bank’s, respective predecessors, successors, assigns, officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the “Bank Group”), from any and all presently existing claims, demands, damages, liabilities, actions and/or causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all claims, demands and causes of action for contribution and indemnity, whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, whether liability be direct or indirect, liquidated or unliquidated, whether absolute or contingent, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not heretofore asserted, which the Borrower may have or claim to have against any of the Bank Group arising out of facts or events in any way related to the Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby that exist on the date hereof or arise from facts or actions occurring prior hereto or on the date hereof.

6. Security for Obligations. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that all indebtedness and other obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement are secured by the collateral described in the Loan Documents.

7. References. All references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereunder” or other words of similar import, and all references to the “Credit Agreement” or similar words in the other Loan Documents, or any other document or instrument that refers to the Credit Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Existing Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

8. Fees and Expenses. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and the consummation of the transactions described herein, including, without limitation, the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of the Bank.

9. Applicable Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to conflicts of law principles.

10. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by any party to this Amendment of its signatures hereon through facsimile or other electronic image file (including .pdf) (i) may be relied upon as if this Amendment were physically delivered with an original hand-written signature of such party, and (ii) shall be binding on such party for all purposes.

11. Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

12. FINAL AGREEMENT. BY SIGNING THIS AMENDMENT, EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT: (A) THIS AMENDMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, (B) THIS AMENDMENT SUPERSEDES ANY COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, UNLESS SUCH COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY, (C) THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES, AND (D) THIS AMENDMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR UNDERSTANDINGS OF THE PARTIES.

[Signatures begin on following page]

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower and the Bank have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD., a Virginia corporation
By:                                                                            (Seal)
  Gary Bowman
  President

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

S-1


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association
By:                                                                    (Seal)
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

 

S-2


CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTORS AND PLEDGORS

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in the foregoing Amendment. Each of the undersigned (each, a “Credit Support Provider”) is a guarantor of, and/or is a grantor or pledgor of collateral for, the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the Credit Agreement. Each Credit Support Provider hereby consents and agrees to the terms of the Amendment, and, without limiting the generality of the terms of its guaranty and/or any agreement under which it has granted to the Bank a lien or security interest in any of its real or personal property (collectively, the “Credit Support Provider Documents”), acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Credit Support Provider Documents cover and apply to the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment, (ii) each reference in the Credit Support Provider Documents to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment, (iii) the Amendment does not release, impair or otherwise limit any of such Credit Support Provider’s obligations under the Credit Support Provider Documents, (iv) such Credit Support Provider does not have any offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind to its obligations, covenants or agreements under the Credit Support Provider Documents, all of which obligations, covenants and agreements are hereby expressly reaffirmed, and (v) the Credit Support Provider Documents remain in full force and effect in all respects.

Each Credit Support Provider, for itself and for its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Bank and the Bank’s, respective predecessors, successors, assigns, officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the “Bank Group”), from any and all presently existing claims, demands, damages, liabilities, actions and/or causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all claims, demands and causes of action for contribution and indemnity, whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, whether liability be direct or indirect, liquidated or unliquidated, whether absolute or contingent, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not heretofore asserted, which such Credit Support Provider may have or claim to have against any of the Bank Group arising out of facts or events in any way related to the Credit Support Provider Documents, the Credit Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby that exist on the date hereof or arise from facts or actions occurring prior hereto or on the date hereof.

Although each Credit Support Provider has been informed of the terms of the Amendment, it understands and agrees that the Bank has no duty to so notify it or any other guarantor now or in the future, or to seek this or any future acknowledgment, consent or reaffirmation, and nothing contained herein shall create or imply any such duty as to any transactions, past or future.

Each Credit Support Provider represents and warrants to the Bank that it is not (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”); (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.

Each Credit Support Provider has caused this Consent of Credit Support Providers to be duly executed under seal, all as of the day and year first written in the foregoing Amendment.

 

                                                                     (SEAL)
Gary Bowman
Bowman Consulting Group DC PC, a District of Columbia professional corporation
By:                                                                        (SEAL)
  Ryan Brannan
  President

[Consent of and Reaffirmation of Guarantor[s]]

Exhibit 10.8

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of July 31, 2019, is by and between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “Bank”), and BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD., a Virginia corporation (the “Borrower”.)

The Borrower and the Bank are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 2017 (as amended from time to time, the “Existing Credit Agreement”), and they now desire to amend certain provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement as provided herein.

Accordingly, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Borrower and the Bank hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms: Effective Date. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment (the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, being hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Agreement”). Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, all amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth herein shall be effective as of July 31, 2019.

2. Amendment to Existing Credit Agreement. The Borrower and the Bank agree that the following provision of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended as follows:

 

2.1.

Availability Period. The first paragraph of Section 2.2 of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

The Revolving Line of Credit is available between the date of this Agreement and August 31, 2019 or such earlier date as the availability may terminate as provided in this Agreement (the “Facility No. 1 Expiration Date”).

 

2.2

Section 5 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding Section 5.11 to the Existing Credit Agreement immediately after Section 5.10 of the Existing Credit Agreement as follows:

 

5.11

Beneficial Ownership Certification. The Borrower represents and warrants that the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certificate, if applicable, is true and correct in all respects.

 

2.3

Section 7 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding Section 7.25 to the Existing Credit Agreement immediately after Section 7.24 of the Existing Credit Agreement as follows:

7.25 KYC Information.

(a) Upon the request of the Bank, the Borrower shall have provided to the Bank, and the Bank shall be reasonably satisfied with, the documentation and other information so requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act (Title Ill of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

(b) If the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it shall have provided a Beneficial Ownership Certification to the Bank if so requested. As used in this Agreement, “Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding the beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, and “Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 


3. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

 

3.1.

The Borrower is in compliance with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Credit Agreement, and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

3.2.

There exists no Event of Default and no event has occurred, or condition exists which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

3.3.

After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are, except to the extent that they relate solely to an earlier date, true with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof.

 

3.4.

The Borrower has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement and to incur the obligations provided for herein and therein, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action. No consent or approval of the stockholders of the Borrower which has not been obtained and no consent or approval of, notice to or filing with, any public authority which has not been obtained or made is required as a condition to the validity of this Amendment.

 

3.5.

This Amendment and the Credit Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

3.6.

There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, so far as the officers of the Borrower know, threatened before any court or administrative agency that, in the opinion of such officers, would, if adversely determined, materially adversely affect (i) the financial condition or operations of the Borrower, or (ii) the ability of the Borrower to execute or deliver this Amendment or to carry out the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

3.7.

There is no existing mortgage, lease, indenture, contract or other agreement binding on the Borrower or affecting its property, that would conflict with or in any way prevent the execution or delivery of this Amendment or the carrying out of the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

3.8.

The Borrower is not (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”); (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.

 

4.

Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1.

Amendment. The Borrower and the Bank shall have executed and delivered one or more counterparts of this Amendment.

 

4.3.

Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledqors. The Borrower shall have caused Gary Bowman and Bowman Consulting Group DC PC to have executed and delivered to the Bank the Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors attached hereto.

 

4.4.

Other Conditions. The Bank shall have received any and all other certificates, statements, opinions and other documents required by the terms of this Amendment or otherwise requested by the Bank.

 

- 2 -


5. No Other Amendments: Reaffirmation: No Novation: No Waiver: Reservation of Rights and Release. Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects, and the Borrower hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not reduce, discharge, release, impair or otherwise limit any of the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) the Borrower does not have any offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind to its obligations, covenants or agreements under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver or release by the Bank of any default or Event of Default that may now or hereafter exist under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or of the Bank’s right to exercise any and all of its rights and remedies thereunder, all of which rights and remedies are hereby reserved by the Bank, and (d) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute a novation with respect to the indebtedness described in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrower, for itself and for its successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Bank and the Bank’s, respective predecessors, successors, assigns, officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the “Bank Group”), from any and all presently existing claims, demands, damages, liabilities, actions and/or causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all claims, demands and causes of action for contribution and indemnity, whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, whether liability be direct or indirect, liquidated or unliquidated, whether absolute or contingent, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not heretofore asserted, which the Borrower may have or claim to have against any of the Bank Group arising out of facts or events in any way related to the Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby that exist on the date hereof or arise from facts or actions occurring prior hereto or on the date hereof.

6. Security for Obligations. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that all indebtedness and other obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement are secured by the collateral described in the Loan Documents.

7. References. All references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereunder” or other words of similar import, and all references to the “Credit Agreement” or similar words in the other Loan Documents, or any other document or instrument that refers to the Credit Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Existing Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

8. Fees and Expenses. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and the consummation of the transactions described herein, including, without limitation, the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of the Bank.

9. Applicable Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to conflicts of law principles.

10. Counterparts: Electronic Delivery. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by any party to this Amendment of its signatures hereon through facsimile or other electronic image file (including .pdf) (i) may be relied upon as if this Amendment were physically delivered with an original hand-written signature of such party, and (ii) shall be binding on such party for all purposes.

11. Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

- 3 -


12. FINAL AGREEMENT. BY SIGNING THIS AMENDMENT, EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT: (A) THIS AMENDMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, (8) THIS AMENDMENT SUPERSEDES ANY COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, UNLESS SUCH COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY, (C) THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES, AND (D) THIS AMENDMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS , OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR UNDERSTANDINGS OF THE PARTIES.

[Signatures begin on following page]

 

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower and the Bank have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD.,
a Virginia corporation
By   /S/                                                                  (Seal)
  Gary Bowman
  President
and  
By: /S/ :                                                              (Seal)
Title:   Secretary

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

S-1


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association
By:   /S/                                                             (Seal)
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

S-2

Exhibit 10.9

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment) dated as of August 30, 2019, is by and between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. {the “Bank”), and BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD., a Virginia corporation (the “Borrower”).

The Borrower and the Bank are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 2017 (the “Credit Agreement”), and they now desire to (i) add a new non-revolving line of credit as more fully described herein and {ii) amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as provided herein.

Accordingly, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Borrower and the Bank hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms: Effective Date. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment (the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, being hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Agreement”). Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, all amendments to the Credit Agreement set forth herein shall be effective as of the date of this Amendment.

2. Definitions. The following defined terms in Section 1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

1.7 “Chicago Settlement Obligation” means the aggregate of (i) Borrower’s obligation to David Leibowitz, as Chapter 7 Trustee of McDonough Associates pursuant to an agreement dated April 3, 2017, which obligation will not exceed One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars {$125,000) at any time, and (ii) Borrower’s obligation to SL PRU LLC pursuant to an agreement dated June 5, 2019, which obligation will not exceed One Million Forty-One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Seven Dollars ($1,041,667) at any time.

1.10 “Credit Limit” means the amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).

1.12 “EBITDA” means net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations and extraordinary items, plus income taxes, plus interest expense, plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization, plus other non-cash charges, including non-cash reduction of put liabilities. For purposes of computing EBITDA, the Chicago Settlement Obligation shall be deemed to be an extraordinary item.

1.1 “Guarantor” means Gary Bowman solely with respect to Credit Facility No. 2, together with Bowman Consulting Group DC PC, a District of Columbia professional corporation, and any other person, if any, providing a guaranty with respect to any of the obligations hereunder.

1.31 “Obligor” means the Borrower, any Guarantor and/or Pledger.

1.35 “Permitted Loan or Advance” means (a) the loans or advances by Borrower to its shareholders or employees, or to Gary Bowen which are in existence as of August 1, 2019 and are described on Schedule B attached hereto and (b) any loans or advances made to employees in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000).

1.36 “Permitted Redemption” means any redemption, repurchase, or acquisition of the stock of Borrower provided that at the time of such redemption, no event of default has occurred or is then continuing, or after giving effect to such redemption, repurchase, or acquisition, an event of default would occur, and (a) is made pursuant to the terms of the then current Shareholders’ Buy-Sell Agreement following the death, disability or termination of employment of a shareholder, and (b) does not result in principal payments in any twelve (12) month period that would result in a violation of the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.5. For purposes of clarification, Permitted Redemptions shall be included in the calculation of Basic Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.


1.42 “Put Option Redemption” means any redemption, repurchase, or acquisition of stock of Borrower provided that at the time of such redemption, repurchase, or acquisition, no event of default has occurred or is continuing, or after giving effect to such redemption, repurchase, or acquisition, an event of default would occur, and ls made pursuant to the exercise of a Put Option by a shareholder of Borrower. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no Permitted Redemptions shall be permitted if at the time of any such Permitted Redemption or after giving effect thereto, an event of default would occur.

The following defined terms are hereby added to Section 1 of the Credit Agreement immediately after Section 1.52:

1.53 “Facility No. 4 Commitment” is defined in Section 3.6(a).

1.54 “Facility No. 4 ExpirationDate” is defined in Section 3.7.

1.55 “Permitted Debt Service Dividend” means any dividend of distribution paid to Guarantor where the funds generated by such Permitted Debt Service Dividend are immediately used to repay the debt owed by Gary Bowman to Borrower and described as (the “Guarantor Debt”) (i) CastleRock/Bowman loan or (ii) the assumption by Guarantor of Debt owed by Lansdowne Development Group, LLC to Borrower. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no Permitted Debt Service Dividend shall be permitted if at the time of any such Permitted Debt Service Dividend or after giving effect thereto, an event of default would occur

1.56 “Permitted Debt Service Redemption” means any redemption, repurchase, or acquisition of the stock of Borrower then owned by Guarantor where the funds generated by such Permitted Debt Service Redemption are immediately used to repay the Guarantor Debt. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no Permitted Debt Service Redemption shall be permitted if at the time of any such Permitted Debt Service Redemption or after giving effect thereto, an event of default would occur.

3. Amendments to Credit Agreement. The Borrower and the Bank agree that the following provisions of the Credit Agreement are amended as follows:

2.1. Availability Period. The first paragraph of Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

The Revolving Line of Credit is available between the date of this Agreement and July 31, 2021 or such earlier date as the availability may terminate as provided in this Agreement (the “Facility No. 1 Expiration Date”).

2.2. FACILITY NO. 4: NON-REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT AMOUNT AND TERMS. The following provisions are added to Section 3 of the Credit Agreement immediately after Section 3.5:

3.6 Non-Revolving Line of Credit Amount.

(a) During the availability period described below, the Bank will provide a non-revolving line of credit to the Borrower (the “Second Non-Revolving Line of Credit”). The amount of the Non-Revolving Line of Credit (the “Facility No. 4 Commitment”) is One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

 

-2-


(b) This is a non-revolving line of credit. Any amount borrowed, even if repaid before the Facility No. 4 Expiration Date, permanently reduces the remaining available Non-Revolving Line of Credit.

(c) The Borrower agrees not to permit the principal balance outstanding to exceed the Facility No. 4 Commitment. If the Borrower exceeds this limit, the Borrower will immediately pay the excess to the Bank upon the Bank’s demand.

3.7 Availability Period.

The Second Non-Revolving Line of Credit is available between the date of this Agreement and August 31, 2020, or such earlier date as the availability may terminate as provided in this Agreement (the “Facility No. 4 Expiration Date”).

3.8 Repayment Terms.

(a) The Borrower will pay interest on September 1, 2019, and then on the same day of each month thereafter until payment in full of any principal outstanding under this facility.

(b) The Borrower will repay the principal amount outstanding on the Facility No. 4 Expiration Date in sixty (60) equal installments beginning on the first (1st) day of the month following the earlier of (i) the date on which no remaining amount is available under the Second Non-Revolving Line of Credit or (ii) the Facility No. 4 Expiration Date, and on the same day of each month thereafter, and ending on the same day of the sixtieth (60th) month thereafter (the “Second Repayment Period”). Each principal installment shall be in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the principal amount over the Second Repayment Period. In any event, on the last day of the Second Repayment Period, the Borrower will repay the remaining principal balance, plus any interest then due.

3.9 Interest Rate.

(a) The interest rate is a rate per year equal to the LIBOR Daily Floating Rate plus the Applicable Rate as defined below.

(b) The Borrower may prepay the principal in full or in part at any time without the payment of a prepayment fee or premium. The prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal due under this Agreement.

3.10 Applicable Rate.

The Applicable Rate shall be the following amounts per annum, based upon the Financial Test, as set forth in the most recent compliance certificate (or, if no compliance certificate is required, the Borrower’s most recent financial statements) received by the Bank as required in the Covenants section; provided, however, from the date hereof until the date on which Bank has received the first compliance certificate or financial statement from the Borrower, the Applicable Rate shall be equal to the LIBOR Daily Floating Rate plus two percent (2.0%).

 

Applicable Rate

(in percentage points per annum)

 

Pricing Level

   Funded Debt to EBITDA    LIBOR Daily Floating
Rate +
 

1

   Greater than 3.0 to 1.0      2.6

2

   Greater than or equal to 2.5
to 1.0 but less than or equal
to 3.0 to 1.0
     2.3

3

   Less than 2.5 to 1.0      2.0

 

-3-


The Applicable Rate shall be in effect from the date the most recent compliance certificate or financial statement is received by the Bank until the date the next compliance certificate or financial statement is received; provided, however, that if the Borrower fails to timely deliver the next compliance certificate or financial statement, the Applicable Rate from the date such compliance certificate or financial statement was due until the date such compliance certificate or financial statement is received by the Bank shall be the highest pricing level set forth above.

If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Bank determines that (i) the Financial Test as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Financial Test would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Bank an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. The Bank’s acceptance of payment of such amounts will not constitute a waiver of any default under this Agreement. The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all other obligations.

2.3. Dividends and Distributions. Section 7.6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

7.6 Dividends and Distributions.

Not to declare or pay any dividends (except dividends paid in capital stock and Permitted Debt Service Dividends), redemptions of stock or membership interests, distributions and withdrawals (as applicable) to its owners (other than Permitted Tax Distributions, Permitted Put Option Redemptions, Permitted Debt Service Redemptions or Permitted Redemptions) if at the time of any such dividend or redemption or after giving effect thereto a default has occurred or would occur under this Agreement.

2.4 Borrowing Base Certificate. Exhibit A-1 to the Credit Agreement is replaced in its entirety with Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

2.5 Certain Limitations. The following section is added as Section 7.25 immediately after Section 7.24 of the Credit Agreement:

7.25 Certain Limitations. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, until such time as Credit Facility No. 2 has been repaid in full only the following covenants and provisions of this Article shall apply to Gary Bowman: Sections 7.20), 7.2(k),7.8, 7.16, 7.18, 7.19, 7.22, and 7.23, provided, however with respect to Section 7.8, Gary Bowman may incur additional secured debt without restriction and additional unsecured debt after September 1, 2019 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,000.

 

-4-


3. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

3.1. The Borrower is in compliance with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Credit Agreement, and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

3.2. There exists no Event of Default and no event has occurred or condition exists which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

3.3. After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are, except to the extent that they relate solely to an earlier date, true with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof.

3.4. The Borrower has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement and to incur the obligations provided for herein and therein, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action. No consent or approval of the stockholders of the Borrower which has not been obtained and no consent or approval of, notice to or filing with, any public authority which has not been obtained or made is required as a condition to the validity of this Amendment.

3.5. This Amendment and the Credit Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3.6. There is no existing mortgage, lease, indenture, contract or other agreement binding on the Borrower or affecting its property, that would conflict with or in any way prevent the execution or delivery of this Amendment or the carrying out of the terms of the Credit Agreement.

3.7. The Borrower is not (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”); (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code: or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.

4. Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent:

4.1. Amendment. The Borrower and the Bank shall have executed and delivered one or more counterparts of this Amendment.

4.2. Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors. The Borrower shall have caused Gary Bowman and Bowman Consulting Group DC PC to have executed and delivered to the Bank the Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors attached hereto.

4.3. Payment of Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Bank the fees and expenses set forth in paragraph 8 of this Amendment.

4.4 Other Conditions. The Bank shall have received any and all other certificates, statements, opinions and other documents required by the terms of this Amendment or otherwise requested by the Bank.

5. No Other Amendments: Reaffirmation: No Novation: No Waiver: Reservation of Rights and Release. Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects, and the Borrower hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated

 

-5-


hereby do not reduce, discharge, release, impair or otherwise limit any of the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) the Borrower does not have any offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind to its obligations, covenants or agreements under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver or release by the Bank of any default or Event of Default that may now or hereafter exist under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or of the Bank’s right to exercise any and all of its rights and remedies thereunder, all of which rights and remedies are hereby reserved by the Bank, and (d) nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute a novation with respect to the indebtedness described in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrower, for itself and for its successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Bank and the Bank’s, respective predecessors, successors, assigns, officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the “Bank Group”), from any and all presently existing claims, demands, damages, liabilities, actions and/or causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all claims, demands and causes of action for contribution and indemnity, whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, whether liability be direct or indirect, liquidated or unliquidated, whether absolute or contingent, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not heretofore asserted, which the Borrower may have or claim to have against any of the Bank Group arising out of facts or events in any way related to the Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby that exist on the date hereof or arise from facts or actions occurring prior hereto or on the date hereof.

6. Security for Obligations. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that all indebtedness and other obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement are secured by the collateral described in the Loan Documents.

7. References. All references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereunder” or other words of similar import, and all references to the “Credit Agreement” or similar words in the other Loan Documents, or any other document or instrument that refers to the Credit Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

8. Fees and Expenses. In consideration of Bank’s agreement to amend the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to pay the Bank a nonrefundable fee in the amount of (i) $37,500 with respect to Facility No. 1, and (ii) $2,500 with respect to Facility No. 4. In addition, the Borrower hereby agrees that it will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and the consummation of the transactions described herein, including, without limitation, the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of the Bank.

9. Applicable Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to conflicts of law principles.

10. Counterparts: Electronic Delivery. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by any party to this Amendment of its signatures hereon through facsimile or other electronic image file (including .pdf) (i) may be relied upon as if this Amendment were physically delivered with an original hand-written signature of such party, and (ii) shall be binding on such party for all purposes.

11. Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

12. FINAL AGREEMENT. BY SIGNING THIS AMENDMENT, EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT: (A) THIS AMENDMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, (B) THIS AMENDMENT SUPERSEDES ANY COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, UNLESS SUCH COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

-6-


EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY, (C) THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES, AND (D) THIS AMENDMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS , OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR UNDERSTANDINGS OF THE PARTIES.

[Signatures begin on following page]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower and the Bank have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD.,
A Virginia Corporation
/S/   (Seal)            

Gary Bowman

President

/S/
Michael Bruen                                                      (Seal)
Vice-President and Assistant Secretary

[Signatures continue on following page]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

a national banking association

By:   /S/                                                                          (Seal)
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

2


CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTORS AND PLEDGORS

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in the foregoing Amendment. Each of the undersigned (each, a “Credit Support Provider”) is a guarantor of, and/or is a grantor or pledgor of collateral for, the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under Facility No. 1 or Facility No. 2 of the Credit Agreement, as the case may be. Each Credit Support Provider hereby consents and agrees to the terms of the Amendment, and, without limiting the generality of the terms of its guaranty and/or any agreement under which it has granted to the Bank a lien or security interest in any of its real or personal property (collectively, the “Credit Support Provider Documents”), acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Credit Support Provider Documents cover and apply to the Borrower’s obligations with respect to Facility No. 1 or Facility No. 2, as the case may be, under the Credit Agreement as amended and increased by the Amendment, (ii) each reference in the Credit Support Provider Documents to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment, (iii) the Amendment does not release, impair or otherwise limit any of such Credit Support Provider’s obligations under the Credit Support Provider Documents, (iv) such Credit Support Provider does not have any offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind to its obligations, covenants or agreements under the Credit Support Provider Documents, all of which obligations, covenants and agreements are hereby expressly reaffirmed, and (v) the Credit Support Provider Documents remain in full force and effect in all respects.

Each Credit Support Provider, for itself and for its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Bank and the Bank’s, respective predecessors, successors, assigns, officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the “Bank Group”), from any and all presently existing claims, demands, damages, liabilities, actions and/or causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all claims, demands and causes of action for contribution and indemnity, whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, whether liability be direct or indirect, liquidated or unliquidated, whether absolute or contingent, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not heretofore asserted, which such Credit Support Provider may have or claim to have against any of the Bank Group arising out of facts or events in any way related to the Credit Support Provider Documents, the Credit Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby that exist on the date hereof or arise from facts or actions occurring prior hereto or on the date hereof.

Although each Credit Support Provider has been informed of the terms of the Amendment, it understands and agrees that the Bank has no duty to so notify it or any other guarantor now or in the future, or to seek this or any future acknowledgment , consent or reaffirmation, and nothing contained herein shall create or imply any such duty as to any transactions, past or future.

Each Credit Support Provider represents and warrants to the Bank that it is not (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”); (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets’’ of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.

Each Credit Support Provider has caused this Consent of Credit Support Providers to be duly executed under seal, all as of the day and year first written in the foregoing Amendment.

 

Bowman Consulting Group DC PC,

a District of Columbia professional corporation

(SEAL)
By:  

/S/

Gary Bowman individually

[Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors]


SCHEDULE B

 

Date    Amount of Loan or Advance    Current Unpaid Balance      Description of Evidence of Loan

8/1/19

   various    $ 1,368,651.36      Promissory Note due from Gary Bowman

4/30/19

      $ 4,852,027.00     

Restated Assignment,

Assumption and Amendment of Promissory Note (Gary Bowman)

8/1/19

   various    $ 419,58 4.34      Promissory Note due from Bruce Labovitz

9/12/13

      $ 70,7 08.89      Promissory Note due from Clifton Dayton

[Consent and Reaffirmation of Guarantors and Pledgors]


Bank of America   

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD

 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

  


LOGO

Bank Merrill of Lynch America Borrowing Base Certificate (BBC) This certificate, AR & AP Aging must be submitted to Bank of America by the 25th of the month following the reporting period - t \ T:T :, Company Name: !Bowman Consulting Group, LTD. Date Submitted: 11 BBC Frequency: Monthly Lino of Credit Amount: $1 s,000 1000 1 Accounts Receivable balance as of: 1/0/190011 Aged by Invoice Date Prime Government Commercial 0-30 days 0-30 days 31-60 days 31-60 days 61-90 days 61-90 days 91-120 days 91-120 days >120 days >120 days Total: Total: Total: Less: Past Due Ineligible as Defined [TI Other Ineligible as Defined 13] Total Ineligibles: IS Total Ineligibles: Total Ineligibles: Applicable Advance Rate Eligible Prime Government Up to 90 days 1 90-,,. $ Eligible Commercial Up to 90 Days — . 1 80% $ Eligible AR 91-120 days I s Cap: I s 2,0001000 1 Total Accounts Receivable Availability s Amount Available for Line Borrowings (Maximum= Line Amount) $ End of Period Working Capital Line Balance Net Availability/Shortfall (If this amount ls less than $0, then IS a principal payment of a similar amount must be made Immediately.) Withholding Taxes and FICA Taxes due have been paid In full •• of this date, Yes No Footnotes: 1, Past due obligations AR deemed as: Accounts in excess of 120 days past invoice date. 2. Other ineligible defined as: inter-company, Contra and Foreign are ineligible. See attached NR exc lus io n worksheet for additional ineligible items. The company named in the box above labeled “Company Name” (The “Company)”), by its duly authorized officer signing below, hereby certifies that (a) the Information set forth in this certificate and In the accompanying supporting documentation is true, complete and correct as of the dale(s) indicated herein and (b) that Company is in compliance with all terms and provisions contained in (1) the loan or other agreement between the Company and Bank of America pursuant to which this certificate is delivered (the “Agreement”) and (2) any and all documents, instruments and agreements evidencing, governing or securing the Agreement or otherwise executed in connection therewith. Prepared By: Authorized Signature:


LOGO

Amounts will flow from date entered to “Inellgible AR Worksheet”

Exhibit 10.10

04-00858 C1Q 244593)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MASTER EQUITY LEASE AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Master Equity lease Agreement is entered into as of September 20, 2010, by and among Enterprise Fleet Management, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“EFM”). Enterprise FM Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Titling Trust), and the lessee whose name and address is set forth on the signature page below (“Lessee”). As of the date hereof, the vehicles listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, if any, are owned by EFM and leased to Lessee hereunder by EFM and the vehicles listed on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, if any, are owned by the Tilling Trust and 1eased to Lessee hereunder by the Tilling Trust. The owner of each Vehicle which is leased under this Amended and Restated Master Equity Lease Agreement after the date hereof will be as listed on the applicable Schedule. For all purposes of this Amended and Restated Master Equity Lease Agreement {including each Schedule), the term “Lessor” shall mean whichever of EFM or the Titling Trust. as the case may be, is the owner of the applicable Vehicle. The rights and obligations of each Lessor under this Agreement are several and not joint and neither Lessor shall have any liability for or with respect to any act or omission of the other Lessor under or in respect of this Agreement.

This Amended and Restated Master Equity Lease Agreement is an amendment, restatement and continuation of, and not a novation of, that certain Master Equity Lease Agreement dated as of February 10th, 2006, by and between Enterprise RAC Company of Maryland, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company which is the successor to Enterprise Leasing Company, a Maryland corporation {the “Original Lessor”) and Lessee, as amended (as so amended, the “Existing Lease Agreement). All “Schedules· {as defined therein) under the Existing Lease Agreement shall henceforth be deemed to be Schedules under this Amended and Restated Master Equity Lease Agreement. The Titling Trust and EFM were added as additional lessors under the Existing Lease Agreement and/or were the direct or indirect assignees of the Original Lessor. Lessee hereby consents to any direct or indirect assignment of any or all of the Original Lessor’s rights, obligations and duties under the Existing Lease Agreement to the Titling Trust or EFM.

1. LEASE OF VEHICLES: Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor the vehicles {individually. a ·vehicle” and collectively, the “Vehicles”) described in the schedules from time to time delivered by Lessor to lessee as set forth below (“Schedule(s) for the rentals and on the terms set forth in this Agreement and in the applicable Schedule. References to this “Agreement- shall include this Amended and Restated Master Equity Lease Agreement and the various Schedules and addenda to this Amended and Restated Master Equity lease Agreement. Lessor will, on or about the date of delivery of each Vehicle to Lessee, send Lessee a Schedule covering the Vehicle, which will include, among other things, a description of the Vehicle, the lease term and the monthly rental and other payments due with respect to the Vehicle and whether EFM or the Tilling Trust is the owner of the Vehicle. The terms contained in each such Schedule will be binding on Lessee unless Lessee objects in writing to such Schedule within ten {10) days after the date of delivery of the Vehicle covered by such Schedule. Lessor is the sole legal owner of each Vehicle. This Agreement is a lease only and Lessee will have no right, title or interest in or to the Vehicles except for the use of the Vehicles as described in this Agreement. This Agreement shall be treated as a true lease for federal and applicable state income tax purposes with Lessor having all benefits of ownership of the Vehicles. It is understood and agreed that, where Lessor is the Titling Trust, EFM or an affiliate thereof {together with any subservicer, agent or successor or assign as servicer on behalf of the Titling Trust, “Servicer·) may administer this Agreement on behalf of the Titling Trust, as Lessor, and may perform the service functions herein provided to be performed by Lessor.

2. TERM: The term of this Agreement (“Term”) for each Vehicle begins on the date such Vehicle is delivered to Lessee {the “Delivery Date•) and, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, continues for the “Lease Term” as described in the applicable Schedule.

3. RENT AND OTHER CHARGES:

(a) Lessee agrees to pay Lessor monthly rental and other payments according to the Schedules and this Agreement. The monthly payments will be in the amount listed as the “Total Monthly Rental Including Additional Services” on the applicable Schedule (with any portion of such amount identified as a charge for maintenance services under Section 4 of the applicable Schedule being payable to Lessor as agent for EFM) and will be due and payable in advance on the first day of each month. If a Vehicle is delivered to lessee on any day other than the first day of a month, monthly rental payments will begin on the first day of the next month. In addition to the monthly rental payments. Lessee agrees to pay Lessor a pro-rated rental charge for the number of days that the Delivery Date precedes the first monthly rental payment date. A portion of each monthly rental payment, being the amount designated as “Depreciation Reserve” on the applicable Schedule. will be considered as a reserve for depreciation and will be credited against the D81ivered Price of the Vehicle for purposes of computing the Book Value of the Vehicle under Section 3{c). Lessee agrees to pay Lessor the “Total Initial Charges· set forth in each Schedule on the due date of the first monthly rental payment under such Schedule. Lessee agrees to pay Lessor the “Service Charge Due at Lease Termination· set forth in each Schedule at the end of the applicable Term (whether by reason of expiration, early termination or otherwise).

(b) In the event the Term for any Vehicle ends prior to the last day of the scheduled Term, whether as a result of a default by Lessee, a Casualty Occurrence or any other reason, the rentals and management fees paid by Lessee will be recalculated in accordance with the rule of 78’s and the adjusted amount will be payable by Lessee to Lessor On the termination date.

(c) Lessee agrees to pay Lessor within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term for each Vehicle, additional rent equal to the excess, if any, of the Book Value of such Vehicle over the greater of (i) the wholesale value of such Vehicle as determined by lessor in good faith or (ii) except as provided below, twenty percent {20%) of the Delivered Price of such Vehicle as set forth in the applicable Schedule. If the Book Value of such Vehicle is less than the greater of {i) the wholesale value of such Vehicle as determined by Lessor in good faith or (ii) except as provided below. twenty percent (20%) of the Delivered Price of such Vehicle as set forth in the applicable Schedule, Lessor agrees to pay such deficiency lo Lessee as a terminal rental adjustment within thirty (30) days after the end of the applicable Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing. if {i) the Term for a Vehicle is greater than forty-eight (48) months (including any extension of the Term for such Vehicle), {ii) the mileage on a Vehicle at the end of the Term is greater than 15,000 miles per year on average (prorated on a daily basis) (i.e., if the mileage on a Vehicle with a Term of thirty-six {36) months is greater than 45,000 miles) or {iii) in the sole judgment of Lessor, a Vehicle has been subject to damage or any abnormal or excessive wear and tear. the calculations described in the two immediately preceding sentences shall be made without giving effect to clause (ii) in each such sentence. The “Book Value· of a Vehicle means the sum of (i) the “Delivered Price· of the Vehicle as set forth in the applicable Schedule minus {ii) the total Depreciation Reserve paid by Lessee to Lessor with respect to such Vehicle IID!1 {iii) all accrued and unpaid rent and/or other amounts owed by Lessee with respect lo such Vehicle.

{d) Any security deposit of Lessee will be returned to Lessee at the end of the applicable Term, except that the deposit will first be applied to any losses and/or damages suffered by Lessor as a result of Lessee’s breach of or default under this Agreement and/or to any other amounts then owed by Lessee to Lessor.

{e) Any rental payment or other amount owed by Lessee to Lessor which is not paid within twenty (20) days after its due date will accrue interest, payable on demand of Lessor. from the date due until paid in fun at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) Eighteen Percent (18%) per annum or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law (the “Default Rate”).

(f) U Lessee fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement or to comply with any of the covenants contained in this Agreement. Lessor, Servicer or any other agent of Lessor may, al its option. pay such amounts or perform such covenants and all sums paid or incurred by Lessor in connection therewith will be repayable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand together with interest thereon at the Default Rate.


04-00858 C1Q 244593 >

{g) Lessee’s obligations to make all payments of rent and other amounts under this Agreement are absolute and unconditional and such payments shall be made in immediately available funds without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. Lessee acknowledges and agrees that neither any Casualty Occurrence to any Vehicle nor any defect. unfitness or lack of governmental approval in, of, or with respect to. any Vehicle regardless of the cause or consequence nor any breach by EFM of any maintenance agreement between EFM and Lessee covering any Vehicle regardless of the cause or consequence will relieve Lessee-from the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the payment of rent and other amounts under this Agreement.

4. USE AND SURRENDER OF VEHICLES: Lessee agrees to allow only duly authorized, licensed and insured drivers to use and operate the Vehicles. Lessee agrees to comply with. and cause its drivers to comply with, all laws, statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances and the provisions of all insurance policies affecting or covering the Vehicles or their use or operation. Lessee agrees to keep the Vehicles free of all liens, charges and encumbrances. Lessee agrees that in no event will any Vehicle be used or operated for transporting hazardous substances or persons for hire. for any illegal purpose or to pull trailers that exceed the manufacturer’s trailer lowing recommendations. Lessee agrees that no Vehicle is intended to be or will be utilized as a ·school bus· as defined in the Code of Federal Regulations or any applicable stale or municipal statute or regulation. Lessee agrees not lo remove any Vehicle from the continental United States without first obtaining Lessor’s written consent. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement with respect to each Vehicle, or upon demand by Lessor made pursuant to Section 14, Lessee at its risk and expense agrees to return such Vehicle to Lessor at such place and by such reasonable means as may be designated by Lessor. If for any reason Lessee fails to return any Vehicle to Lessor as and when required in accordance with this Section, Lessee agrees to pay Lessor additional rent for such Vehicle at twice the normal pro-rated daily rent Acceptance of such additional rent by Lessor will in no way limit Lessor’s remedies with respect to Lessee’s failure to return any Vehicle as required hereunder.

5. COSTS, EXPENSES, FEES AND CHARGES: Lessee agrees to pay all costs, expenses, fees, charges, fines, tickets, penalties and taxes (other than federal and state income taxes on the income of Lessor) incurred in connection with the titling, registration, delivery, purchase, sale, rental, use or operation of the Vehicles during the Term. If Lessor, Servicer or any other agent of Lessor incurs any such costs or expenses, Lessee agrees to promptly reimburse Lessor for the same.

6. LICENSE AND CHARGES: Each Vehicle will be titled and licensed in the name designated by Lessor at Lessee’s expense. Certain other charges relating to the acquisition of each Vehicle and paid or satisfied by Lessor have been capitalized in determining the monthly rental, treated as an initial charge or otherwise charged to Lessee. Such charges have been determined without reduction for trade-in, exchange allowance or other credit attributable to any Lessor owned vehicle.

7. REGISTRATION PLATES, ETC.: Lessee agrees, at its expense. to obtain in the name designated by Lessor all registration plates and other plates, permits, inspections and/or licenses required in connection with the Vehicles, except for the initial registration plates which Lessor will obtain at Lessee’s expense. The parties agree to cooperate and to furnish any and all information or documentation, which may be reasonably necessary for compliance with the provisions of this Section or any federal, state or local law. rule, regulation or ordinance. Lessee agrees that it will not permit any Vehicle to be located in a stale other than the state in which such Vehicle is then titled for any continuous period of time that would require such Vehicle to become subject to the titling and/or registration laws of such other state.

8. MAINTENANCE OF AND IMPROVEMENTS TO VEHICLES:

(a) Lessee agrees, at its expense, to (i) maintain the Vehicles in good condition, repair, maintenance and running order and in accordance with all manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements and all legal requirements and (ii) furnish all labor, materials, parts and other essentials required for the proper operation and maintenance of the Vehicles. Any alterations, additions, replacement parts or improvements to a Vehicle will become and remain the property of Lessor and will be returned with such Vehicle upon such Vehicle’s return pursuant to Section 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lessee shall have the right to remove any additional equipment installed by Lessee on a Vehicle prior to returning such Vehicle to Lessor under Section 4. The value of such alterations, additions. replacement parts and improvements will in no instance be regarded as rent Without the prior written consent of Lessor, Lessee will not make any alterations, additions, replacement parts or improvements to any Vehicle which detract from its economic value or functional utility. Lessor will not be required to make any repairs or replacements of any nature or description with respect to any Vehicle, to maintain or repair any Vehicle or to make any expenditure whatsoever in connection with any Vehicle or this Agreement.

(b) Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that if Section 4 of a Schedule (including, without limitation, any Schedule executed under the Existing Lease Agreement) includes a charge for maintenance, (i) the Vehicle(s} covered by such Schedule are subject to a separate maintenance agreement between EFM and Lessee and (ii) if the Titling Trust is the Lessor, Lessor shall have no liability or responsibility for any failure of EFM to perform any of its obligations thereunder or to pay or reimburse Lessee for its payment of any costs and expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance or repair of any such Vehicle(s).

9. SELECTION OF VEHICLES AND DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES:

(a) LESSEE ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERY AND USE OF EACH VEHICLE WILL CONCLUSIVELY ESTABLISH THAT SUCH VEHICLE IS OF A SIZE, DESIGN, CAPACITY, TYPE ANO MANUFACTURE SELECTED BY LESSEE ANO THAT SUCH VEHICLE IS IN GOOO CONDITION ANO REPAIR ANO IS SATISFACTORY IN ALL RESPECTS ANO IS SUITABLE FOR LESSEE’S PURPOSE. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LESSOR IS NOT A MANUFACTURER OF ANY VEHICLE OR AN AGENT OF A MANUFACTURER OF ANY VEHICLE.

(b) LESSOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KINO, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY VEHICLE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO CONDITION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IT BEING AGREED THAT ALL SUCH RISKS ARE TO BE BORNE BY LESSEE. THE VEHICLES ARE LEASEO “AS IS: “WITH ALL FAULTS.” All warranties made by any supplier, vendor and/or manufacturer of a Vehicle are hereby assigned by Lessor to Lessee for the applicable Term and Lessee’s only remedy, if any, is against the supplier, vendor or manufacturer of the Vehicle.

(c} None of Lessor, Servicer or any other agent of Lessor will be liable to Lessee for any liability, claim, loss. damage (direct, incidental or consequential) or expense of any kind or nature. caused directly or indirectly, by any Vehicle or any inadequacy of any Vehicle for any purpose or any defect (latent or patent) in any Vehicle or the use or maintenance of any Vehicle or any repair, servicing or adjustment of or to any Vehicle, or any delay in providing or failure to provide any Vehicle. or any interruption or loss of service or use of any Vehicle, or any loss of business or any damage whatsoever and however caused. In addition. none of Lessor, Servicer or any other agent of Lessor will have any liability to Lessee under this Agreement or under any order authorization form executed by Lessee if Lessor is unable to locate or purchase a Vehicle ordered by Lessee or for any delay in delivery of any Vehicle ordered by Lessee.

10. RISK OF LOSS: Lessee assumes and agrees to bear the entire risk. of loss of, theft of, damage to or destruction of any Vehicle from any cause whatsoever (“Casualty Occurrence·). In the event of a Casualty Occurrence to a Vehicle, Lessee shall give Lessor prompt notice of the Casualty Occurrence and thereafter will place the applicable Vehicle in good repair, condition and working order; provided, however, that if the applicable Vehicle is determined by Lessor to be k>sl. stolen, destroyed or damaged beyond repair (a ·Totaled Vehicle·), Lessee agrees to pay Lessor no later than the date thirty (30) days after the date of the Casualty Occurrence the amounts owed under Sections 3(b) and 3(c) with respect to such Totaled Vehicle. Upon such payment, this Agreement will terminate with respect to such Totaled Vehicle.

11. INSURANCE:

(a) Lessee agrees to purchase and maintain in force during the Term, insurance policies in at least the amounts listed below covering each Vehicle, to be written by an insurance company or companies satisfactory to Lessor, insuring Lessee, Lessor and any other person or entity designated by Lessor against any damage, claim,. suit. action or liability:


04-00858 (1Q 244593)

(i) Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance (including Uninsured/Underinsured Motorist Coverage and No-Faull Protection where required by law) for the limits listed below (Note - $5,000,000 Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage with No Deductible is required for each Vehicle capable of transporting more than 8 passengers):

 

State of Vehicle Registration

  

Coverage

Connecticut, Massachusetts. Maine, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont    $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage - No Deductible
Florida    $500,000 Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage or $100,000 Bodily Injury Per Person, $300,000 Per Occurrence and $50,000 Property Damage (100/300/50) - No Deductible
All Other States    $300.000 Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage or $100,000 Bodily Injury Per Person, $300,000 Per Occurrence and $50,000 Property Damage (100/300/50) - No Deductible

 

  (iii)

Physical Damage Insurance (Collision & Comprehensive): Actual cash value of the applicable Vehicle. Maximum deductible of $500 per occurrence • Collision and $250 per occurrence - Comprehensive).

If the requirements of any governmental or regulatory agency exceed the minimums stated in this Agreement, Lessee must obtain and maintain the higher insurance requirements. Lessee agrees that each required policy of insurance will by appropriate endorsement or otherwise name Lessor and any other person or entity designated by Lessor as additional insureds and loss payees, as their respective interests may appear. Further, each such insurance policy must provide the following: (i) that the same may not be cancelled, changed or modified until after the insurer has given to Lessor, Servicer and any other person or entity designated by Lessor at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such proposed cancellation, change or modification, (ii) that no act or default of Lessee or any other person or entity shall affect the right of Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor or any of their respective successors or assigns to recover under such policy or policies of insurance in the event of any lass of or damage to any Vehicle and (iii) that the coverage is -primary coverage for the protection of Lessee, Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor and their respective successors and assigns notwithstanding any other coverage carried by Lessee, Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor or any of their respective successors or assigns protecting against similar risks. Original certificates evidencing such coverage and naming Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor and any other person or entity designated by Lessor as additional insureds and loss payees shall be furnished to Lessor prior to the Delivery Date, and annually thereafter and/or as reasonably requested by Lessor from time to time. In the event of default, Lessee hereby appoints Lessor, Servicer and any other agent of Lessor as Lessee’s attorney-in-fact to receive payment of, to endorse all checks and other documents and to take any other actions necessary to pursue insurance claims and recover payments if Lessee fails to do so. Any expense of Lessor, Servicer or any other agent of Lessor in adjusting or collecting insurance shall be borne by Lessee.

Lessee, its drivers, servants and agents agree 10 cooperate fully with Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor and any insurance carriers in the investigation, defense and prosecution of all claims or suits arising from the use or operation of any Vehicle. If any claim is made or action commenced for death, personal injury or property damage resulting from the ownership, maintenance. use or operation of any Vehicle, Lessee will promptly notify Lessor of such action or claim and forward to Lessor a copy of every demand, notice, summons or other process received in connection with such claim or action.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1l(a) above: (i) if Section 4 of a Schedule includes a charge for physical damage waiver, Lessor agrees that (A) Lessee will not be required to obtain or maintain the minimum physical damage insurance (collision and comprehensive) required under Section 11(a) for the Vehicle(s) covered by such Schedule and (B) Lessor will assume the risk of physical damage {collision and comprehensive) to the Vehicle(s) covered by such Schedule; provided, however, that such physical damage waiver shall not apply to, and Lessee shall be and remain liable and responsible for, damage to a covered Vehicle caused by wear and tear or mechanical breakdown or failure, damage to or loss of any parts. accessories or components added to a covered Vehicle by Lessee without the prior written consent of Lessor and/or damage to or loss of any property and/or personal effects contained in a covered Vehicle. In the event of a Casualty Occurrence to a covered Vehicle, Lessor may, at its option, replace, rather than repair, the damaged Vehicle with an equivalent vehicle, which replacement vehicle will then constitute the vehicle for purposes of this Agreement; and (ii) if Section 4 of a Schedule includes a charge for commercial automobile liability enrollment, Lessor agrees that it will, at its expense, obtain for and on behalf of Lessee, by adding Lessee as an additional insured under a commercial automobile liability insurance policy issued by an insurance company selected by Lessor, commercial automobile liability insurance satisfying the minimum commercial automobile liability insurance required under Section ll(a) for the Vehicle(s) covered by such Schedule. Lessor may at any time during the applicable Term terminate said obligation to provide physical damage waiver and/or commercial automobile liability enrollment and cancel such physical damage waiver and/or commercial automobile liability enrollment upon giving Lessee at least ten (10) days prior written notice. Upon such cancellation, insurance in the minimum amounts as set forth in ll(a) shall be obtained and maintained by Lessee at Lessee’s expense. An adjustment will be made in monthly rental charges payable by Lessee to reflect any such change and Lessee agrees to furnish Lessor with satisfactory proof of insurance coverage within ten (10) days after mailing of the notice. In addition. Lessor may change the rates charged by Lessor under this Section 11(b) for physical damage waiver and/or commercial automobile liability enrollment upon giving Lessee at least thirty {30) days prior written notice.

12. INDEMNITY: Lessee agrees to defend and indemnify Lessor. Servicer, any other agent of Lessor and their respective successors and assigns from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, suits, claims, demands, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor or any of their respective successors or assigns may incur by reason of Lessee’s breach or violation of, or failure to observe or perform, any term, provision or covenant of this Agreement. or as a result of any loss, damage, theft or destruction of any Vehicle or related to or arising out of or in connection with the use, operation or condition of any Vehicle. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

13. INSPECTION OF VEHICLES; ODOMETER OISCLOSURE; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Lessee agrees to accomplish, at its expense, all inspections of the Vehicles required by any governmental authority during the Term. Lessor, Servicer. any other agent of Lessor and any of their respective successors or assigns will have the right to inspect any Vehicle at any reasonable time(s) during the Term and for this purpose to enter into or upon any building or place where any Vehicle is located. Lessee agrees to comply with all odometer disclosure laws, rules and regulations and to provide such written and signed disclosure information on such forms and in such manner as directed by Lessor. Providing false information or failure to complete the odometer disclosure form as required by law may result in fines and/or imprisonment. Lessee hereby agrees to promptly deliver to Lessor such financial statements and other financial information regarding Lessee as Lessor may from time to time reasonably request.


04-008 58 C1Q 244 593)

14. DEFAULT; REMEDIES: The following shall constitute events of default events of Default by Lessee under this Agreement: (a) if Lessee fails to pay when due any rent or other amount due under this Agreement and any such failure shall remain unremedied for ten (10) days: (b) if Lessee fails to perform, keep or observe any term. provision or covenant contained in Section 11 of this Agreement: (c) if Lessee fails to perform, keep or observe any other term. provision or covenant contained in this Agreement and any such failure shall remain unremedied for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given by Lessor. Servicer or any other agent of Lessor to lessee: (d) any seizure or confiscation of any Vehicle or any other act (other than a Casualty Occurrence) otherwise rendering any Vehicle unsuitable for use (as determined by Lessor); (e) if any present or future guaranty in favor of Lessor of all or any portion of the obligations of Lessee under this Agreement shall al any time for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared to be null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction, or if the validity or enforceability of any such guaranty shall be contested or denied by any guarantor. or if any guarantor shall deny that it, he or she has any further liability or obligation under any such guaranty or if any guarantor shall fail to comply with or observe any of the terms, provisions or conditions contained in any such guaranty; (f) the occurrence of a material adverse change in the financial condition or business of Lessee or any guarantor: or (g) if Lessee or any guarantor is in default under or fails to comply with any other present or future agreement with or in favor of lessor, The Crawford Group, Inc. or any direct or indirect subsidiary of The Crawford Group, Inc. For purposes of this Section 14, the term guarantor” shall mean any present or future guarantor of all or any portion of the obligations of Lessee under this Agreement.

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default. Lessor. without notice to Lessee, will have the right to exercise concurrently or separately (and without any election of remedies being deemed made), the following remedies: (a) Lessor may demand and receive immediate possession of any or all of the Vehicles from Lessee, without releasing Lessee from its obligations under this Agreement; if Lessee fails to surrender possession of the Vehicles to Lessor on default (or termination or expiration of the Term}, Lessor. Servicer, any other agent of Lessor and any of their respective independent contractors shall have the right to enter upon any premises where the Vehicles may be located and to remove and repossess the Vehicles; (b} Lessor may enforce performance by Lessee of its obligations under this Agreement; (c) Lessor may recover damages and expenses sustained by Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor or any of their respective successors or assigns by reason of Lessee’s default including, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all costs and expenses, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Lessor, Servicer, any other agent of Lessor or any of their respective successors or assigns in attempting or effecting enforcement of Lessor’s rights under this Agreement (whether or not litigation is commenced} and/or in connection with bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) upon written notice to Lessee, Lessor may terminate Lessee’s rights under this Agreement; (e) with respect to each Vehicle, Lessor may recover from Lessee all amounts owed by Lessee under Sections J(b) and J(c) of this Agreement (and, if Lessor does not recover possession of a Vehicle, (i} the estimated wholesale value of such Vehicle for purposes of Section 3(c} shall be deemed to be $0.00 and (ii} the calculations described in the first two sentences of Section 3(c} shall be made without giving effect to clause (ii) in each such sentence): and/or (f) lessor may exercise any other right or remedy which may be available to Lessor under the Uniform Commercial Code, any other applicable law or in equity. A termination of this Agreement shall occur only upon written notice by Lessor to Lessee. Any termination shall not affect Lessee’s obligation to pay all amounts due for periods prior to the effective date of such termination or Lessee’s obligation to pay any indemnities under this Agreement. All remedies of Lessor under this Agreement or at law or in equity are cumulative.

15. ASSIGNMENTS: Lessor may from time to time assign, pledge or transfer this Agreement and/or any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person or entity. Lessee agrees, upon notice of any such assignment, pledge or transfer of any amounts due or to become due to Lessor under this Agreement lo pay all such amounts to such assignee, pledgee or transferee. Any such assignee, pledgee or transferee of any rights or obligations of Lessor under this Agreement will have all of the rights and obligations that have been assigned to it. Lessee’s rights and interest in and to the Vehicles are and will continue at all times to be subject and subordinate in all respects to any assignment, pledge or transfer now or hereafter executed by Lessor with or in favor of any such assignee. pledgee or transferee, provided that Lessee shall have the right of quiet enjoyment of the Vehicles so long as no Event of Default under this Agreement has occurred and is continuing. Lessee acknowledges and agrees that the rights of any assignee, pledgee or transferee in and to any amounts payable by the Lessee under any provisions of this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be subject to any abatement whatsoever, or to any defense, setoff, counterclaim or recoupment whatsoever, whether by reason of any damage to or loss or destruction of any Vehicle or by reason of any defect in or failure of title of the Lessor or interruption from whatsoever cause in the use, operation or possession of any Vehicle, or by reason of any indebtedness or liability howsoever and whenever arising of the Lessor or any of its affiliates to the Lessee or to any other person or entity, or for any other reason.

Without the prior written consent of Lessor, Lessee may not assign, sublease, transfer or pledge this Agreement, any Vehicle, or any interest in this Agreement or in and to any Vehicle. or permit its rights under this Agreement or any Vehicle to be subject to any lien, charge or encumbrance. Lessee’s interest in this Agreement is not assignable and cannot be assigned or transferred by operation of law. Lessee will not transfer or relinquish possession of any Vehicle (except for the sole purpose of repair or service of such Vehicle) without the prior written consent of lessor.

16. MISCELLANEOUS: This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties. This Agreement may only be amended or modified by an instrument in writing executed by each party. Lessor shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement and no waiver whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Lessor and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by Lessor of any right or remedy under this Agreement on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy, which Lessor would otherwise have on any future occasion. If any term or provision of this Agreement or any application of any such term or provision is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and any other application of such term or provision will not be affected thereby. Giving of an notices under this Agreement will be sufficient if mailed by certified mail to a party at its address set forth below or at such other address as such party may provide in writing from time to time. Any such notice mailed to such address will be effective one (1) day after deposit in the United States mail, duly addressed, with certified mail, postage prepaid. Lessee will promptly notify Lessor of any change in Lessee’s address. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile and pdf counterparts), but the counterpart marked. ORIGINAL- by Lessor will be the original lease for purposes of applicable law. All of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and obligations of each Lessee under this Agreement (if more than one) are joint and several.

17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; GOVERNING LAW: Subject to the provisions of Section 15, this Agreement will be binding upon Lessee and its heirs. executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and will inure to the benefit of Lessor, Servicer. any other agent of Lessor and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Missouri (determined without reference to conflict of law principles}.

18. NON-PETITION: Each party hereto hereby covenants end agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all indebtedness of the Tilling Trust, ii shall not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against. the Titling Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United Slates or any state of the United States. The provisions of this Section 18 shall survive termination of this Master Equity Lease Agreement.


04-00858 C1Q 244593 >

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have duly executed this Master Equity Lease Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LESSEE:      LESSOR:
Bowman Consulting Group LTO      ENTERPRISE FLEET MANAGEMENT, INC.
/S/                                                           /S/                                                                                          .,
Address: 3863 Centerview Drive      Address:                                                                               
        ______________________________________
        ______________________________________

Chantilly, VA 20151

     Date Signed:                                                                         1

Date Signed

    
       
     ENTERPRISE FM TRUST
     BY:    ENTERPRISE FLEET MANAGEMENT, INC., ils attorney in fact
       
     /S/                                                                                          .,
     Address:                                                                          
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
     Date Signed:    9/20        , 2010

Exhibit 10.11

WINTHROP

Lease Agreement Number BO092214

Lease Agreement

This Lease Agreement, dated September 22, 2014, by and between WINTHROP RESOURCES CORPORATION (the “Lessor”) with an office located at 11100 Wayzata Boulevard, Suite 800, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305 and BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP, LTD. (the “Lessee”) with an office located at 3863 Centerview Drive, Suite 300, Chantilly, Virginia 20151.

Lessor hereby leases or grants to the Lessee the right to use and Lessee hereby rents and accepts the right to use the tangible property and equipment whether or not listed by serial number (“Hardware”), and software, general intangibles and related services (“Software”) on the Lease Schedule(s) attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference from time to time (collectively, the Hardware, Software and all related services are the “Equipment”), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, as supplemented with respect to each item of Equipment by the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate Lease Schedule. The term “Lease Agreement” shall include this Lease Agreement and the various Lease Schedule(s) identifying each item of Equipment or the appropriate Lease Schedule(s) identifying one or more particular items of Equipment.

 

1.

Term

This Lease Agreement is effective from the date it is executed by both parties. The term of this Lease Agreement, as to all Equipment designated on any particular Lease Schedule, shall commence on the Installation Date for all Equipment on such Lease Schedule and shall continue for an initial period ending that number of months from the Commencement Date as set forth in such Lease Schedule (the “Initial Term”) and shall continue from year to year thereafter until terminated. The term of this Lease Agreement as to all Equipment designated on any particular Lease Schedule may be terminated without cause at the end of the Initial Term or any year thereafter by either party mailing written notice of its termination to the other party not less than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to such termination date.

 

2.

Commencement Date

The Installation Date for each item of Equipment shall be the day said item of Equipment is installed at the Location of Installation, ready for use, and accepted in writing by the Lessee. The Commencement Date for any Lease Schedule is the first of the month following installation of all the Equipment on the Lease Schedule, unless the latest Installation Date for any Equipment on the Lease Schedule falls on the first day of the month, in which case such date shall be the Commencement Date. The Lessee is committed to lease Equipment associated with the Lease Schedule and agrees to complete, execute and deliver to Lessor one or more Certificate(s) of Acceptance listing the specific items of Equipment to be leased upon installation of such Equipment.

 

3.

Lease Charge

The lease charges for the Equipment leased pursuant to this Lease Agreement shall be the aggregate “Monthly Lease Charge(s)” as set forth on each and every Lease Schedule executed pursuant hereto (the aggregate “Monthly Lease Charge(s)” are the “Lease Charges”). Lessor and Lessee agree that the fair market value of the use of the Equipment leased on any Lease Schedule hereunder shall be the Monthly Lease Charge as set forth on such Lease Schedule. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the Lease Charges in accordance with the Lease Schedule(s), and the payments shall be made at Lessor’s address indicated thereon. The Lease Charges shall be paid by Lessee monthly in advance with the first full month’s payment due on the Commencement Date. The Lease Charge for the period from the Installation Date to the Commencement Date (the “Installation Period”) shall be an amount equal to the “Monthly Lease Charge” divided by thirty (30) and multiplied by the number of days from and including the

Installation Date to the Commencement Date and such amount shall be due and payable upon receipt of an invoice from Lessor. Charges for taxes made in accordance with Section 4 and charges made under any other provision of this Lease Agreement and payable by Lessee shall be paid to Lessor at Lessor’s address specified on the Lease Schedule(s) on the date specified in invoices delivered to Lessee. If payment, as specified above, is not received by Lessor on the due date, Lessee agrees to and shall pay, to the extent permitted by law, on demand, as a late charge, an amount equal to one and one-half percent (112%), or the maximum percentage allowed by law if less, of the amount past due (“Late Charges”). The parties agree that Late Charges shall be charged and added to any past due amount(s) on the date such payment is due and every thirty (30) days thereafter until all past due amounts are paid in full to Lessor. Late Charges will accrue until billed by Lessor.

 

4.

Taxes

In addition to the Lease Charges set forth in Section 3, the Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all license or registration fees, assessments, sales and use taxes, rental taxes, recycling, administrative or environmental fees, gross receipts taxes, personal property taxes and other taxes or fees now or hereafter imposed by any government, agency, province or otherwise upon the Equipment, the Lease Charges or upon the ownership, leasing, renting, purchase, possession, use, recycling or disposal of the Equipment, whether the same be assessed to Lessor or Lessee (the “Taxes”). Lessee’s obligation to remit taxes and other non-rent related charges shall be due and payable upon invoice from Lessor in accordance with the terms of such invoice. Lessor shall file all property tax returns and pay all Taxes when due. Lessee, upon notice to Lessor, may, in Lessee’s own name, contest or protest any Taxes, and Lessor shall honor any such notice except when in Lessor’s sole opinion such contest is futile or will cause a levy or lien to arise on the Equipment or cloud Lessor’s title thereto. Lessee shall, in addition, be responsible to Lessor for the payment and discharge of any penalties or interest as a result of Lessee’s actions or inactions. Nothing herein shall be construed to require Lessee to be responsible for any federal or state taxes or payments in lieu thereof, imposed upon or measured by the net income of Lessor, or state franchise taxes of Lessor, or except as provided hereinabove, any penalties or interest resulting from Lessor’s failure to timely remit such tax payments.

 

 


5.

Delivery and Freight Costs

Lessee shall inspect, test, and either accept or reject the Equipment before such time as the applicable vendor requires payment for such Equipment.

All transportation charges upon the Equipment for delivery to Lessee’s designated Location of Installation are to be paid by Lessee. All rigging, drayage charges, structural alterations, rental of heavy equipment and/or other expense necessary to place the Equipment at the Location of Installation are to be promptly paid by Lessee.

 

6.

Installation

Lessee agrees to pay for the actual installation of the Equipment at Lessee’s site. Lessee shall make available and agrees to pay for all costs associated with providing a suitable place of installation and necessary electrical power, outlets and air conditioning required for operating the Equipment as defined in the Equipment manufacturer’s installation manual or instructions. All supplies consumed or required by the Equipment shall be furnished and paid for by Lessee.

 

7.

Return to Lessor

On the day following the last day of the lease term associated with a Lease Schedule (the “Return Date”), Lessee shall cause and pay for the Equipment listed on that Lease Schedule to be deinstalled, packed using the manufacturer’s standard packing materials and shipped to a location designated in writing by Lessor (the “Return Location”). If the Equipment listed on the applicable Lease Schedule is not at the Return Location within ten (10) days of the Return Date, or Lessee fails to deinstall and ship the Equipment on the Return Date, then any written notice of termination delivered by Lessee shall become void, and the Lease Schedule shall continue in accordance with this Lease Agreement. Irrespective of any other provision hereof, Lessee will bear the risk of damage from fire, the elements or otherwise until delivery of the Equipment to the Return Location. At such time as the Equipment is delivered to the Lessor at the Return Location, the Equipment will be at the risk of Lessor.

 

8.

Maintenance

Lessee, at its sole expense, shall maintain the Equipment in good working order and condition. Lessee shall enter into, pay for and maintain in force during the entire term of any Lease Schedule, a maintenance agreement with the manufacturer of the Equipment providing for continuous uninterrupted maintenance of the Equipment (the “Maintenance Agreement”). Upon Lessor’s request, Lessee shall provide a copy of each such Maintenance Agreement to Lessor. Lessee will cause the manufacturer to keep the Equipment in good working order in accordance with the provisions of the Maintenance Agreement and make all necessary adjustments and repairs to the Equipment. The manufacturer is hereby authorized to accept the directions of Lessee with respect thereto. Lessee agrees to allow the manufacturer full and free access to the Equipment. All maintenance and service charges, whether under the Maintenance Agreement or otherwise, and all expenses, if any, of the manufacturer’s customer engineers incurred in connection with maintenance and repair services, shall be promptly paid by Lessee. Lessee warrants that all of the Equipment shall be in good working order operating according to manufacturer’s specification and eligible for the manufacturer’s standard maintenance agreement upon delivery to and inspection and testing by the Lessor. If the Equipment is not free of physical defect or damage, operating according to manufacturer’s specification, in good working order and/or eligible for the manufacturer’s standard maintenance agreement, then Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor for all costs, losses, expenses and fees associated with such equipment and the repair or replacement thereof.

9.

Location, Ownership and Use

The Equipment shall, at all times, be the sole and exclusive property of Lessor. Lessee shall have no right or property interest therein, except for the right to use the Equipment in the normal operation of its business at the Location of Installation, or as otherwise provided herein. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any Lease Schedule hereto is not a true lease (or a “finance lease”) for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code), but rather a secured financing, then Lessee shall be deemed to have granted, and hereby grants to Lessor, a first priority security interest in the Equipment leased thereunder together with all substitutions and replacements therefore and all attachments and accessories thereto and all proceeds (including insurance proceeds) thereof. The Equipment is and shall remain personal property even if installed in or attached to real property. Lessor shall be permitted to display notice of its ownership on the Equipment by means of a suitable stencil, label or plaque affixed thereto.

Lessee shall keep the Equipment at all times free and clear from all claims, levies, encumbrances and process. Lessee shall give Lessor immediate notice of any such attachment or other judicial process affecting any of the Equipment. Without Lessor’s written permission, Lessee shall not attempt to or actually: (i) pledge, lend, create a security interest in, sublet, exchange, trade, assign, swap, use for an allowance or credit or otherwise; (ii) allow another to use; (iii) part with possession; (iv) dispose of; or (v) remove from the Location of Installation, any item of Equipment. Lessee shall not cause the Equipment to be located outside of the United States. If any item of Equipment is exchanged, assigned, traded, swapped, used for an allowance or credit or otherwise to acquire new or different equipment (the “New Equipment”) without Lessor’s prior written consent, then all of the New Equipment shall become Equipment owned by Lessor subject to this Lease Agreement and the applicable Lease Schedule.

Any feature(s) installed on the Equipment at the time of delivery which are not specified on the Lease Schedule(s) are and shall remain the sole property of the Lessor.

Lessee shall cause the Equipment to be operated in accordance with the applicable vendor’s or manufacturer’s manual of instructions by competent and qualified personnel.

 

10.

Financing Statement

Lessor is hereby authorized by Lessee to cause this Lease Agreement or other instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements, to be filed or recorded for the purposes of showing Lessor’s interest in the Equipment. Lessee agrees to execute any such instruments as Lessor may request from time to time.

 

11.

Alterations and Attachments

Upon prior written notice to Lessor, Lessee may, at its own expense, make minor alterations in or add attachments to the Equipment, provided such alterations and attachments shall not interfere with the normal operation of the Equipment and do not otherwise involve the pledge, assignment, exchange, trade or substitution of the Equipment or any component or part thereof. All such alterations and attachments to the Equipment shall become part of the Equipment leased to Lessee and owned by Lessor. If, in Lessor’s sole determination, the alteration or attachment reduces the value of the Equipment or interferes with the normal and satisfactory operation or maintenance of any of the Equipment, or creates a safety hazard, Lessee shall, upon notice from Lessor to that effect, promptly remove the alteration or attachment at Lessee’s expense and restore the Equipment to the condition the Equipment was in just prior to the alteration or attachment.

 

 

Page 2 of 6


12.

Loss and Damage

Lessee shall assume and bear the risk of loss, theft and damage (including any governmental requisition, condemnation or confiscation) to the Equipment and all component parts thereof from any and every cause whatsoever, whether or not covered by insurance. No loss or damage to the Equipment or any component part thereof shall impair any obligation of Lessee under this Lease Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter expressly provided. Lessee shall repair or cause to be repaired all damage to the Equipment. In the event that all or part of the Equipment shall, as a result of any cause whatsoever, become lost, stolen, destroyed or otherwise rendered irreparably unusable or damaged (collectively, the “Loss”) then Lessee shall, within ten (10) days after the Loss, fully inform Lessor in writing of such a Loss and shall pay to Lessor the following amounts: (i) the Monthly Lease Charges (and other amounts) due and owing under this Lease Agreement at the time of the Loss (or Event of Default, as defined hereinafter), plus (ii) the Original Cost of the Equipment subject to the Loss (or Event of Default, as defined hereinafter) multiplied by the “Percent of Original Cost.” The Original Cost of a particular item of Equipment shall be Lessee’s original purchase price of such item at the time of its purchase or payment to the applicable vendor by Lessor, plus additional or related charges such as taxes, delivery and freight, installation, maintenance, etc. The Percent of Original Cost shall be the Per Payment Factor multiplied by the number of lease payments Lessor has received from Lessee during the Initial Term subtracted from 112 and then divided by 100. The Per Payment Factor is the sum of 112 multiplied by 0.8 divided by the number of Monthly Lease Charges that are due during the Initial Term (collectively, the sum of (i) plus (ii) shall be the “Casualty Loss Value”). Upon receipt by Lessor of the Casualty Loss Value: (i) the applicable Equipment shall be removed from the Lease Schedule; and (ii) Lessee’s obligation to pay Lease Charges associated with the applicable Equipment shall cease. Lessor may request, and Lessee shall complete, an affidavit(s) which swears out the facts supporting the Loss of any item of Equipment.

 

13.

Insurance

Until the Equipment is returned to Lessor or as otherwise herein provided, whether or not this Lease Agreement has terminated as to the Equipment, Lessee, at its expense, shall maintain: (i) property and casualty insurance insuring the Equipment for its Casualty Loss Value naming Lessor or its assigns as sole loss payee; and (ii) comprehensive public liability and third-party property insurance naming Lessor and its assigns as additional insureds. The insurance shall cover the interest of both the Lessor and Lessee in the Equipment, or as the case may be, shall protect both the Lessor and Lessee in respect to all risks arising out of the condition, delivery, installation, maintenance, use or operation of the Equipment. All such insurance shall provide for thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor of cancellation, restriction, or reduction of coverage and shall have a clause specifying that no action or misrepresentation by Lessee shall invalidate such policy. Lessor shall be under no duty to ascertain the existence of or to examine any such policy or to advise Lessee in the event any such policy shall not comply with the requirements hereof. Lessee hereby irrevocably appoints Lessor as Lessee’s attorney-in-fact to make claim for, receive payment of and execute and endorse all documents, checks or drafts for loss or damage or return premium under any insurance policy issued on the Equipment. Prior to installation of the Equipment, all policies or certificates of insurance shall be delivered to Lessor by Lessee. Lessee agrees to keep the Equipment insured with an insurance company which is at least “A” rated by A.M. Best and in such form, including a maximum deductible, as may be satisfactory to Lessor. The proceeds of any loss or damage insurance shall be payable to Lessor, but Lessor shall remit all such insurance proceeds to Lessee at such time as Lessee either (i) provides Lessor satisfactory proof that the damage has been repaired and the Equipment has been restored to good working order and condition or (ii) pays to Lessor the Casualty Loss Value. It is understood and agreed that any payments made by Lessee or its insurance carrier for loss or damage of any kind whatsoever to the Equipment are not made as accelerated rental payments or adjustments of rental, but are made solely as indemnity to Lessor for loss or damage of its Equipment.

14.

Enforcement of Warranties

Lessee, in its own name, shall, so long as this Lease Agreement is in force, enforce any manufacturer’s Equipment warranty.

 

15.

Warranties, Disclaimers and Indemnity

Lessor warrants that at the time the Equipment is delivered to Lessee, Lessor will have full right, power and authority to lease the Equipment to Lessee. EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTY IN THE SENTENCE DIRECTLY PRECEDING THIS ONE, THE LESSOR DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS NOT RELYING ON LESSOR’S SKILL OR JUDGMENT TO SELECT OR FURNISH GOODS SUITABLE FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THAT LESSOR HAS NOT SELECTED, MANUFACTURED, SOLD OR SUPPLIED ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT, AND THAT THERE ARE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE AGREEMENT. LESSEE REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT A FOREIGN “FINANCIAL INSTITUTION” OR ACTING ON BEHALF OF A FOREIGN “FINANCIAL INSTITUTION” AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN THE BANK SECRECY ACT, 31 U.S.C. 5318, AS AMENDED. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LESSOR, IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 326 OF THE USA PATRIOT ACT, WILL BE VERIFYING CERTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT LESSEE. LESSEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT LESSOR AND ITS REPRESENTATIVES AND EMPLOYEES HAVE NOT MADE ANY STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY RELATIVE TO THE ACCOUNTING OR TAX ENTRIES, TREATMENT, BENEFIT, USE OR CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT OR ASSOCIATED LEASE SCHEDULES. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND/OR ITS INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR (i) ANY AND ALL OF LESSEE’S ACCOUNTING AND TAX ENTRIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE LEASE AGREEMENT AND/OR THE LEASE SCHEDULES AND (ii) THE ACCOUNTING AND TAX TREATMENT, BENEFITS, USES AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT OR ANY LEASE SCHEDULE. LESSOR SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSUMER OR PATIENT INFORMATION, THAT IS AT ANY TIME ENTERED, STORED, TRANSFERRED TO, CONTAINED OR RETAINED ON ANY EQUIPMENT, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL, STATE OR OTHER LAW, INCLUDING BY WAY OF EXAMPLE ONLY AND NOT OF LIMITATION, THE HEALTH INSURANCE PORTABILITY ACCOUNTABILITY ACT OF 1996 (HIPAA), FINANCIAL MODERNIZATION ACT (GRAMM-LEACH- BLILEY ACT), ETC. LESSOR SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE LESSOR AND LESSEE, THIS LEASE AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE, POSSESSION, LEASE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT. THIS LEASE AGREEMENT IS INTENDED BY THE PARTIES TO BE A LEASE OF EQUIPMENT TO BE OWNED BY LESSOR (OR WHICH LESSOR SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO LEASE) AND NOT A LOAN, SALE OR LEASE INTENDED AS A SALE OR LOAN. THIS LEASE AGREEMENT IS A “FINANCE LEASE” AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED AND USED IN ARTICLE 2A OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE. NO RIGHTS OR REMEDIES REFERRED TO IN ARTICLE 2A OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE WILL BE CONFERRED ON LESSEE.

 

 

Page 3 of 6


Lessee agrees that Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for, and Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor harmless with respect to, any claim from a third party for any liability, claim, loss, damage or expense of any kind or nature, whether based upon a theory of strict liability or otherwise, caused, directly or indirectly, by: (i) the inadequacy of any item of Equipment, including Software, for any purpose; (ii) any deficiency or any latent or other defects in any Equipment, including Software, whether or not detectable by Lessee; (iii) the selection, manufacture, rejection, ownership, lease, possession, maintenance, operation, use or performance of any item of Equipment, including Software; (iv) any interruption or loss of service, use or performance of any item of Equipment, including Software; (v) patent, trademark or copyright infringement; (vi) any information whatsoever or the loss, release, unauthorized access, transfer, theft, use or misuse thereof, or (vii) any loss of business or other special, incidental or consequential damages whether or not resulting from any of the foregoing. Lessee’s duty to defend and indemnify Lessor shall survive the expiration, termination, settlement, cancellation, assignment or resolution of this Lease Agreement or a Lease Schedule and shall be binding upon Lessee’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

16.

Event of Default

The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease Agreement and/or any Lease Schedule:

 

  (1)

the nonpayment by Lessee of any Lease Charges when due, or the nonpayment by Lessee of any other sum required hereunder to be paid by Lessee which non-payment continues for a period of ten (10) days from the date when due;

 

  (2)

the failure of Lessee to perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease Agreement, any Lease Schedule or any other document, agreement or instrument executed pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, which is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Lessor;

 

  (3)

Lessee attempts to or does remove, transfer, sell, swap, assign, sublease, trade, exchange, encumber, receive an allowance or credit for, or part with possession of, any item of Equipment;

 

  (4)

Lessee ceases doing business as a going concern, is insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, fails to pay its debts as they become due, offers a settlement to creditors or calls a meeting of creditors for any such purpose, files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, is subject to an involuntary petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, files or has filed against it a petition seeking any reorganization, arrangement or composition, under any present or future statute, law or regulation;

 

  (5)

any of Lessee’s representations or warranties made herein or in any oral or written statement or certificate at any time given in writing pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall be false or misleading in any material respect;

 

  (6)

Lessee defaults under or otherwise has accelerated any material obligation, credit agreement, loan agreement, conditional sales contract, lease, indenture or debenture; or Lessee defaults under any other agreement now existing or hereafter made with Lessor;

 

  (7)

Lessee (i) enters into any merger or consolidation with, or sells or transfers all or any substantial portion of its assets to, or enters into any partnership or joint venture other than in the ordinary course of business with, any entity, (ii) dissolves, liquidates or ceases or suspends the conduct of business, or ceases to maintain its existence, (iii) if Lessee is a privately held entity, enters into or suffers any transaction or series of transactions as a result of which Lessee is directly or indirectly controlled by persons or entities not directly or indirectly controlling Lessee as of the date hereof, or (iv) if Lessee is a publicly held entity, there shall be a change in the ownership of Lessee’s stock or other equivalent ownership interest such that Lessee is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of, or no longer has a class of equity securities registered under, the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or

  (8)

the breach or repudiation by any party thereto of any guaranty, subordination agreement or other agreement running in favor of Lessor obtained in connection with this Lease Agreement.

 

17.

Remedies

Should any Event of Default occur, Lessor may, with or without notice or demand upon Lessee, retain any and all security deposits and pursue and enforce, alternatively, successively and/or concurrently, any one or more of the following remedies:

 

  (1)

recover from Lessee all accrued and unpaid Lease Charges and other amounts due and owing on the date of the default; and

 

  (2)

recover from Lessee from time to time all Lease Charges and other amounts as and when becoming due hereunder; and

 

  (3)

either (A) accelerate, cause to become immediately due and recover the present value of all Lease Charges and other amounts due and/or likely to become due hereunder from the date of the default to the end of the lease term using a discount rate of four percent (4%); or (8) cause to become immediately due and payable and recover from Lessee the Casualty Loss Value of the Equipment which Lessee agrees is not a penalty but rather a reasonable forecast of the just compensation for the harm caused by the Event of Default, which harm is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation; and

 

  (4)

terminate any or all of the Lessee’s rights, but not its obligations, associated with the lease of Equipment under this Lease Agreement; and

 

  (5)

either (A) retake (by Lessor, independent contractor, or by requiring Lessee to assemble and surrender the Equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 hereinabove) possession of the Equipment without terminating the Lease Schedule or the Lease Agreement free from claims by Lessee which claims are hereby expressly waived by Lessee; or (8) require Lessee to deliver the Equipment to a location designated by Lessor; and

 

  (6)

upon Lessor’s instructions after an Event of Default, Lessee agrees to cease immediately the use of any or all Software, to uninstall and delete all copies of such licensed Software from any computer systems owned or controlled by Lessee or its affiliates or used for Lessee’s or Lessee’s affiliate’s benefit, to destroy any and all written documentation, manuals and materials provided with the Software, and to provide Lessor with a certificate signed by a Lessee officer who is responsible for Lessee’s information systems, attesting to such cessation of use, deinstallation, deletion, and/or destruction of the Software; and

 

  (7)

proceed by court action to enforce performance by Lessee of its obligations associated with any Lease Schedule and/or this Lease Agreement; and/or

 

  (8)

pursue any other remedy Lessor may otherwise have, at law, equity or under any statute, and recover damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Lessor by reason of the Event of Default.

 

 

Page 4 of 6


Upon repossession of the Equipment, Lessor shall have the right to lease, sell or otherwise dispose of such Equipment in a commercially reasonable manner, with or without notice, at a public or private sale. Lessor’s pursuit and enforcement of any one or more remedies shall not be deemed an election or waiver by Lessor of any other remedy. Lessor shall not be obligated to sell or re-lease the Equipment. Any sale or re-lease may be held at such place or places as are selected by Lessor, with or without having the Equipment present. Any such sale or re-lease, may be at wholesale or retail, in bulk or in parcels. Time and exactitude of each of the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement are hereby declared to be of the essence. Lessor may accept past due payments in any amount without modifying the terms of this Lease Agreement and without waiving any rights of Lessor hereunder.

 

18.

Costs and Attorneys’ Fees

In the event of any default, claim, proceeding, including a bankruptcy proceeding, arbitration, mediation, counter-claim, action (whether legal or equitable), appeal or otherwise, whether initiated by Lessor or Lessee (or a debtor-in-possession or bankruptcy trustee), which arises out of, under, or is related in any way to this Lease Agreement, any Lease Schedule, or any other document, agreement or instrument executed pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, or any governmental examination or investigation of Lessee which requires Lessor’s participation (individually and collectively, the “Claim”), Lessee, in addition to all other sums which Lessee may be called upon to pay under the provisions of this Lease Agreement, shall pay to Lessor, on demand, all costs, expenses and fees paid or payable in connection with the Claim, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket costs, including travel and related expenses incurred by Lessor or its attorneys.

 

19.

Lessor’s Performance Option

Should Lessee fail to make any payment or to do any act as provided by this Lease Agreement, then Lessor shall have the right (but not the obligation), without notice to Lessee of its intention to do so and without releasing Lessee from any obligation hereunder to make or to do the same, to make advances to preserve the Equipment or Lessor’s title thereto, and to pay, purchase, contest or compromise any insurance premium, encumbrance, charge, tax, lien or other sum which in the judgment of Lessor appears to affect the Equipment, and in exercising any such rights, Lessor may incur any liability and expend whatever amounts in its absolute discretion it may deem necessary therefor. All sums so incurred or expended by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee within ten (1O) days of notice thereof.

 

20.

Quiet Possession and Inspection

Lessor hereby covenants with Lessee that Lessee shall quietly possess the Equipment subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof so long as Lessee is not in default hereunder; provided, however, that Lessor or its designated agent may, at any and all reasonable times during business hours, enter Lessee’s premises for the purposes of inspecting the Equipment and the manner in which it is being used.

 

21.

Assignments

This Lease Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Lessee, however, shall not assign this Lease Agreement or sublet any of the Equipment without first obtaining the prior written consent of Lessor and its assigns, if any. Lessee acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement have been fixed in anticipation of the possible assignment of Lessor’s rights under this Lease Agreement and in and to the Equipment as collateral security to a third party (“Assignee” herein) which will rely upon and be entitled to the benefit of the prov1s1ons of this Lease Agreement. Lessee agrees with Lessor and such Assignee to recognize in writing any such assignment within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice thereof and to pay thereafter all sums due to Lessor hereunder directly to such Assignee if directed by Lessor, provided, however, that such recognition by Lessee shall not constitute a waiver of any defense, set-off or counterclaim

whatsoever (whether arising from a breach of this Lease Agreement or not) that Lessee may from time to time have against Lessor. Upon such assignment, the Lessor shall remain obligated to perform any obligations it may have under this Lease Agreement and the Assignee shall (unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by the Assignee) have no obligation to perform such obligations. Any such assignment shall be subject to Lessee’s rights to use and possess the Equipment so long as Lessee is not in default hereunder.

 

22.

Survival of Obligations

All covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties contained in this Lease Agreement, any Lease Schedule, or in any document attached thereto, shall be for the benefit of Lessor and Lessee and their successors, any assignee or secured party. Further, all covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties contained in this Lease Agreement, any Lease Schedule, or in any document attached thereto, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Lease Agreement and the expiration or other termination of this Lease Agreement.

 

23.

Corporate Authority

The parties hereto covenant and warrant that the persons executing this Lease Agreement and each Lease Schedule on their behalf have been duly authorized to do so, and this Lease Agreement and any Lease Schedule constitute a valid and binding obligation of the parties hereto. Lessee will, at Lessor’s request, provide to Lessor, Certificates of Authority naming the officers of the Lessee who have the authority to execute this Lease Agreement and any Lease Schedules attached thereto. Lessee agrees that it shall advise Lessor of any change in Lessee’s name, address or corporate structure within ten (10) days.

 

24.

Landlords’ and Mortgagees’ Waiver

If reasonably requested by Lessor, Lessee shall make commercially reasonable efforts to furnish waivers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, from all landlords and mortgagees of any premises upon which any Equipment is or may be attached or affixed to the real property.

 

25.

Miscellaneous

This Lease Agreement, the Lease Schedule(s), attached riders and any documents or instruments issued or executed pursuant hereto will have been made, executed and delivered in, and shall be governed by the internal laws (as opposed to conflicts of law provisions) and decisions of, the State of Minnesota. Lessee and Lessor consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of any local, state or federal court located within Minnesota. Venue must be in Minnesota and Lessee hereby waives local venue and any objection relating to Minnesota being an improper venue to conduct any proceeding relating to this Lease Agreement. At Lessor’s sole election and determination, Lessor may select an alternative forum, including arbitration or mediation, to adjudicate any dispute arising out of this Lease Agreement.

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO EACH IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT OR SUCH TRANSACTIONS, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.

This Lease Agreement was jointly drafted by the parties, and the parties hereby agree that neither should be favored in the construction, interpretation or application of any provision or any ambiguity. There are no unwritten or oral agreements between the parties. This Lease Agreement and associated Lease Schedule(s) constitute the entire understanding and agreement between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the lease of the Equipment superseding all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, discussions,

 

 

Page 5 of 6


proposals, representations, promises, commitments and offers between the parties, whether oral or written. This Lease Agreement and associated Lease Schedule(s) constitute a single unitary agreement. No provision of this Lease Agreement or any Lease Schedule shall be deemed waived, amended, discharged or modified orally or by custom, usage or course of conduct unless such waiver, amendment or modification is in writing and signed by an officer of each of the parties hereto. If any one or more of the provisions of this Lease Agreement or any Lease Schedule is for any reason held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Lease Agreement and any such Lease Schedule will be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision that is closest to the original intention of the parties. Lessee agrees that neither the manufacturer, nor the supplier, nor any of their salespersons, employees or agents are agents of Lessor.

Any notice provided for herein shall be in writing and sent by overnight courier providing a receipt of delivery or by certified or registered mail to the parties at the addresses stated on page 1 of this Lease Agreement.

The Monthly Lease Charge is intended to be fixed from the Commencement Date to the end of the term. The three year treasury rate is an integral part of the lease rate. The Lessee and Lessor agree that the lease rate shall also be fixed during the Installation Period but should the three year treasury note increase during such Installation Period, the lease rate will be adjusted on the Commencement Date.

Lessor is entitled to review a complete set of Lessee’s financial statements, including a statement of cash flows, balance sheet and income statement, and any other financial information that Lessor may request. If during the Installation Period the Lessee’s financial condition changes in any material respect (as determined by the Lessor in its sole discretion), then Lessor shall be entitled to stop purchasing equipment to be leased to Lessee and commence the applicable lease schedule(s).

This Lease Agreement shall not become effective until delivered to Lessor at its offices at Minnetonka, Minnesota and executed by Lessor.

This Lease Agreement is made subject to the terms and conditions included herein and Lessee’s acceptance is effective only to the extent that such terms and conditions are consistent with the terms and conditions herein. Any acceptance which contains terms and conditions which are in addition to or inconsistent with the terms and conditions herein will be a counter- offer and will not be binding unless agreed to in writing by Lessor. The terms used in this Lease Agreement, unless otherwise defined, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease Schedule(s).

26.

REPOSSESSION

LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, PURSUANT TO SECTION 17 HEREOF, LESSOR HAS BEEN GIVEN THE RIGHT TO REPOSSESS THE EQUIPMENT SHOULD LESSEE BECOME IN DEFAULT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER. LESSEE HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT, IF ANY, TO REQUIRE LESSOR TO GIVE LESSEE NOTICE AND A JUDICIAL HEARING PRIOR TO EXERCISING SUCH RIGHT OF REPOSSESSION.

 

27.

Net Lease

This Lease Agreement is a net lease and Lessee’s obligations to pay all Lease Charges and other amounts payable hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and, except as expressly provided herein, shall not be subject to any: (i) delay, abatement, reduction, defense, counterclaim, set-off, or recoupment; (ii) discontinuance or termination of any license; (iii) Equipment failure, defect or deficiency; (iv) damage to or destruction of the Equipment; or (v) dissatisfaction with the Equipment or otherwise, including any present or future claim against Lessor or the manufacturer, supplier, reseller or vendor of the Equipment. To the extent that the Equipment includes intangible (or intellectual) property, Lessee understands and agrees that: (i) Lessor is not a party to and does not have any responsibility under any Software license and/or other agreement with respect to any Software; and (ii) Lessee will be responsible to pay all of the Lease Charges and perform all its other obligations under this Lease Agreement despite any defect, deficiency, failure, termination, dissatisfaction, damage or destruction of any Software or Software license. Further, Lessee agrees that ii has an unconditional, irrevocable and absolute obligation to pay all Lease Charges and other amounts payable hereunder to the Lessor although (i) the Lessor does not hold title to any Software (or intellectual or intangible property), (ii) Lessor is not a party to any Software license (or intellectual or intangible property license) that is listed among the Equipment on any Lease Schedule and (iii} any license to Software is exclusively between the licensor of the Software (“Licensor”) and the Lessee. Except as expressly provided herein, this Lease Agreement shall not terminate for any reason, including any defect in the Equipment or Lessor’s title thereto or any destruction or loss of use of any item of Equipment.

 

28.

Headings

Section headings herein are used for convenience only and shall not otherwise affect the provisions of this Lease Agreement.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lease Agreement to be signed by their respective duly authorized representative.

 

Every Term is Agreed to and Accepted:       Every Term is Agreed to and Accepted:
WINTROP RESOUCES CORPORATION       BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.
By: /S/__________________________________________       By: /S/_______________________________________
Print Name: Barbara E. King________________________       Print Name: Bruce Labovitz________________________
Title: Senior Vice President                                                            Title: CFO__________________________________        
Date:                                                                                              Date:                                                                                       

 

Page 6 of 6

Exhibit 10.12

Exhibit 10.12 to Form S-1 Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of ______________, 2021, between Bowman Consulting Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _____________________________ (“Indemnitee”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”) and Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Certificate of Incorporation”) of the Company contemplate indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to director and officer liability insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto or pursuant to the DGCL, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

 


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’ Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on behalf of Indemnitee, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution.

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

2


(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

3


(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request and include such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. If the Secretary is seeking indemnification, any other officer of the Company may advise the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the board: (1) if there is no Change in Control, by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) if there is no Change in Control, by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there is no Change in Control and either (i) there are no Disinterested Directors or (ii) if the Disinterested Directors so direct, then by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, (4) if there is a Change in Control, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (5) if there is no Change in Control and if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public

 

4


accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(g) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

5


7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on behalf of Indemnitee, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

6


(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue for five (5) years thereafter or, if longer, so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

7


11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

a) “Change in Control” means the first of the following events to occur:

i. The acquisition by any one Person or more than one Person acting as a group (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), other than the Company or the Enterprise of any of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company. For purposes of this subsection i, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (x) the acquisition of additional stock by a Person who is considered to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, (y) any acquisition in which the Company does not remain outstanding thereafter and (z) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with subsection iii below. An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one Person as a result of a transaction in which the Company acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock for purposes of this Paragraph;

ii. The replacement of individuals who constitute a majority of the Board, during any twelve (12) month period, by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election, provided that, if the Company is not the relevant corporation for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(iv)(A)(2), this subsection ii shall be applied instead with respect to the members of the board of the directors of such relevant corporation for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder;

iii. The acquisition by any one person or more than one person acting as a group (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)), other than the Company or the Enterprise during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such by such person or persons, of ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company. For purposes of this subsection iii the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (x) the acquisition of additional control by a person or more than one person acting as a group who are considered to effectively control the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) and (y) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with subsection i above; or

iv. The acquisition by any individual person or more than one person acting as a group (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)), other than a transfer to a related person within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B), during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such by such person or persons, of assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition(s). For purposes of this subsection iv, “gross fair market value” means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

8


The above definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted by the Board, in good faith, to apply in a similar manner to transactions involving partnerships and partnership interests, and to comply with Code Section 409A.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(e) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g) “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other legal entity or organization.

(h) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on the part of Indemnitee while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

9


15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (c) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.

12355 Sunrise Valley Drive, Suite 520

Reston, Virginia 20191

Attention: Legal Department

or to such other address as may have been furnished by proper notice to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
By:  

 

Name:   Gary Bowman
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

11

Exhibit 10.13

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.

2021 OMNIBUS EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1.

ESTABLISHMENT, OBJECTIVES AND DURATION

1.1. ESTABLISHMENT. Subject to the approval of the stockholders of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. (the “Company”), the Company has established the Bowman Consulting Group, Ltd. 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as set forth herein, conditioned upon and effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (“Effective Date”). The Plan supersedes and replaces (subject to the last sentence of Section 1.4) any prior plan for stock bonus grants or stock option grants to employees of the Company (collectively the “Prior Plan”), except that the Prior Plan shall remain in effect with respect to awards granted under such Prior Plan until such awards have been exercised, forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of such awards.

1.2. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to enhance stockholder value by linking long-term incentive compensation to the financial performance of the Company and to further align Participants’ financial rewards with the financial rewards realized by the Company and its stockholders. The Plan is also a vehicle to attract and retain key personnel. To accomplish the foregoing, the Plan provides that the Company may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and/or Performance Units.

1.3. DURATION. The Plan shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Company’s Board of Directors to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Section 14, until the earlier of ten (10) years following its Effective Date or the date that all Shares subject to the Plan shall have been purchased or granted according to the Plan’s provisions.

1.4. APPROVAL BY STOCKHOLDERS. The Plan has been adopted by the Board of Directors subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company at a special meeting of stockholders held following the adoption by the Board. Awards may be granted prior to stockholder approval, but no Award may be exercised or settled until the Plan is approved by the stockholders, and if the Plan is not so approved within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date, the Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan shall be null and void; provided, however, that to the extent any Award could have been granted under the Prior Plan, it shall not be void, but shall be treated as having been granted under such Prior Plan.

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in the Plan, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

2.1. AWARD means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, or Performance Units.

 

1


2.2. “AWARD AGREEMENT” means a written (or electronic) document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted to the Participant under the Plan, which need not be executed unless required by the Committee, and is a condition to the grant of an Award hereunder.

2.3. “BOARD means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4. “CHANGE IN CONTROL” means, the occurrence of a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, as determined in accordance with this Section 2.4. In determining whether an event shall be considered a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) A “change in the ownership” of the Company shall occur on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (a “Person”)), acquires ownership of the equity securities of the Company that, together with the equity securities held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v). If a Person is considered either to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the equity securities of the Company, or to have effective control of the Company within the meaning of subsection (B), and such Person acquires additional equity securities of the Company, the acquisition of additional equity securities by such Person shall not be considered to cause a “change in the ownership” of the Company.

(b) A “change in the effective control” of the Company shall occur on either of the following dates:

(i) The date on which any Person, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of equity securities of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s equity securities, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi). If a Person is considered to possess 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s equity securities, and such Person acquires additional equity securities of the Company, the acquisition of additional equity securities by such Person shall not be considered to cause a “change in the effective control” of the Company; or

(ii) The date on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or election, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

2


(c) A “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company shall occur on the date on which any one Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). A transfer of assets shall not be treated as a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” when such transfer is made to an entity that is controlled by the holders of the Company’s equity securities, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B).

(d) For the purposes of this Plan and this Section 2.5, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) an acquisition by the Company or entity controlled by the Company, or (ii) an acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company.

The above definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted by the Board, in good faith, and to comply with Code Section 409A.

2.6 “CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER” or “CEO” shall mean the chief executive officer of the Company or his or her designee.

2.7. “CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and all regulations and formal guidance issued thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation thereto.

2.8. “COMMITTEE means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as shall be appointed by the Board as provided in Section 3 to administer the Plan, or in the absence of either, the Board.

2.9. “COMPANY means Bowman Consulting Group, Ltd., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of such entity as provided in Section 17.

2.10. “DIRECTOR” means any individual who is a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Subsidiary.

2.11. “DISABILITY” means, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or in an employment, change of control or similar agreement in effect between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary, the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically-determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or, by reason of any medically-determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or a Subsidiary.

2.12. “EFFECTIVE DATE” means the date specified in Section 1.1..

2.13. “EMPLOYEE means any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.14. “EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and all rules and formal guidance issued thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

 

3


2.15. “FAIR MARKET VALUE” means, with respect to the relevant date, the fair market value of the Shares for such date, as determined by the Committee in good faith and, if applicable, in compliance with Code Section 409A or, in the case of ISOs, Code Section 422(b)(4). In the case of NSOs or SARs, this may include but is not limited to, any of the following valuation methods if the Shares are duly listed on a national securities exchange or on The Nasdaq Stock Market:

 

(i)

the closing price of a Share on such date, or, if there are no sales on such date, on the next preceding day on which there were sales,

 

(ii)

the last sale before or the first sale after the grant,

 

(iii)

the closing price on the trading day before or the trading day of the grant,

 

(iv)

the arithmetic mean of the high and low prices on the trading day before or the trading day of the grant, or

 

(v)

an average selling price during a specified period that is within 30 days before or 30 days after the applicable valuation date; provided that the average selling price method described in this clause (v) is irrevocably approved by the Committee for use with the applicable Award before the beginning of the specified period (for this purpose, the term average selling price refers to the arithmetic mean of the high and low selling prices on all trading days during the specified period, or the average of such prices over the specified period weighted based on the volume of trading of such stock on each trading day during such specified period); and provided, further, that the Committee must designate the Participant who will be granted the Award, the number of Shares that are subject to the Award, and the method for determining the exercise price or base price including the period over which the averaging will occur, before the beginning of the specified averaging period.

Such price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3.

2.16. “INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION” or “ISO means the right to purchase Shares pursuant terms and conditions that are intended to qualify as, and that satisfy the requirements applicable to, an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422, as described in Section 6.

2.17. “NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” means the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer, and each of the three most highly compensated executive officers of the Company other than the CEO and Chief Financial Officer, at the end of the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company.

2.18. “NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION or NSO” means the right to purchase Shares pursuant to terms and conditions that are not intended to be, or do not qualify as, an Incentive Stock Option as described in Section 6.

2.19. “OPTION” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, as described in Section 6.

2.20. “OPTION PRICE” means the per Share purchase price of a Share purchased pursuant to an Option.

 

4


2.21. “PARTICIPANT” means an Employee, prospective Employee, Director, or consultant, advisor or contractor to the Company or any Subsidiary who has outstanding an Award granted under the Plan and includes those former Employees and former Directors who have certain post-termination rights under the terms of an Award.

2.22. “PERFORMANCE PERIOD means the time period during which performance goals must be achieved with respect to an Award, as determined by the Committee.

2.23. “PERFORMANCE SHARE” means an Award granted to a Participant that entitles the Participant to delivery of Shares upon achievement of performance goals, as described in Section 9.

2.24. “PERFORMANCE UNIT” means an Award that entitles the Participant to a cash payment upon achievement of performance goals, as described in Section 9.

2.25. “PERIOD OF RESTRICTION” means the period or periods during which the transfer of an Award or the Shares is limited in some way (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, at its discretion), and the Award or Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as provided in Sections 8 and 9.

2.26. “PERSON” shall mean an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other legal entity or organization.

2.27. “PLAN means this Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, as set forth herein.

2.28. “RESTRICTED STOCK means an Award of Shares subject to vesting conditions, which is granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

2.29. “RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT” or “RSUs” shall mean a right to receive Shares or cash upon vesting pursuant to Section 8.

2.30. “SERVICE” shall mean the performance of services for the Company (or any Subsidiary) within the meaning of Code Section 409A, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement.

2.31. “SETTLED” shall mean, with respect to an Award, when the Award is fully exercised, vested, forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of such Award.

2.32. “SHARE” or “SHARES means shares of common stock of the Company.

2.33. “STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT” or “SAR means a right, designated as an SAR, to receive the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of Shares pursuant to the terms of Section 7.

 

5


2.34. “SUBSIDIARY means any corporation or other entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity has a controlling interest in another corporation or entity in the chain, commencing with the Company; provided, however, that with respect to any ISO, the term “Subsidiary” means any entity during any period in which it is a “parent corporation” (as that term is defined in Code Section 424(e)) with respect to the corporation or a “subsidiary corporation” (as that term is defined in Code Section 424(f)) with respect to the Company.

2.35 “VESTING TRANCHE” shall mean the portion of an Award that vests or with respect to which restrictions lapse on a certain date due to attainment of specified vesting conditions as stated in the Award Agreement or Plan.

SECTION 3.

ADMINISTRATION

3.1. PLAN ADMINISTRATION. The Committee shall administer the Plan. The Committee shall consist of not fewer than two Directors who are non-Employee Directors of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act; and “independent directors” for purposes of the rules of the exchange on which the Shares are traded. The Board may, from time to time, remove members from, or add members to, the Committee. Any vacancies on the Committee shall be filled by members of the Board. Acts of a majority of the Committee at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by unanimous consent of the members of the Committee, shall be valid acts of the Committee.

3.2. AUTHORITY OF THE COMMITTEE. Except as limited by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full power to select Participants to participate in the Plan; determine the sizes and types of Awards; determine the terms and conditions of Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan; construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; establish, amend, or waive rules and regulations consistent with the terms of the Plan for the Plan’s administration; and amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award to the extent such terms and conditions are within the sole discretion of the Committee as provided in the Plan and subject to Section 14; provided that the Committee shall not have the authority to amend any Option or SAR to reduce its Option Price or base price except in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.4. Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations which may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including establishing administrative methods for the exercise of Options and SARs. The Committee’s determinations, interpretations and actions under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

3.3. DECISIONS BINDING. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee (or its delegate) pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Directors, Participants, and their estates and beneficiaries.

3.4. DELEGATION BY COMMITTEE. Unless prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee may delegate all or some of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members. The Committee also may delegate some or all of its administrative duties to any officer of the Company and may delegate some or all of its administrative powers to the CEO. The Committee may delegate to the CEO the authority to grant

 

6


Awards under the Plan to Participants and potential Participants who are not Directors or Named Executive Officers of the Company or any Subsidiaries, provided that the terms and conditions of such Awards shall be set forth in an Award Agreement approved in substantial form by the Committee prior to the grant of said Awards, the Committee in its delegation shall specify the maximum Shares that may be awarded to one Participant pursuant to such delegation in any calendar year, and the CEO shall report any such grants to the Committee at its next meeting. In the case of any such delegation, references in this Plan to the “Committee” shall include any such delegate, as applicable. The Committee hereby delegates to each of the Company’s Corporate Secretary and Chief Legal Officer (or his or her equivalent) the authority to document any and all Awards made by the Committee and/or the CEO under the Plan. The Committee may revoke any such allocation or delegation at any time.

3.5. INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED TO COMMITTEE. The records of the Company and Subsidiaries as to an Employee’s, Director’s or Participant’s employment, termination of employment, performance of Services, termination of Services, leave of absence, reemployment and compensation shall be conclusive on all persons unless determined to be manifestly incorrect. Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must, as a condition to the receipt or settlement of any Award hereunder, furnish the Committee with such evidence, data or information as the Committee reasonably considers desirable to carry out the terms of the Plan.

3.6. INDEMNIFICATION. In addition to such other rights of indemnification that they have as members of the Board or the Committee, the Company shall indemnify the members of the Committee (and any delegates of the Committee, as permitted under Section 3.4), to the extent permitted by applicable law, against reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees) actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Award awarded hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved to the extent required by and in the manner provided by the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company relating to indemnification of the members of the Board) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to such matters as to which it is adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee member or members (or their delegates) did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

SECTION 4.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS

4.1. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS.

(a) The Shares available for Awards may be either authorized and unissued Shares or Shares held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan or with respect to which Awards, including but not limited to ISOs, may be granted shall not exceed 87,500 Shares (the “Share Reserve”) subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 for any stock split made on or immediately after the Effective Date. The Share Reserve (other than with respect to ISOs) will

 

7


automatically increase on January 1st of each year for the duration of the Plan beginning on January 1st of the year following the year in which the Effective Date occurs, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of Shares outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, provided, that the Board may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of Shares than would otherwise occur as provided above. The Share Reserve shall in all events be subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 4.3. In no event shall fractional Shares be issued under the Plan. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 4.1(a) is a limitation on the number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to this Plan. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or other applicable exchange rule, and any such issuance will not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under this Plan.

(b) Upon:

(i) a payout of a SAR, RSU, or Performance Unit Award under this Plan in the form of cash; or

(ii) a cancellation, termination, expiration without exercise, forfeiture, or lapse for any reason, of any Award under this Plan, the number of Shares underlying any such Award that were not issued as a result of any of the foregoing actions shall again be available for the purposes of Awards under the Plan. In addition, in the case of any Award granted in substitution for an award of a company or business acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary, Shares issued or issuable in connection with such substitute Award shall not be counted against the number of Shares reserved under the Plan but shall be available under the Plan by virtue of the Company’s assumption of the plan or arrangement of the acquired company or business.

All Restricted Stock Awards which vest, and all Shares issued in settlement of an Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit, or Performance Share Award, or withheld for payment of the Option Price or any tax imposed when the Award is exercised or settled, shall reduce the total number of Shares available under the Plan and shall not again be available for the grant of any Award hereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, when a stock-settled SAR is exercised under the Plan, the total number of Shares subject to the SAR shall not be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan, regardless of the number of Shares used the settle the SAR.

4.2. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPANT LIMITATIONS. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3, the maximum dollar value of Shares underlying Awards that may be granted to a Director in any fiscal year shall be $250,000, or during a Director’s initial fiscal year with the Company or its Subsidiary, 200% of such amount. In addition, the Board may provide for a limit on the dollar value or maximum aggregate number of Shares underlying Awards that may be granted to any one Named Executive Officer of the Company or any Subsidiary in any fiscal year, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3:

 

8


4.3. ADJUSTMENTS. (a) Recapitalization. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the Company is involved in a corporate transaction or any other event which affects the Shares (including, without limitation, any recapitalization, reclassification, reverse or forward stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares), then the Committee shall make or provide for such adjustments to Awards to prevent the dilution or enlargement of rights of the Awards as follows:

(i) The Committee shall take action to adjust the number and kind of Shares that are issuable under the Plan and the maximum limits for each type of Award;

(ii) The Committee shall take action to adjust the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Awards;

(iii) The Committee shall take action to adjust the Exercise Price or base price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights; and

(iv) The Committee shall make any other equitable adjustments.

Only whole Shares shall be issued in making the above adjustments. Further, the number of Shares available under the Plan or the number of Shares subject to any outstanding Awards shall be the next lower number of Shares, so that fractions are rounded downward. Any adjustment to or assumption of ISOs under this Section shall be made in accordance with Code Section 424. If the Company issues any rights to subscribe for additional Shares pro rata to holders of outstanding Shares of the class or classes of stock then set aside for the Plan, then each Participant shall be entitled to the same rights on the same basis as holders of outstanding Shares with respect to such portion of the Participant’s Award as is exercised on or prior to the record date for determining stockholders entitled to receive or exercise such rights.

(b) Reorganization. If the Company is part of any reorganization involving merger, consolidation, acquisition of the Stock or acquisition of the assets of the Company, the Committee, in its discretion, may decide that:

(i) any or all outstanding Awards shall pertain to and apply, with appropriate adjustment as determined by the Committee, to the securities of the resulting corporation to which a holder of the number of Shares subject to each such Award would have been entitled;

(ii) any or all outstanding Options or SARs shall become immediately fully exercisable (to the extent permitted under federal or state securities laws) and shall remain exercisable for the remaining term of the Options or SARs under the terms of the Plan;

(iii) any or all Options or SARs shall become immediately fully exercisable (to the extent permitted under federal or state securities laws) and shall be terminated after giving at least 30 days’ notice to the Participants to whom such Options or SARs have been granted; and/or

(iv) any or all unvested Awards and/or Awards on which restrictions have not yet lapsed shall become immediately fully vested, nonforfeitable and payable.

 

9


(c) Limits on Adjustments. Any issuance by the Company of stock of any class other than the common stock of the Company, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to any Award, except as specifically provided otherwise in this Plan. The grant of Awards under the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or authority of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate or dissolve, or to liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. All adjustments that the Committee makes under this Plan shall be conclusive.

4.4. PROHIBITION ON REPRICING. Anything else contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as provided in Section 4.3, the Committee shall not amend any Option or SAR to reduce its Option Price or base price, and shall not issue to any Participant a new Award in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any other Award, if such new Award has an Option Price or base price (as applicable) lower than that of the Award for which it is exchanged, or take any other action that would have the effect of reducing the Option Price or base price of an Option or SAR.

SECTION 5.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1. ELIGIBILITY. Persons eligible to participate in the Plan include current and future U.S. and non-U.S. Employees (including officers), consultants, advisors or contractors to the Company or a Subsidiary, and Directors, as designated by the Committee; provided that persons who have been offered employment by or an engagement with the Company or a Subsidiary may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such person begins employment or service with the Company or Subsidiary; and provided, further, however, that ISOs may only be granted to current or prospective U.S. Employees.

5.2. PARTICIPATION. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine and designate, from time to time, the Participants to whom Awards shall be granted, the terms of such Awards, and the number of Shares subject to such Award.

SECTION 6.

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1. GRANT OF OPTIONS AND AWARD AGREEMENT.

(a) Option Grant. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to one or more Participants in such number, upon such terms and provisions, and at any time and from time to time, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may grant either Nonqualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options and shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Options of each granted to each Participant, subject to the limitations of Section 4.

(b) Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, effective as of the grant date, which shall specify the Option Price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, and which are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan. The Award Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is to be treated as an ISO within the meaning of Code Section 422. If such Option is not designated as an ISO, such Option shall be deemed an NSO. No ISO may be granted to any person more than 10 years after the Effective Date of the Plan.

 

10


6.2. OPTION PRICE. The Committee shall designate the Option Price for each Share subject to an Option under the Plan; provided that such Option Price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of Shares subject to an Option on the date the Option is granted, and which Option Price may not be subsequently decreased by the Committee except pursuant to Section 4.3 and in compliance with Code Section 409A; provided further that with respect to a Participant who owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Option Price of Shares subject to an ISO shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the ISO’s grant date.

6.3. TERM OF OPTIONS. Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant, but in no event shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary of the grant date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to ISOs, in the case of a Participant who owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, no such ISO shall be exercisable later than the fifth (5th) anniversary of the grant date.

6.4. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Options granted under this Section 6 shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each Award or for each Participant, and shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to Section 10. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of Shares to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. Any ISOs that become exercisable in excess of such amount shall be deemed NSOs to the extent of such excess. The Committee, in its sole discretion and at any time, may establish procedures setting a minimum number of Shares that must be exercised at any one time.

6.5. EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. Options granted under this Section 6 shall be exercised by the delivery of a written (or electronic) notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares and all applicable tax withholding. The Option Price and applicable tax withholding upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the Company in full either:

(a) in cash or its equivalent,

(b) by tendering previously acquired whole Shares (held for any minimum period needed to avoid adverse impacts to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purpose), valued at their Fair Market Value at the time of exercise, with such documentation as the Committee may require, or

(c) a combination (a) and (b).

 

11


In addition, payment of the Option Price and applicable tax withholding may be payable by one or more of the following methods upon written consent from the Committee if such method will not result in a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes:

(d) by a “net exercise” in which whole Shares that otherwise would be acquired on exercise are withheld (valued at their Fair Market Value at the time of exercise),

(e) by tendering other Awards payable under the Plan, or

(f) by cashless exercise through delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of proceeds from a sale of all or a portion of the whole Shares being exercised.

To the extent the Option Price and applicable tax withholding would require the sale or delivery of a fractional Share, any Shares sold or delivered shall be rounded down to the next whole Share and the Participant shall pay the remainder using method (a) above. As soon as practicable after receipt of a written (or electronic) notification of exercise and full payment, the Company shall deliver, electronically or in paper form, the Shares to the Participant. No Participant shall have any rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option, including any right to receive dividends, to vote, or to participate in the equity of the Company, until such Option has been exercised and payment made in full as provided herein.

SECTION 7.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1. GRANT OF SARS AND AWARD AGREEMENT.

(a) SAR Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants and at any time and from time to time, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant (subject to Section 4) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs. The Committee shall designate, at the time of grant, the base price of the SAR, which base price shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the grant date of the SAR. Base prices of SARs shall not subsequently be decreased by the Committee, except pursuant to Section 4.3. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide a maximum dollar limit on the total aggregate payment due under a SAR.

(b) Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the base price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, and which are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

7.2. TERM OF SARS. The term of a SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that unless otherwise designated by the Committee, such term shall not exceed ten (10) years from the grant date.

7.3. EXERCISE OF SARS. SARs shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each Award or for each Participant and shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to Section 10. The Committee, in its sole discretion and at any time, may establish procedures setting a minimum number of Shares with respect to which the SAR must be exercised at any one time.

 

12


7.4. EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. SARs granted under this Section 7 shall be exercised by the delivery of a written (or electronic) notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for all applicable tax withholding. The applicable tax withholding upon exercise of any SAR shall be payable to the Company in full in the same manner as set forth in Section 6.5 above. As soon as administratively practicable following exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(a) The excess of the Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the base price per Share; by

(b) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

At the sole discretion of the Committee, exercisable at any time, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

SECTION 8.

RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK OR RSUS AND AWARD AGREEMENT.

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock or RSUs to Participants in such amounts as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion. The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Shares underlying each Award (subject to Section 4) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions, including the vesting, pertaining to such Award. The Committee may designate an RSU as payable in cash, in Shares, or a combination thereof.

(b) Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the vesting for each Vesting Tranche, the number of Shares granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine pursuant to Section 8.3 or otherwise, and which shall not be inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

8.2. TRANSFERABILITY OF RESTRICTED STOCK. Except as provided in this Section 8, a Share of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, voluntarily or involuntarily, until (i) they vest with respect to their Vesting Tranche, or (ii) upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion (subject to Section 10) and set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

13


8.3. SETTLEMENT OF AWARD. Except as otherwise provided in Section 17.5 or in any Award Agreement, and subject to any deferral elected pursuant to Section 12.2, the Company shall retain the certificates representing Shares of Restricted Stock in the Company’s possession, or may deposit or transfer such Shares electronically to a custodian designated by the Committee, until such time as all conditions and/or restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied. As soon as administratively practicable after a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award vests (for example, as part of a Vesting Tranche), Shares covered by the portion of such Restricted Stock Award that vested, or in the case of RSUs cash and/or Shares covered by such vested RSU that vested, shall be delivered (in the case of Shares, electronically or in paper form) to the Participant.

8.4. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. Unless otherwise designated by the Committee in an Award Agreement: (i) a Participant shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the Shares subject to an RSU Award, including voting and cash dividend rights, and (ii) the Participant shall have voting rights but shall not have cash dividend rights with respect to Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award, until they vest (e.g., as part of a Vesting Tranche) and the Participant has received and become a holder of record of the Shares; provided, however, that in the event that any dividend constitutes a derivative security or an equity security pursuant to the rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, such dividend shall be added to the Restricted Stock Award and subject to the same vesting conditions and Vesting Tranches as are applicable to the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the dividend is paid.

SECTION 9.

PERFORMANCE UNITS AND PERFORMANCE SHARES

9.1. GRANT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES AND AWARD AGREEMENT.

(a) Grant of Performance Unit/Shares. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Performance Units and/or Performance Shares may be granted to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, which shall not be inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.

(b) Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the initial value of the Award, the performance goals and the Performance Period, as the Committee shall determine, and which are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

9.2. VALUE OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES. Each Performance Share shall represent the Participant’s right to receive a Share (subject to Section 9.4) upon satisfaction of performance goals established by the Committee. Each Performance Unit shall represent the Participant’s right to receive a cash payment equal to the value of the Performance Unit (as determined by the Committee on the grant date, and subject to Section 9.4), upon satisfaction of the performance goals established by the Committee. The Committee shall set performance goals in its sole discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Shares and/or Performance Units that will be paid out to the Participant. For purposes of this Section 9, the time period during which the performance goals must be met shall be called a Performance Period.

 

14


9.3. EARNING OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES. Subject to the terms of the Plan, after the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive payment on his or her Performance Units and/or Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, based on the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved, as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have the sole discretion to adjust the determination of the degree of attainment of the preestablished performance goals.

9.4. FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES. Except as provided below, and subject to any deferral elected pursuant to Section 12.2, payment of earned Performance Units and/or Performance Shares shall be made in a single lump sum as soon as reasonably practicable following the close of the applicable Performance Period. Any Shares paid to a Participant may be subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.

9.5. PERFORMANCE MEASURES. The performance goals to be used for purposes of such grants shall be established by the Committee in writing and stated in terms of the attainment of specified levels of or percentage changes in any one or more of the following measurements: revenue; primary or fully-diluted earnings per Share; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization; pretax income; operating income; cash flow from operations; total cash flow; return on equity; return on capital; return on assets; net operating profits after taxes; economic value added; capital expenditures; expense levels; stock price; debt levels; market share; total stockholder return or return on sales; or any individual performance objective which is measured solely in terms of quantitative targets related to the Company or the Company’s business; any other measurement approved by the Committee, in its sole discretion; or any combination thereof. In addition, such performance goals may be based in whole or in part upon the performance of the Participant or the Company or a Subsidiary, or a division and/or other operational unit thereof under one or more of such measures

9.6. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. Unless otherwise designated by the Committee in the Award Agreement, the Participant shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the Shares subject to the Performance Share Award, including voting and cash dividend rights, until after the Award has vested and the Participant has received and become a holder of record of the Shares; provided, however, that in the event that any dividend constitutes a derivative security or an equity security pursuant to the rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, such dividend shall be added to the Award and subject to the same accrual, forfeiture, and payout restrictions as apply to the underlying Award with respect to which the dividend is paid.

SECTION 10.

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

10.1. VESTING. As part of making any Award, the Committee may determine the time and conditions under which the Award will vest and may specify partial vesting in one or more Vesting Tranches. Vesting may, in the Committee’s discretion, be based solely upon continued employment or Service for a specified period of time or may be based upon the achievement of specific performance goals as described in Section 9.5 above, which shall be established by the Committee in its discretion. For all purposes of this Plan, “vesting” of an Award shall mean:

(a) In the case of an Option or SAR, the time at which the Participant has the right to exercise the Award.

 

15


(b) In the case of Restricted Stock all conditions for vesting, as stated in the Award Agreement or Plan, are satisfied.

(c) In the case of Restricted Stock Units all conditions for vesting, as stated in the Award Agreement or Plan, are satisfied.

(d) In the case of Performance Shares or Performance Units, the time at which the Participant has satisfied the requirements to receive payment on such Performance Shares or Performance Units, which shall not be less than one year from the grant date, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2.

Vesting need not be uniform among Awards granted at the same time or to persons similarly situated. Vesting requirements shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

10.2. VESTING ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Unless otherwise approved by the Committee either at the time of grant or at some later date in accordance with Code Sections 409A and 422, upon the termination of the Participant’s employment or Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, all outstanding Awards shall be cancelled and no longer exercisable on the date of the termination. To the extent that the Committee approves extended vesting or exercise provisions, such provisions need not be uniform among all Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for such termination.

10.3. ACCELERATION OF VESTING. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of respect to any Award, but no such acceleration shall be effective unless evidenced by a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate to the CEO its power to accelerate the vesting of an Award granted to Participants who are not Directors or Named Executive Officers of the Company or any Subsidiaries. In addition, the Committee may impose additional conditions on Awards, by inclusion of appropriate provisions in the document evidencing or governing any such Award.

10.4. EXTENSION OF EXERCISE PERIOD. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of the Plan, exercisable either at the time an Award is granted or at any time while the Award remains outstanding, extend the period of time for which the Option or SAR is to remain exercisable following the Participant’s termination of employment or Service from the limited exercise period otherwise in effect for that Option or SAR to such greater period of time as the Committee shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the maximum Option or SAR term permitted under this Plan, and/or to permit the Option or SAR to be exercised, during the applicable post-termination exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested Shares for which such Option or SAR is exercisable at the time of the Participant’s termination of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Participant would have vested had the Participant continued in Service. Such an extension may result in recharacterization of an ISO as a NSO.

 

16


SECTION 11.

TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS; BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

11.1. LIMITS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS.

(a) Except as otherwise provided below, Awards may be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, and Awards shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any purported transfer of any Award or any interest therein that does not comply with the terms of this Plan shall be null and void and confer no rights of any kind upon the purported transferee.

(b) The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to transfer any Award other than an ISO to any family member of such Participant, subject to such restrictions and limitations as the Committee may provide; provided, however, that any such Award shall remain subject to all vesting, forfeiture, and other restrictions provided herein and in the Award Agreement to the same extent as if it had not been transferred; and provided further that in no event shall any transfer for value be permitted. For purposes of this Section 11.1(b), the terms “family member” and “transfer for value” have the same meaning as in the General Instructions to SEC Form S-8, or such other form as the SEC may promulgate in replacement thereof.

(c) To the maximum extent permitted by law, no Award shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution or levy of any kind; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall affect the right of setoff set forth in Section 13.3.

(d) Nothing contained in this Section 11.1 shall preclude a Participant from transferring Restricted Stock that has vested or Shares that are issued in settlement of an Option, SAR, RSU, or Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units, subject to the remaining provisions of this Plan and applicable law.

11.2. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing (or electronically, if permitted by the Committee) with the Secretary of the Company (or its designee) during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

SECTION 12.

DEFERRALS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A

12.1. PROHIBITION ON DEFERRALS OF OPTIONS, SARS, AND RESTRICTED STOCK. No Participant shall have the right to defer the amount of Shares or cash payable upon the exercise or settlement of any Option or SAR, or the transfer of any Restricted Stock upon the vesting thereof.

 

17


12.2. DEFERRALS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS, PERFORMANCE UNITS AND PERFORMANCE SHARES. The Committee may permit a Participant to defer such Participant’s receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant upon the satisfaction of any requirements or goals with respect to Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares. If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals, subject to the following:

(a) A deferral election may be made only at one of the following two times:

(i) In the case of an Award that cannot vest (other than by reason of death, Disability, or a Change in Control) earlier than the first anniversary of the date of grant, not later than the earlier of thirty (30) days after the date of grant or one (1) year prior to the earliest date on which the Award may vest.

(ii) In the case of an Award that is subject to a Performance Period of not less than one (1) year, and the vesting of which is subject to the attainment of Performance Criteria that are established within the first ninety (90) days of the Performance Period and that are not substantially certain of being achieved at the time of grant, not later than six (6) months prior to the end of the Performance Period.

(b) A deferral election shall state the time and manner of payment. Payment must either be on a specified date, at the time of the Participant’s separation from Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Code Section 409A), death, or Disability, or upon the occurrence of a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) An amount payable by reason of a separation from Service to an Employee who is a “key employee” of the Company, as defined in Code Section 409A, shall not be paid until six (6) months after the separation from Service, and any portion of such amount that would otherwise be payable during such six (6)month period shall be paid instead at the end of such period;

(ii) Payment of any amount that the Company reasonably determines would not be deductible by reason of Code Section 162(m) shall be deferred until the earlier of the earliest date on which the Company reasonably determines that the deductibility of the payment will not be so limited, or the year following the separation from Service.

(iii) Any payment that the Company reasonably determines will violate a term of a loan agreement to which the Company is a party, or other similar contract to which the Company is a party, and such violation will cause material harm to the Company shall be deferred until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation, or such violation will not cause material harm to the Company;

(iv) Any payment that the Company reasonably anticipates that will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law will be deferred until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation; and

 

18


(v) The Committee may permit Participants to elect to further defer payments, provided that any such election is made not less than one (1) year prior to the date on which the payment would otherwise be made, and that the deferral is for a period of at least five (5) years.

(c) No payment that a Participant has elected to defer pursuant to this Section 12.2 may be paid at any earlier date, except in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee in compliance with Code Section 409A.

12.3. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A. The provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to this Section 12, are intended to comply with the restrictions of Code Section 409A, and, notwithstanding the Participant consent requirements of Section 14.1, the Committee reserves the right to amend any provision of this Plan, or any outstanding Award, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A.

SECTION 13.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTIES

13.1. NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or Service at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or Service of the Company or any Subsidiary.

For purposes of the Plan, temporary absence from employment or Service because of illness, vacation, approved leaves of absence, and transfers of employment or Service among the Company and its Subsidiaries, shall not be considered to terminate employment or Service or to interrupt continuous employment or Service. Conversion of a Participant’s employment relationship to a Service arrangement, and vice versa, shall not result in termination of previously granted Awards (although it may result in an ISO being recharacterized as an NSO).

13.2. PARTICIPATION. No Employee or Director shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

13.3. RIGHT OF SETOFF AND CLAW-BACK. The Company or any Subsidiary may, to the extent permitted by applicable law (including Code Section 409A), deduct from and set off against any amounts the Company or Subsidiary may owe to the Participant from time to time, including amounts payable in connection with any Award, owed as wages, fringe benefits, or other compensation owed to the Participant, such amounts as may be owed by the Participant to the Company or a Subsidiary, although the Participant shall remain liable for any part of the Participant’s payment obligation not satisfied through such deduction and setoff. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award) will be subject to any Company claw-back policy, as set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement. By accepting any Award granted hereunder, the Participant agrees to any deduction, claw-back or setoff under this Section 13.

 

19


13.4. SECTION 83(B) ELECTION. No election under Section 83(b) of the Code (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Code Section 83(b)) or under a similar provision of the laws of a jurisdiction outside the U.S. may be made, unless expressly permitted by the terms of the Award Agreement or by action of the Committee in writing before the making of such election. In any case in which a Participant is permitted to make such an election in connection with an Award, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Code Section 83(b) or other applicable provision.

13.5. DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION NOTIFICATION. If any Participant shall make any disposition of Shares delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in Code Section 421(b) (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such Participant shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days thereof.

SECTION 14.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

14.1. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 14.1 and subject to Section 14.2, at any time the Board may wholly or partially amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders given twelve months before or after the action by the Board if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, no action of the Board may (i) increase the limit on the Share Reserve, (ii) reduce the exercise price per share of any outstanding Option or SAR granted under this Plan, (iii) cancel any Option or SAR in exchange for cash, another Award or an Option or SAR with a price per share that is less than the price per share of the original Option or SAR, or (iv) materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in this Plan. The Committee shall have no authority to waive or modify any other Award term after the Award has been granted to the extent that the waived or modified term was mandatory under the Plan.

14.2. AWARDS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED. No termination, amendment, suspension, or modification of the Plan, other than to the extent necessary to comply with applicable U.S. or foreign laws, shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written (or electronic) consent of the Participant holding such Award.

SECTION 15.

WITHHOLDING

The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold from amounts due to the Participant by the Company or the Subsidiary, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or the Subsidiary as a condition of any Award, an amount (in case or in kind, subject to the approval of the Company) equal to the minimum Federal, State and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of Options or SARs, such tax withholding shall be accomplished as set forth in Section 6.5 and 7.4. With respect to an Award of Restricted Stock or RSU, the Participant may direct that any withholding of Federal, State and local taxes, domestic or foreign, resulting from vesting of such Award be accomplished in any

 

20


manner set forth in Section 6.5. If the date of the vesting of any Award, other than an Option or SAR, held by Participant who is subject to the Company’s policy regarding trading of its Stock by its officers and directors and Shares (the “original vesting date”) is not within a “window period” applicable to the Participant, as determined by the Company in accordance with such policy, then withholding shall be at the applicable statutory withholding amount accomplished by one or more of the methods provided for in Section 6.5(a) or (f).

SECTION 16.

SUCCESSORS

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect merger, consolidation, purchase of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or otherwise.

SECTION 17.

MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. UNFUNDED PLAN. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or the obligation to deliver Shares pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant.

17.2. AWARDS TO PARTICIPANTS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then resident or primarily employed outside the U.S. in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is resident or primarily employed in the U.S.. Such authorization shall extend to and include establishing one or more separate sub-plans which include provisions not inconsistent with the Plan that comply with statutory or regulatory requirements imposed by the foreign country or countries in which the Participant resides. If determined advisable by the Committee, an Award may be modified under this Section in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified.

17.3. GENDER AND NUMBER; HEADINGS. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural. Headings are included for the convenience of reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation or construction of any such provision contained in the Plan.

 

21


17.4. SEVERABILITY. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

17.5. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. If at any time on or after the Effective Date, the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine that the requirements of any applicable federal or state securities laws should fail to be met, no Shares issuable under Awards and no Options or SARs shall be exercisable until the Committee has determined that these requirements have again been met. The Committee may suspend the right to exercise an Option or SAR at any time when it determines that allowing the exercise and issuance of Shares would violate any federal or state securities or other laws, and may provide that any time periods to exercise the Option or SAR are extended during a period of suspension. With respect to “Insiders,” transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee. Each Award Agreement and each certificate representing securities granted pursuant to the Plan (including securities issuable pursuant to the terms of derivative securities) may bear such restrictive legend(s) as the Company deems necessary or advisable under applicable law, including federal and state securities laws. If the date of the vesting of any Award, other than an Option or SAR, held by Participant who is subject to the Company’s policy regarding trading of its Stock by its officers and directors and Shares (the “original vesting date”) is not within a “window period” applicable to the Participant, as determined by the Company in accordance with such policy, then the vesting of such Award shall not occur on such original vesting date and shall instead occur on the first day of the next “window period” applicable to the Participant pursuant to such policy.

17.6. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to an Award, including Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, or Shares received upon exercise of an Option or SAR or under an RSU, as it may deem advisable. Subject to the approval of the Board or the CEO, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by the Code and regulations issued thereunder, and provided that if an Option is an ISO such option may be deemed a non-statutory stock option as a result of such transfer.

17.7. GOVERNING LAW. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

22

Exhibit 10.14

BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: March 25, 2021

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [    ]

 

1.

PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan is to provide eligible employees with an incentive to advance the interests of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation and chartered trust company (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries, by affording them an opportunity to purchase Stock of the Company at a favorable price.

 

2.

GENERAL.

(a) Compliance With Applicable Laws. The Plan is subject to any applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and any other applicable law or regulation.

(b) Effective Date. The Plan will not become effective until the latest of (i) the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, and (ii) the date that the Plan has been approved by the Board (the “Effective Date”). The effectiveness of the Plan shall also be subject to approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable laws. No shares of Stock may be delivered to any Participant under the Plan unless and until such shareholder approval is obtained. If such shareholder approval is not obtained, all options to purchase shares of Stock granted hereunder shall be null and void, except that any payroll deductions related to the options shall be returned to the applicable Participants.

(c) Duration. The Plan shall remain in effect until the earliest of (i) the date the Board terminates the Plan pursuant to Section 18, (ii) the Plan’s automatic termination as set forth in Section 18, or (iii) the date that all shares of Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan shall have been purchased or granted according to the Plan’s provisions.

 

3.

DEFINED TERMS.

The following words and phrases as used in the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 3 unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cancellation Notice means the notice, in the form approved by the Committee, that is delivered by a Participant who wishes to cancel his or her election to purchase Stock during an Offering, as described in Section 8(e).

 

Page 1 of 14


Cause shall have the meaning set forth in the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; or if no such definition exists at the time in question, means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement or theft by the Participant in any manner connected with the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii) the Participant’s conviction of, or a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or to a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (iii) a material breach by the Participant or non-compliance with the terms and conditions of a written employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary or of any non-solicitation, non-competition, and/or non-disclosure agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary; (iv) the Participant’s failure for any reason, following thirty (30) days written notice thereof to the Participant of the need to correct, cease, or otherwise alter any failure to comply with reasonable instructions or other action or omission to act by the Participant which the Company reasonably believes is material and does or may adversely affect its business or operations; or (v) material misconduct by the Participant which, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, is of such a nature that a likelihood exists that such misconduct will materially injure the reputation of the Company or its Subsidiaries if the Participant was to remain employed by the Company or any Subsidiary. The Committee shall in its discretion determine whether or not a Participant’s employment is terminated with the existence of Cause. The Committee’s determination shall, unless arbitrary and capricious, be final and binding on the Participant, the Company, its Subsidiaries, and all other affected persons. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or service at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted herein to include any Subsidiary or affiliate or successor thereto, if appropriate. Any determination by the Committee that the service of a Participant was terminated with or without the existence of Cause for the purposes of the Plan will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company, any Subsidiary or affiliate, or such Participant for any other purpose. For purposes of this definition, Cause shall not be considered to exist unless the Company provides written notice to the Participant which indicates the specific Cause provision in this Plan relied upon, to the extent applicable sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such Cause and specifies the termination date. The failure by the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder.

Change in Control” means, the occurrence of a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, as determined in accordance with this definition. In determining whether an event shall be considered a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) A “change in the ownership” of the Company shall occur on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (a “Person”)), acquires ownership of the equity securities of the Company that, together with the equity securities held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v). If a Person is considered either to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total air market value or total voting power of the equity securities of the Company, or to have effective control of the Company within the meaning of subsection (B), and such Person acquires additional equity securities of the Company, the acquisition of additional equity securities by such Person shall not be considered to cause a “change in the ownership” of the Company.

 

Page 2 of 14


(b) A “change in the effective control” of the Company shall occur on either of the following dates:

(i) The date on which any Person, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of equity securities of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the Company’s equity securities, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi). If a Person is considered to possess thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the Company’s equity securities, and such Person acquires additional equity securities of the Company, the acquisition of additional equity securities by such Person shall not be considered to cause a “change in the effective control” of the Company; or

(ii) The date on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

(c) A “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company shall occur on the date on which any one Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). A transfer of assets shall not be treated as a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” when such transfer is made to an entity that is controlled by the holders of the Company’s equity securities, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B).

(d) For the purposes of this Plan and this definition, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) an acquisition by the Company or entity controlled by the Company, or (ii) an acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations or formal guidance issued thereunder.

Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as shall be appointed by the Board, or in the absence of either, the Board.

Company” means Bowman Consulting Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation.

 

Page 3 of 14


Custodian” means, as of the Effective Date, TD Ameritrade, or such other third-party designated by the Committee to purchase shares of Stock on behalf of Participants and to perform such other duties as are outlined in the Plan.

Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).

Eligible Compensation” means the gross (before taxes and other authorized payroll deductions are withheld) total of all wages, salaries, commissions, overtime and bonuses received during the Offering Period, but shall not include (a) employer contributions to or payments from any deferred compensation program, whether such program is qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than amounts considered as employer contributions under Code Section 402(e)(3)) or nonqualified, (b) amounts realized from the receipt or exercise of a stock option that is not an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422, (c) amounts realized at the time property described in Code Section 83 is freely transferable or no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, (d) amounts realized as a result of an election described in Code Section 83(b), and (e) amounts realized as a result of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Code Section 421(b).

Eligible Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.

Enrollment Form” means the enrollment form (in writing or electronic) approved by the Committee on which the Participant gives notice of his or her election to participate in an Offering under the Plan.

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the relevant date, the fair market value of a share of Stock for such date, as determined by the Committee in good faith and in compliance with Code Section 423. This may include but is not limited to, any of the following valuation methods if the shares of Stock are duly listed on a national securities exchange or on The Nasdaq Stock Market:

(a) the closing price of a share of Stock on such date, or, if there are no sales on such date, on the next preceding day on which there were sales,

(b) the last sale before or the first sale after the grant,

(c) the closing price on the trading day before or the trading day of the grant,

(d) the arithmetic mean of the high and low prices on the trading day before or the trading day of the grant, or

(e) an average selling price during a specified period that is within thirty (30) days before or thirty (30) days after the applicable valuation date; provided that the average selling price method described in this clause (e) is irrevocably approved by the Committee for use before the beginning of the specified period (for this purpose, the term average selling price refers to the arithmetic mean of the high and low selling prices on all trading days during the specified period, or the average of such prices over the specified period weighted based on the volume of trading of such Stock on each trading day during such specified period); and provided, further, that the Committee must designate the method for determining the Purchase Price including the period over which the averaging will occur, before the beginning of the specified averaging period.

 

Page 4 of 14


Provided, however, the fair market value shall never be less than the lesser of (i) eighty five percent (85%) of the Stock’s fair market value at the time the purchase right is granted; or (ii) eighty five percent (85%) of the Stock’s fair market value at the time the shares are purchased.

Such price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, in accordance with the rules of Code Section 423.

Grant Date means the first day of an Offering Period.

Offering” means the offer by the Company during the designated Offering Period to permit Eligible Employees to elect to purchase shares of Stock at the designated Purchase Price.

Offering Period means the period specified by the Committee as described in Section 8.

Participant” means each Eligible Employee who elects to participate in an Offering Period.

Participating Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.

Plan” means this Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Purchase Date means the last day of an Offering Period.

Purchase Price means the per share price of Stock to be paid by each Participant on the Exercise Date for an Offering, which amount shall be designated by the Committee but shall never be less than eighty-five (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Purchase Date.

Stock means the authorized $0.01 par value common stock of the Company, which shares may be unissued shares or reacquired shares or shares bought on the market for purposes of the Plan.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any Company of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such Company (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such Company will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%). For purposes of this definition, “owned” means a person or entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

Page 5 of 14


4.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. The Committee shall consist of not fewer than two (2) Directors who are non-Employee Directors of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act; and “independent directors” for purposes of the rules of the exchange on which the Shares are traded. The Board may, from time to time, remove members from, or add members to, the Committee. Any vacancies on the Committee shall be filled by members of the Board. Acts of a majority of the Committee at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by unanimous consent of the members of the Committee, shall be valid acts of the Committee.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and all options granted under the Plan; shall make such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan; shall make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the determination of eligibility to participate in the Plan and the amount of a Participant’s option under the Plan; and shall correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any option granted under the Plan, in the manner and to the extent that the Committee deems desirable to carry the Plan or any option into effect. The Committee shall, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, make such decisions or determinations and take such actions as it deems appropriate, and all such decisions, determinations and actions taken or made by the Committee pursuant to this and the other paragraphs of the Plan shall be conclusive and binding on all parties. The Committee shall not be liable for any decision, determination or action taken or not taken in good faith in connection with the administration of the Plan. The Committee, in its discretion, may approve the use of a voice response system or on-line administration system through which Eligible Employees and the Committee may act under the Plan, as an alternative to written forms, notices and elections.

 

5.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the aggregate number of shares which may be sold pursuant to options granted under the Plan shall not exceed 14,000 shares of Stock (the “Share Reserve”) subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16 for any stock split made on or immediately after the Effective Date.

(b) The Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1st of each year for the duration of the Plan beginning on January 1st of the year following the year in which the Effective Date occurs, in an amount equal to _____ percent (_____%) of the total number of shares of Stock outstanding on the Effective Date (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16 for any stock split made on or after the Effective Date), provided, that the Committee may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Stock than would otherwise occur as provided above.

(c) Should any option granted under the Plan expire or terminate prior to its exercise in full, the shares of Stock theretofore subject to such option may again be subject to an option granted under the Plan. Any shares of Stock which are not subject to outstanding options upon the termination of the Plan shall cease to be subject to the Plan.

 

Page 6 of 14


6.

PARTICIPATING AFFILIATE.

Each present and future parent and subsidiary of the Company (within the meaning of Code Sections 424(e) and (f)) that is eligible by law to participate in the Plan shall be a “Participating Affiliate” during the period that such entity is such a parent or subsidiary; provided, however, that (a) the Committee may at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion, terminate a Participating Affiliate’s participation in the Plan, and (b) any such foreign parent or subsidiary of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan only upon written approval of the Committee and, for clarification purposes, as of the Effective Date, no such foreign parent or subsidiary of the Company has been so designated. Any Participating Affiliate may, by appropriate action of its Board of Directors, terminate its participation in the Plan. Transfer of employment among the Company and Participating Affiliates (and among any other parent or Subsidiary of the Company) shall not be considered a termination of employment hereunder.

 

7.

ELIGIBILITY.

Any employee of the Company or a Participating Affiliate (determined under Treasury Regulation §1.421-1(h)) who satisfies all of the following requirements as of the applicable Grant Date (an “Eligible Employee”) shall be eligible to participate in any Offering Period that begins on or after the first day of the next calendar quarter after all such requirements are met:

(a) The employee whose customary employment is more than twenty (20) hours per week and at least five (5) months per calendar year; and

(b) The employee does not, immediately after the option is granted, own stock possessing five-percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of a parent or Subsidiary (within the meaning of Sections 423(b)(3) and 424(d) of the Code); and

(c) The employee has been continuously employed by the Company for at least one (1) year.

 

8.

OFFERING.

(a) Offering Period. The Committee shall designate (in writing or electronically) one (1) or more Offering Periods during which the Company will offer options to Eligible Employees to purchase shares of Stock under this Plan, which designation shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan. Each Offering Period shall commence on the first day of a calendar quarter and end of the last day of such calendar quarter. All Eligible Employees who are eligible to purchase shares of Stock during an Offering Period shall have the same rights and privileges with respect to that Offering Period.

(b) Election to Participate. Each Eligible Employee who elects to participate in an Offering (a “Participant”) shall deliver to the Company or its designee (as determined by the Committee), within the time period designated by the Committee, an Enrollment Form (in writing or electronic) approved by the Committee, on which the Participant will give notice of his or her election to participate in the Plan as of the next following Grant Date, and the percentage or specific amount (as determined by the Committee) of his or her Eligible

 

Page 7 of 14


Compensation to be deducted for each pay period during the Offering Period and credited to a book entry account established in his or her name. The designated percentage or specific amount of a Participant’s Eligible Compensation to be deducted for each pay period during an Offering Period may not be less than one-percent (1%) or greater than (i) fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of Eligible Compensation (after taxes and any other authorized payroll deductions are withheld) from which the deduction is made; or (ii) an amount which will result in non-compliance with the annual limitations stated in Section 8(d) below. The Committee may adopt a procedure pursuant to which a Participant who has elected to participate in an Offering shall be deemed to have made the same election for each subsequent Offering for which he or she is eligible, unless and until the Participant cancels his or her election as described in Section 8(e) below.

(c) Payment for Shares. A Participant may elect to purchase shares of Stock during an Offering Period only by means of payroll deduction.

(d) Annual Limitations. No Eligible Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan to purchase Stock to the extent such grant would permit his or her rights to purchase Stock under the Plan and under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiaries (as such terms are defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code) to accrue at a rate which exceeds, in any one (1) calendar year in which any such option granted to such Eligible Employee is outstanding at any time (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code), the lesser of (i) $15,000 in Fair Market Value of Stock (determined in accordance with Section 8(b) at the time the option is granted), or (ii) fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s Eligible Compensation (determined at the time the option is granted).

(e) Cancellation of Election. Any Participant may cancel his or her election made for an Offering Period at any time prior to thirty (30) days before the Purchase Date for that Offering Period. Partial withdrawals shall not be permitted. A Participant who wishes to cancel his or her election must timely deliver (in writing or electronically) to the Company a Cancellation Notice in the form approved by the Committee. The Company, promptly following the time when such Cancellation Notice is delivered, shall refund to the Participant the amount of the cash balance in his or her account under the Plan and shall cancel the Participant’s payroll deduction authorization and his or her interest in unexercised options under the Plan shall terminate. A Participant who cancels his or her election shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan during the then current Offering Period but shall be eligible to participate again in the Plan in a subsequent Offering Period (provided that the Participant is otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan at such time and complies with the enrollment procedures).

(f) Termination of Employment. If the employment of a Participant with the Company and its Participating Affiliates terminates for any reason (including death), his or her election made for the current Offering Period and his or her participation in the Plan shall terminate as of the date of termination of employment; provided, however, if such termination occurs within the last two (2) weeks of the Offering Period, the Participant’s participation shall not terminate until the end of the Offering Period after his or her Plan account has been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock for such Offering Period. The Company shall refund to the Participant the amount of the cash balance in his or her account under the Plan, and no further shares of Stock will be purchased under the Plan.

 

Page 8 of 14


(g) Leaves of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, the Participant’s employment will be treated as continuing while the Participant is on military, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if such leave does not exceed ninety (90) days or, if longer, such period during which the Participant continues to be guaranteed reemployment rights by statute or contract as described in Treasury Regulation §1.421-7(h)(2). If a Participant takes an unpaid leave of absence, then such Participant may not make additional contributions under the Plan while on such unpaid leave of absence (except to the extent of any Eligible Compensation paid during such leave), but any payroll deductions already taken during the applicable Offering Period shall be applied to exercise options on the next following Purchase Date, unless cancelled pursuant to Section 8(e) or (f) above.

 

9.

PURCHASE OF STOCK.

On the Purchase Date at the end of an Offering Period, each Participant in the Offering, automatically and without any act on his or her part, shall be deemed to have exercised his or her option to purchase whole shares of Stock at the Purchase Price designated by the Committee for such Offering. The number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased by a Participant shall be the total payroll deductions withheld on behalf of such Participant during the Offering Period divided by the Purchase Price of the Stock. To the extent that, after the purchase of the maximum number of whole shares of Stock permitted under the Plan with respect to an Offering Period, there is cash remaining in the Participant’s Plan account, the remaining amount that would have been used to purchase a fractional share will be held in the Participant’s account for the purchase of Stock under the next Offering Period under the Plan and any remaining balance will be returned to the Participant as soon as practicable following the Purchase Date by check or other payroll credit for such amount.

 

10.

DELIVERY OF SHARES.

(a) Delivery of Shares. As soon as practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) the aggregate number of shares of Stock purchased for each Participant for credit to the accounts of Participants established with the Custodian.

(b) Duties of the Custodian. The Custodian shall have the following duties with respect to shares of Stock purchased by Participants following an Offering Period:

(i) The Custodian will keep accurate records of the beneficial interests of each Participant in the shares of Stock by means of Participants’ accounts under the Plan and will provide each Participant with periodic statements as directed by the Committee.

(ii) The Custodian will, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Custodian, facilitate voting rights attributable to shares held in Participants’ accounts.

(iii) The Custodian will automatically reinvest any cash dividends received by the Custodian on Stock in Participants’ accounts in additional shares of Stock.

(iv) The Committee may require that shares of Stock be retained with the Custodian, or other designated broker or agent, for a designated period of time and/or the Committee may establish other procedures to permit tracking of “disqualifying dispositions” of the shares.

 

Page 9 of 14


(c) Delivery of Shares to Participants. A Participant may, at any time, in the form and manner established by the Committee, direct the Custodian to sell Stock held by the Custodian in his or her account, subject to the restrictions in Section 13, and deliver the proceeds therefrom, less applicable expenses, to the Participant.

(d) Neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any liability with respect to a delay in the delivery of a Stock certificate pursuant to this Section 10.

(e) While shares of Stock are held by the Company (or its agent), such shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred, encumbered or disposed of by the Participant who has purchased such shares; provided, however, that such restriction shall not apply to the transfer of such shares of Stock pursuant to (a) a plan of reorganization of the Company (but the stock, securities or other property received in exchange therefor shall be held by the Company pursuant to the provisions hereof), or (b) a divorce.

 

11.

HOLDING PERIOD & TAXES

A Participant may dispose of (in any manner including assignment or hypothecation) shares of Stock acquired under this Plan at any time following the Purchase Date of such shares so long as such disposition complies with all applicable securities laws.

While the Plan does not have a required holding period, each Participant may be required to hold his or her shares of Stock acquired through this Plan until the later of twelve (12) months following their Purchase Date or twenty-four (24) months following their Grant Date, if the Participant desires to achieve capital gains treatment with respect to any gain.

To the extent that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Participating Affiliates is required to withhold federal, state or any other taxes in connection with a Participant’s participation in this Plan, the Participant consents to the Company or such Subsidiary or Participating Affiliate deducting such amount from any compensation due to such Participant by the Company or such Subsidiary or Participating Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Participant remains solely responsible for all taxes due with respect to his or her participation in the Plan.

 

12.

INSUFFICIENCY OF SHARES AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE.

If the total number of shares of Stock remaining available for issuance pursuant to Section 5 is less than the total number of shares of Stock that has been elected by Participants to be purchased for a given Offering Period, after application of the limitations in Sections 8(b), (d) and (f) (the “Total Share Limit”), then the number of shares of Stock that could otherwise be acquired by each Participant for the given Offering Period shall be reduced proportionately based on the ratio that such available shares bears such total shares elected to be purchased by all Participants with respect to such Offering Period.

 

Page 10 of 14


13.

RESTRICTION UPON ASSIGNMENT.

An Eligible Employee’s rights under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. An Eligible Employee’s option to purchase shares of Stock shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Eligible Employee to whom it was granted. The Company shall not recognize any assignment or purported assignment by an Eligible Employee of his or her option or of any rights under his or her option, and any such attempt may be treated by the Company as an election to withdraw from the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Stock and cash in the Participant’s Plan account in the event of such Participant’s death. Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice during Participant’s lifetime. Upon the death of a Participant and upon receipt by the Company of proof of the identity and existence of a beneficiary validly designated by him or her under the Plan, the Company shall deliver such shares and cash to such beneficiary. In the event of the death of the Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares of Stock and cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company) the Company shall deliver such shares of Stock and cash to the applicable court having jurisdiction over the administration of such estate. No designated beneficiary shall, prior to the death of the Participant by whom he or she has been designated, acquire any interest in the shares or Stock or cash credited to the Participant under the Plan.

 

14.

NO STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.

A Participant shall not have any rights or privileges of a stockholder until following the applicable Purchase Date the Company has either evidenced uncertificated shares with the Custodian or issued a certificate for shares of Stock to the Participant. With respect to a Participant’s Stock that has been issued but is held by the Custodian pursuant to Section 10, the Company (or its agent) shall, as soon as practicable and in accordance with applicable law, pay the Participant any cash dividends attributable thereto and facilitate the Participant’s voting rights attributable thereto.

 

15.

CLAWBACK/RECOVERY.

All shares of Stock purchased under the Plan will be subject to clawback, recovery, or recoupment, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, (a) as provided in any clawback or forfeiture policy implemented by the Company from time to time and applicable to all officers of the Company on the same terms and conditions, including without limitation, any such policy adopted to comply with the requirements of applicable law or the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Company, or (b) to the extent that the Committee determines that the Participant has been involved in the altering, inflating, and/or inappropriate manipulation of performance/financial results, violation of laws, or any other infraction of recognized ethical business standards, or that the Participant has willfully engaged in any activity injurious to the Company, or the Participant’s termination with the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates is for Cause. No recovery of compensation under this Section 15 will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Page 11 of 14


16.

CHANGES IN STOCK; ADJUSTMENTS.

Whenever any change is made in the Stock, by reason of a stock dividend or by reason of subdivision, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, combinations, reclassification of shares, or other similar change, appropriate action will be taken by the Committee to appropriately adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan, the minimum and maximum number of shares that may be purchased hereunder, and the number and Purchase Price of shares available for purchase and elections made to purchase such shares during the current Offering Period.

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless a surviving company assumes or substitutes new options to purchase (within the meaning of Code Section 424(a)) for all options to purchase shares of Stock then outstanding or the Committee elects to continue the options to purchase shares of Stock then outstanding without change, the Purchase Date for all options then outstanding shall be accelerated to a date fixed by the Committee prior to the effective date of such Change in Control.

 

17.

USE OF FUNDS; NO INTEREST PAID.

All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan shall be included in the general funds of the Company free of any trust or other restriction and may be used for any corporate purpose. No interest shall be paid to any Participant or credited to his or her account under the Plan.

 

18.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board in its discretion may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any shares for which options have not theretofore been granted. The Committee shall have the right to alter or amend the Plan or any part thereof, from time to time without the approval of the stockholders of the Company; provided that no change in any option theretofore granted, other than a change determined by the Committee to be necessary to comply with applicable law, may be made which would impair the rights of the Participant without the consent of such Participant; and provided further that the Committee may not make any alteration or amendment, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, which would (i) increase the aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to the provisions of the Plan (other than as a result of either the automatic increase contained in Section 5 of the Plan or the anti-dilution provisions of the Plan), (ii) change the annual limitation under Section 8(d)(ii), (iii) extend the term of an Offering Period or the term of the Plan (as defined below), (iv) change the class of individuals eligible to receive options under the Plan, or (v) cause options issued under the Plan to fail to meet the requirements for employee stock purchase plans as defined in Section 423 of the Code.

Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan shall automatically terminate on, and no further Offering Periods shall begin ten (10) years after its Effective Date; provided, however, no termination of the Plan, other than to the extent that the Board determines is necessary or advisable to comply with applicable U.S. or foreign laws, shall adversely affect in any material way any option previously granted under the Plan, without the written (or electronic) consent of the Participant who has elected to purchase shares pursuant to such option. No further options to purchase may be granted under the Plan after the Plan is terminated.

 

Page 12 of 14


19.

SECURITIES LAWS.

The Company shall not be obligated to issue any Stock pursuant to any option granted under the Plan at any time when the shares covered by such option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and such other state and federal laws, rules or regulations as the Company or the Committee deems applicable and, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company, there is no exemption from the registration requirements of such laws, rules or regulations available for the issuance and sale of such shares. Further, all Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s policy or policies, if any, concerning compliance with securities laws and regulations, as the same may be amended from time to time.

The Committee may cause any Stock certificates issued under the Plan to bear such legend or legends, and the Committee may take such other actions, as it deems appropriate in order to reflect the provisions of Section 10 and 11 and to assure compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

20.

NO RESTRICTION ON CORPORATE ACTION.

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or any parent, Subsidiary or affiliate from taking any corporate action which is deemed by the Company or such parent, Subsidiary or affiliate to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on the Plan or any grant made under the Plan. No employee, beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company or any parent, Subsidiary or affiliate as a result of any such action.

 

21.

ELECTRONIC DELIVERY.

Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

 

22.

CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan and all payments hereunder, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

23.

SEVERABILITY.

Each provision in this Plan is severable, and if any provision is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not, in any way, be affected or impaired thereby.

Adopted this _____ day of April, 2021.

 

Page 13 of 14


BOWMAN CONSULTING GROUP LTD.
By:  

 

Name:   [                     ]
Title:   [                     ]

 

Page 14 of 14

Ehibit 21.1

Registration Statement Form S-1 – Bowman Consulting Group Ltd.

Exhibit 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Bowman International, Inc.

Bowman North Carolina Ltd

Bowman Environmental L.C.

Bowman Realty Consultants LLC

Bowman Development Advisors L.C.

Bowman Colorado Group LLC

Bowman Consulting Michigan LLC

Bowman Consulting Mexico Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable

Vantage Resources LLC

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 24, 2021 in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Bowman Consulting Group Ltd. and Affiliates for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Tysons, Virginia
April 6, 2021

Exhibit 23.3

February 23, 2021

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street NE

Washington, DC 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have read the description under the caption “Experts”’ included in the draft registration statement on Form S-1 dated February 23, 2021 of Bowman Consulting Group LTD. and are in agreement with the statements contained therein as they relate to our firm. We have no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant contained therein.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP
Tysons, Virginia